Annual Statements Open main menu

LAKELAND BANCORP INC - Annual Report: 2013 (Form 10-K)

Form 10-K
Table of Contents

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, DC 20549

FORM 10-K

(Mark One)

 

x ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2013.

 

¨ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 or 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 FOR THE TRANSITION PERIOD FROM                      TO                     .

Commission file number: 000-17820

LAKELAND BANCORP, INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

New Jersey   22-2953275

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)

250 Oak Ridge Road, Oak Ridge, New Jersey   07438
(Address of principal executive offices)   (Zip code)

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (973) 697-2000

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

Title of each class   Name of each exchange on which registered
Common Stock, no par value   NASDAQ

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes  ¨    No  x

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act.    Yes  ¨    No  x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes  x    No  ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).    Yes  x    No  ¨

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.  ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer or a smaller reporting company. See definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act:

 

Large accelerated filer  ¨

   Accelerated filer  x

Non-accelerated filer  ¨

   Smaller Reporting Company  ¨

Indicate by a check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).    Yes  ¨    No  x

As of June 30, 2013, the aggregate market value of the registrant’s common stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant was approximately $342,000,000, based on the closing sale price as reported on the NASDAQ Global Select Market.

The number of shares outstanding of the registrant’s common stock, as of March 1, 2014, was 36,100,437.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE:

None.


Table of Contents

LAKELAND BANCORP, INC.

Form 10-K Index

 

PART I   
          PAGE  

Item 1.

  

Business

     1   

Item 1A.

  

Risk Factors

     14   

Item 1B.

  

Unresolved Staff Comments

     20   

Item 2.

  

Properties

     20   

Item 3.

  

Legal Proceedings

     21   

Item 3A.

  

Executive Officers of the Registrant

     21   

Item 4.

  

Mine Safety Disclosures

     22   
PART II   

Item 5.

  

Market for the Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

     23   

Item 6.

  

Selected Financial Data

     25   

Item 7.

  

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

     26   

Item 7A.

  

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

     51   

Item 8.

  

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

     52   

Item 9.

  

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

     109   

Item 9A.

  

Controls and Procedures

     109   

Item 9B.

  

Other Information

     112   
PART III   

Item 10.

  

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

     113   

Item 11.

  

Executive Compensation

     117   

Item 12.

  

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

     146   

Item 13.

  

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

     149   

Item 14.

  

Principal Accounting Fees and Services

     150   
PART IV   

Item 15.

  

Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

     152   

Signatures

     156   

 

-i-


Table of Contents

PART I

 

ITEM 1—Business.

GENERAL

Lakeland Bancorp, Inc. (the “Company” or “Lakeland Bancorp”) is a bank holding company headquartered in Oak Ridge, New Jersey. The Company was organized in March of 1989 and commenced operations on May 19, 1989, upon the consummation of the acquisition of all of the outstanding stock of Lakeland Bank, formerly named Lakeland State Bank (“Lakeland” or the “Bank” or “Lakeland Bank”). Through Lakeland, the Company currently operates 52 banking offices, located in Bergen, Essex, Morris, Passaic, Somerset, Sussex, Union and Warren counties in New Jersey. Lakeland offers a full range of lending services, including commercial loans and leases, real estate and consumer loans to small and medium-sized businesses, professionals and individuals located in its markets.

The Company has shown substantial growth through a combination of organic growth and acquisitions. Since 1998, Lakeland has opened 27 new branch offices (including acquired branches). The Company has acquired five community banks with an aggregate asset total of approximately $1.1 billion at the date of acquisition, including the acquisition of Somerset Hills Bank and its parent, Somerset Hills Bancorp (“Somerset Hills”), which closed on May 31, 2013. All of the acquired banks have been merged into Lakeland and their holding companies, if applicable, have been merged into the Company.

At the time of acquisition, Somerset Hills had $356.1 million in total assets, $10.4 million in investment securities, $246.5 million in loans (including $2.5 million in mortgages held for sale), and $311.8 million in deposits ($80.8 million in non-interest bearing demand deposits and $231.0 million in interest-bearing deposits) at fair value. Goodwill amounted to $22.9 million and Core Deposit Intangibles were $2.7 million. Merger related costs totaled $2.8 million in 2013.

At December 31, 2013, Lakeland Bancorp had total consolidated assets of $3.3 billion, total consolidated deposits of $2.7 billion, total consolidated loans, net of the allowance for loan and lease losses, of $2.4 billion and total consolidated stockholders’ equity of $351.4 million.

This Annual Report on Form 10-K contains certain forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 (“Forward-Looking Statements”). Such statements are subject to risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from those projected in such Forward-Looking Statements. Certain factors which could materially affect such results and the future performance of the Company are described in Item 1A—Risk Factors of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Unless otherwise indicated, all weighted average, actual shares and per share information contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K have been adjusted retroactively for the effect of stock dividends, including the Company’s 5% stock dividend which was distributed on April 16, 2012.

Commercial Bank Services

Through Lakeland, the Company offers a broad range of lending, depository, and related financial services to individuals, small to medium sized businesses and municipalities located primarily in northern and central New Jersey. In the lending area, these services include short and medium term loans, lines of credit, letters of credit, interest rate swaps, inventory and accounts receivable financing, real estate construction loans, mortgage loans and merchant credit card services. In addition to commercial real estate loans, Lakeland makes commercial and industrial loans, which are not always secured by real estate. Lakeland’s Equipment Finance Division provides a solution to small and medium sized companies who prefer to finance equipment over other financial alternatives. Lakeland’s Asset Based Loan Department provides commercial borrowers with another lending alternative.

 

-1-


Table of Contents

Depository products include demand deposits, as well as savings, money market and time accounts. The Company also offers wire transfer, internet banking, mobile banking and night depository services to the business community and municipal relationships. In addition, Lakeland offers cash management services, such as remote capture of deposits and overnight sweep repurchase agreements.

Consumer Banking

Lakeland also offers a broad range of consumer banking services, including checking accounts, savings accounts, NOW accounts, money market accounts, certificates of deposit, internet banking, mobile banking, secured and unsecured loans, consumer installment loans, home equity loans, mortgage loans, and safe deposit services. Lakeland also provides wealth management services.

As a result of the merger with Somerset Hills, Lakeland acquired a mortgage company subsidiary, which originates and sells residential mortgage loans, and a 50% interest in a title insurance company.

Other Services

Investment and advisory services for individuals and businesses are also available.

Competition

Lakeland faces considerable competition in its market areas for deposits and loans from other depository institutions. Many of Lakeland’s depository institution competitors have substantially greater resources, broader geographic markets, and higher lending limits than Lakeland and are also able to provide more services and make greater use of media advertising. In recent years, intense market demands, economic pressures, increased customer awareness of products and services, and the availability of electronic services have forced banking institutions to diversify their services and become more cost-effective.

Lakeland also competes with credit unions, brokerage firms, insurance companies, money market mutual funds, consumer finance companies, mortgage companies and other financial companies, some of which are not subject to the same degree of regulation and restrictions as Lakeland in attracting deposits and making loans. Interest rates on deposit accounts, convenience of facilities, products and services, and marketing are all significant factors in the competition for deposits. Competition for loans comes from other commercial banks, savings institutions, insurance companies, consumer finance companies, credit unions, mortgage banking firms and other institutional lenders. Lakeland primarily competes for loan originations through its structuring of loan transactions and the overall quality of service it provides. Competition is affected by the availability of lendable funds, general and local economic conditions, market interest rates, and other factors that are not readily predictable.

The Company expects that the level of competition will continue in the future.

Concentration

The Company is not dependent for deposits or exposed by loan concentrations to a single customer or a small group of customers the loss of any one or more of which would have a material adverse effect upon the financial condition of the Company.

Employees

At December 31, 2013, the Company had 550 full-time equivalent employees. None of these employees is covered by a collective bargaining agreement. The Company considers relations with its employees to be good.

 

-2-


Table of Contents

SUPERVISION AND REGULATION

General

The Company is a registered bank holding company under the federal Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (the “Holding Company Act”), and is required to file with the Federal Reserve Board an annual report and such additional information as the Federal Reserve Board may require pursuant to the Holding Company Act. The Company is subject to examination by the Federal Reserve Board.

Lakeland is a state chartered banking association subject to supervision and examination by the Department of Banking and Insurance of the State of New Jersey (the “Department”) and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the “FDIC”). The regulations of the State of New Jersey and FDIC govern most aspects of Lakeland’s business, including reserves against deposits, loans, investments, mergers and acquisitions, borrowings, dividends, and location of branch offices. Lakeland is subject to certain restrictions imposed by law on, among other things, (i) the maximum amount of obligations of any one person or entity which may be outstanding at any one time, (ii) investments in stock or other securities of the Company or any subsidiary of the Company, and (iii) the taking of such stock or securities as collateral for loans to any borrower.

The Holding Company Act

The Holding Company Act limits the activities which may be engaged in by the Company and its subsidiaries to those of banking, the ownership and acquisition of assets and securities of banking organizations, and the management of banking organizations, and to certain non-banking activities which the Federal Reserve Board finds, by order or regulation, to be so closely related to banking or managing or controlling a bank as to be a proper incident thereto. The Federal Reserve Board is empowered to differentiate between activities by a bank holding company or a subsidiary thereof and activities commenced by acquisition of a going concern.

With respect to non-banking activities, the Federal Reserve Board has by regulation determined that several non-banking activities are closely related to banking within the meaning of the Holding Company Act and thus may be performed by bank holding companies. Although the Company’s management periodically reviews other avenues of business opportunities that are included in that regulation, the Company has no present plans to engage in any of these activities other than providing investment brokerage services.

With respect to the acquisition of banking organizations, the Company is required to obtain the prior approval of the Federal Reserve Board before it may, by merger, purchase or otherwise, directly or indirectly acquire all or substantially all of the assets of any bank or bank holding company, if, after such acquisition, it will own or control more than 5% of the voting shares of such bank or bank holding company.

Regulation of Bank Subsidiaries

There are various legal limitations, including Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act, which govern the extent to which a bank subsidiary may finance or otherwise supply funds to its holding company or its holding company’s non-bank subsidiaries. Under federal law, no bank subsidiary may, subject to certain limited exceptions, make loans or extensions of credit to, or investments in the securities of, its parent or the non-bank subsidiaries of its parent (other than direct subsidiaries of such bank which are not financial subsidiaries) or take their securities as collateral for loans to any borrower. Each bank subsidiary is also subject to collateral security requirements for any loans or extensions of credit permitted by such exceptions.

Commitments to Affiliated Institutions

The policy of the Federal Reserve Board provides that a bank holding company is expected to act as a source of financial strength to its subsidiary banks and to commit resources to support such subsidiary banks in circumstances in which it might not do so absent such policy.

 

-3-


Table of Contents

Interstate Banking

The Riegle-Neal Interstate Banking and Branching Efficiency Act of 1994 permits bank holding companies to acquire banks in states other than their home state, regardless of applicable state law. New Jersey enacted legislation to authorize interstate banking and branching and the entry into New Jersey of foreign country banks. New Jersey did not authorize de novo branching into the state. However, under federal law, federal savings banks, which meet certain conditions, may branch de novo into a state, regardless of state law. The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”) removes the restrictions on interstate branching contained in the Riegle-Neal Act, and allows national banks and state banks to establish branches in any state if, under the laws of the state in which the branch is to be located, a state bank chartered by that state would be permitted to establish the branch.

Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act of 1999

The Gramm-Leach-Bliley Financial Services Modernization Act of 1999 (the “Modernization Act”) became effective in early 2000. The Modernization Act:

 

   

allows bank holding companies meeting management, capital, and Community Reinvestment Act standards to engage in a substantially broader range of non-banking activities than previously was permissible, including insurance underwriting and making merchant banking investments in commercial and financial companies; if a bank holding company elects to become a financial holding company, it files a certification, effective in 30 days, and thereafter may engage in certain financial activities without further approvals;

 

   

allows insurers and other financial services companies to acquire banks;

 

   

removes various restrictions that previously applied to bank holding company ownership of securities firms and mutual fund advisory companies; and

 

   

establishes the overall regulatory structure applicable to bank holding companies that also engage in insurance and securities operations.

The Modernization Act also modified other financial laws, including laws related to financial privacy and community reinvestment.

The USA PATRIOT Act

In response to the events of September 11, 2001, the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 (the “USA PATRIOT Act”), was signed into law on October 26, 2001. The USA PATRIOT Act gives the federal government new powers to address terrorist threats through enhanced domestic security measures, expanded surveillance powers, increased information sharing, and broadened anti-money laundering requirements. By way of amendments to the Bank Secrecy Act, Title III of the USA PATRIOT Act encourages information sharing among bank regulatory agencies and law enforcement bodies. Further, certain provisions of Title III impose affirmative obligations on a broad range of financial institutions, including banks, thrifts, brokers, dealers, credit unions, money transfer agents and parties registered under the Commodity Exchange Act.

Among other requirements, Title III of the USA PATRIOT Act imposes the following requirements with respect to financial institutions:

 

   

All financial institutions must establish anti-money laundering programs that include, at a minimum: (i) internal policies, procedures, and controls; (ii) specific designation of an anti-money laundering compliance officer; (iii) ongoing employee training programs; and (iv) an independent audit function to test the anti-money laundering program.

 

   

The Secretary of the Department of the Treasury, in conjunction with other bank regulators, was authorized to issue regulations that provide for minimum standards with respect to customer identification at the time new accounts are opened.

 

-4-


Table of Contents
   

Financial institutions that establish, maintain, administer, or manage private banking accounts or correspondent accounts in the United States for non-United States persons or their representatives (including foreign individuals visiting the United States) are required to establish appropriate, specific and, where necessary, enhanced due diligence policies, procedures, and controls designed to detect and report money laundering.

 

   

Financial institutions are prohibited from establishing, maintaining, administering or managing correspondent accounts for foreign shell banks (foreign banks that do not have a physical presence in any country), and will be subject to certain record keeping obligations with respect to correspondent accounts of foreign banks.

 

   

Bank regulators are directed to consider a holding company’s effectiveness in combating money laundering when ruling on Federal Reserve Act and Bank Merger Act applications.

The United States Treasury Department has issued a number of implementing regulations which address various requirements of the USA PATRIOT Act and are applicable to financial institutions such as Lakeland. These regulations impose obligations on financial institutions to maintain appropriate policies, procedures and controls to detect, prevent and report money laundering and terrorist financing and to verify the identity of their customers.

Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

On July 30, 2002, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “SOA”) was signed into law. The stated goals of the SOA are to increase corporate responsibility, to provide for enhanced penalties for accounting and auditing improprieties at publicly traded companies and to protect investors by improving the accuracy and reliability of corporate disclosures pursuant to the securities laws.

The SOA generally applies to all companies, both U.S. and non-U.S., that file or are required to file periodic reports with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”).

The SOA includes very specific additional disclosure requirements and corporate governance rules, requires the SEC and securities exchanges to adopt extensive additional disclosure, corporate governance and other related rules and mandates further studies of certain issues by the SEC and the Comptroller General. The SOA represents significant federal involvement in matters traditionally left to state regulatory systems, such as the regulation of the accounting profession, and to state corporate law, such as the relationship between a board of directors and management and between a board of directors and its committees.

The SOA addresses, among other matters:

 

   

audit committees for all reporting companies;

 

   

certification of financial statements by the chief executive officer and the chief financial officer;

 

   

the forfeiture of bonuses or other incentive-based compensation and profits from the sale of an issuer’s securities by directors and senior officers in the twelve month period following initial publication of any financial statements that later require restatement;

 

   

a prohibition on insider trading during pension plan black out periods;

 

   

disclosure of off-balance sheet transactions;

 

   

a prohibition on personal loans to directors and officers (other than loans made by an insured depository institution (as defined in the Federal Deposit Insurance Act), if the loan is subject to the insider lending restrictions of Section 22(h) of the Federal Reserve Act);

 

   

expedited filing requirements for Form 4’s;

 

-5-


Table of Contents
   

disclosure of a code of ethics and filing a Form 8-K for a change or waiver of such code;

 

   

“real time” filing of periodic reports;

 

   

the formation of a public accounting oversight board;

 

   

auditor independence; and

 

   

various increased criminal penalties for violations of the securities laws.

The SEC has enacted various rules to implement various provisions of the SOA with respect to, among other matters, disclosure in periodic filings pursuant to the Exchange Act.

Regulation W

Transactions between a bank and its “affiliates” are quantitatively and qualitatively restricted under the Federal Reserve Act. The Federal Deposit Insurance Act applies Sections 23A and 23B to insured nonmember banks in the same manner and to the same extent as if they were members of the Federal Reserve System. The Federal Reserve Board has also issued Regulation W, which codifies prior regulations under Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act and interpretative guidance with respect to affiliate transactions. Regulation W incorporates the exemption from the affiliate transaction rules but expands the exemption to cover the purchase of any type of loan or extension of credit from an affiliate. Affiliates of a bank include, among other entities, the bank’s holding company and companies that are under common control with the bank. The Company is considered to be an affiliate of Lakeland. In general, subject to certain specified exemptions, a bank or its subsidiaries are limited in their ability to engage in “covered transactions” with affiliates:

 

   

to an amount equal to 10% of the bank’s capital and surplus, in the case of covered transactions with any one affiliate; and

 

   

to an amount equal to 20% of the bank’s capital and surplus, in the case of covered transactions with all affiliates.

In addition, a bank and its subsidiaries may engage in covered transactions and other specified transactions only on terms and under circumstances that are substantially the same, or at least as favorable to the bank or its subsidiary, as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with nonaffiliated companies. A “covered transaction” includes:

 

   

a loan or extension of credit to an affiliate;

 

   

a purchase of, or an investment in, securities issued by an affiliate;

 

   

a purchase of assets from an affiliate, with some exceptions;

 

   

the acceptance of securities issued by an affiliate as collateral for a loan or extension of credit to any party; and

 

   

the issuance of a guarantee, acceptance or letter of credit on behalf of an affiliate.

In addition, under Regulation W:

 

   

a bank and its subsidiaries may not purchase a low-quality asset from an affiliate;

 

   

covered transactions and other specified transactions between a bank or its subsidiaries and an affiliate must be on terms and conditions that are consistent with safe and sound banking practices; and

 

   

with some exceptions, each loan or extension of credit by a bank to an affiliate must be secured by certain types of collateral with a market value ranging from 100% to 130%, depending on the type of collateral, of the amount of the loan or extension of credit.

Regulation W generally excludes all non-bank and non-savings association subsidiaries of banks from treatment as affiliates, except to the extent that the Federal Reserve Board decides to treat these subsidiaries as affiliates.

 

-6-


Table of Contents

Community Reinvestment Act

Under the Community Reinvestment Act (“CRA”), as implemented by FDIC regulations, a state bank has a continuing and affirmative obligation consistent with its safe and sound operation to help meet the credit needs of its entire community, including low and moderate income neighborhoods. The CRA does not establish specific lending requirements or programs for financial institutions nor does it limit an institution’s discretion to develop the types of products and services that it believes are best suited to its particular community. The CRA requires the FDIC, in connection with its examination of a state non-member bank, to assess the bank’s record of meeting the credit needs of its community and to take that record into account in its evaluation of certain applications by the bank. Under the FDIC’s CRA evaluation system, the FDIC focuses on three tests: (i) a lending test, to evaluate the institution’s record of making loans in its service areas; (ii) an investment test, to evaluate the institution’s record of investing in community development projects, affordable housing and programs benefiting low or moderate income individuals and businesses; and (iii) a service test, to evaluate the institution’s delivery of services through its branches, ATMs and other offices.

Securities and Exchange Commission

The common stock of the Company is registered with the SEC under the Exchange Act. As a result, the Company and its officers, directors, and major stockholders are obligated to file certain reports with the SEC. The Company is subject to proxy and tender offer rules promulgated pursuant to the Exchange Act. You may read and copy any document the Company files with the SEC at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information about the Public Reference Room. The SEC maintains a website at http://www.sec.gov that contains reports, proxy and information statements, and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC, such as the Company.

The Company maintains a website at http://www.lakelandbank.com. The Company makes available on its website the proxy statements and reports on Forms 8-K, 10-K and 10-Q that it files with the SEC as soon as reasonably practicable after such material is electronically filed with or furnished to the SEC. Additionally, the Company has adopted and posted on its website a Code of Ethics that applies to its principal executive officer, principal financial officer and principal accounting officer. The Company intends to disclose any amendments to or waivers of the Code of Ethics on its website.

Effect of Government Monetary Policies

The earnings of the Company are and will be affected by domestic economic conditions and the monetary and fiscal policies of the United States government and its agencies. The monetary policies of the Federal Reserve Board have had, and will likely continue to have, an important impact on the operating results of commercial banks through the Board’s power to implement national monetary policy in order to, among other things, curb inflation or combat a recession. The Federal Reserve Board has a major effect upon the levels of bank loans, investments and deposits through its open market operations in United States government securities and through its regulation of, among other things, the discount rate of borrowings of banks and the reserve requirements against bank deposits. The policies of the Federal Reserve Board, such as its bond-buying program referred to as quantitative easing, and the tapering of such program, affects interest rates. It is not possible to predict the nature and impact of future changes in monetary fiscal policies.

Dividend Restrictions

The Company is a legal entity separate and distinct from Lakeland. Virtually all of the revenue of the Company available for payment of dividends on its capital stock will result from amounts paid to the Company by Lakeland. All such dividends are subject to various limitations imposed by federal and state laws and by regulations and policies adopted by federal and state regulatory agencies. Under state law, a bank may not pay

 

-7-


Table of Contents

dividends unless, following the dividend payment, the capital stock of the bank would be unimpaired and either (a) the bank will have a surplus of not less than 50% of its capital stock, or, if not, (b) the payment of the dividend will not reduce the surplus of the bank.

If, in the opinion of the FDIC, a bank under its jurisdiction is engaged in or is about to engage in an unsafe or unsound practice (which could include the payment of dividends), the FDIC may require, after notice and hearing, that such bank cease and desist from such practice or, as a result of an unrelated practice, require the bank to limit dividends in the future. The Federal Reserve Board has similar authority with respect to bank holding companies. In addition, the Federal Reserve Board and the FDIC have issued policy statements which provide that insured banks and bank holding companies should generally only pay dividends out of current operating earnings. Regulatory pressures to reclassify and charge off loans and to establish additional loan loss reserves can have the effect of reducing current operating earnings and thus impacting an institution’s ability to pay dividends. Further, as described herein, the regulatory authorities have established guidelines with respect to the maintenance of appropriate levels of capital by a bank or bank holding company under their jurisdiction. Compliance with the standards set forth in these policy statements and guidelines could limit the amount of dividends which the Company and Lakeland may pay. Under the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991 (“FDICIA”), banking institutions which are deemed to be “undercapitalized” will, in most instances, be prohibited from paying dividends. See “FDICIA.” See also “New Capital Rules.”

Capital Adequacy Guidelines

The Federal Reserve Board has adopted risk-based capital guidelines. These guidelines establish minimum levels of capital and require capital adequacy to be measured in part upon the degree of risk associated with certain assets. Under current guidelines, all banks and bank holding companies must have a core or Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets ratio of at least 4% and a total capital to risk-weighted assets ratio of at least 8%. At December 31, 2013, the Company’s Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets ratio and total capital to risk-weighted assets ratio were 11.73% and 12.98%, respectively.

In addition, the Federal Reserve Board and the FDIC have approved leverage ratio guidelines (Tier 1 capital to average quarterly assets, less goodwill) for bank holding companies such as the Company. These guidelines provide for a minimum leverage ratio of 3% for bank holding companies that meet certain specified criteria, including that they have the highest regulatory rating. All other holding companies are required to maintain a leverage ratio of 3% plus an additional cushion of at least 100 to 200 basis points. The Company’s leverage ratio was 8.90% at December 31, 2013.

See “FDICIA” and “New Capital Rules.”

FDICIA

Enacted in December 1991, FDICIA substantially revised the bank regulatory provisions of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act and several other federal banking statutes. Among other things, FDICIA requires federal banking agencies to broaden the scope of regulatory corrective action taken with respect to banks that do not meet minimum capital requirements and to take such actions promptly in order to minimize losses to the FDIC. Under FDICIA, federal banking agencies were required to establish minimum levels of capital (including both a leverage limit and a risk-based capital requirement) and specify for each capital measure the levels at which depository institutions will be considered “well capitalized,” “adequately capitalized,” “undercapitalized,” “significantly undercapitalized” or “critically undercapitalized.”

Under regulations adopted under these provisions, for an institution to be well capitalized it must have a total risk-based capital ratio of at least 10%, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of at least 6% and a Tier 1 leverage ratio of at least 5% and not be subject to any specific capital order or directive. For an institution to be adequately capitalized it must have a total risk-based capital ratio of at least 8%, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of at least

 

-8-


Table of Contents

4% and a Tier 1 leverage ratio of at least 4% (or in some cases 3%). Under the regulations, an institution will be deemed to be undercapitalized if it has a total risk-based capital ratio that is less than 8%, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio that is less than 4%, or a Tier 1 leverage ratio of less than 4% (or in some cases 3%). An institution will be deemed to be significantly undercapitalized if it has a total risk-based capital ratio that is less than 6%, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio that is less than 3%, or a leverage ratio that is less than 3% and will be deemed to be critically undercapitalized if it has a ratio of tangible equity to total assets that is equal to or less than 2%. An institution may be deemed to be in a capitalization category that is lower than is indicated by its actual capital position if it receives an unsatisfactory examination rating or is deemed to be in an unsafe or unsound condition or to be engaging in unsafe or unsound practices. As of December 31, 2013, Lakeland met all regulatory requirements for classification as well capitalized under the current regulatory framework.

See “New Capital Rules” below.

Additional Regulation of Capital

The current federal regulatory authorities’ risk-based capital guidelines are based upon the 1988 capital accord (“Basel I”) of the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (the “Basel Committee”). The Basel Committee is a committee of central banks and bank supervisors/regulators from the major industrialized countries that develops broad policy guidelines for use by each country’s supervisors in determining the supervisory policies and regulations to which they apply. Actions of the Committee have no direct effect on banks in participating countries. In 2004, the Basel Committee published a new capital accord (“Basel II”) to replace Basel I. Basel II provides two approaches for setting capital standards for credit risk—an internal ratings-based approach tailored to individual institutions’ circumstances and a standardized approach that bases risk weightings on external credit assessments to a much greater extent than permitted in existing risk-based capital guidelines. Basel II also would set capital requirements for operational risk and refine the existing capital requirements for market risk exposures.

In 2009, the United States Treasury Department issued a policy statement (the “Treasury Policy Statement”) entitled “Principles for Reforming the U.S. and International Regulatory Capital Framework for Banking Firms,” which contemplates changes to the existing regulatory capital regime involving substantial revisions to major parts of the Basel I and Basel II capital frameworks and affecting all regulated banking organizations. The Treasury Policy Statement calls for, among other things, higher and stronger capital requirements for all banking firms, with changes to the regulatory capital framework to be phased in over a period of several years.

On December 17, 2009, the Basel Committee issued a set of proposals (the “2009 Capital Proposals”) that would significantly revise the definitions of Tier 1 capital and Tier 2 capital. Among other things, the 2009 Capital Proposals would re-emphasize that common equity is the predominant component of Tier 1 capital. Concurrently with the release of the 2009 Capital Proposals, the Basel Committee also released a set of proposals related to liquidity risk exposure (the “2009 Liquidity Proposals”). The 2009 Liquidity Proposals include the implementation of (i) a “liquidity coverage ratio” or LCR, designed to ensure that a bank maintains an adequate level of unencumbered, high-quality assets sufficient to meet the bank’s liquidity needs over a 30-day time horizon under an acute liquidity stress scenario and (ii) a “net stable funding ratio” or NSFR, designed to promote more medium and long-term funding of the assets and activities of banks over a one-year time horizon.

The Dodd-Frank Act includes certain provisions, often referred to as the “Collins Amendment,” concerning the capital requirements of the United States banking regulators. These provisions are intended to subject bank holding companies to the same capital requirements as their bank subsidiaries and to eliminate or significantly reduce the use of hybrid capital instruments, especially trust preferred securities, as regulatory capital. Under the Collins Amendment, trust preferred securities issued by a company, such as Lakeland Bancorp, with total consolidated assets of less than $15 billion before May 19, 2010 and treated as regulatory capital are grandfathered, but any such securities issued later are not eligible as regulatory capital. The banking regulators

 

-9-


Table of Contents

were required to develop regulations setting minimum risk-based and leverage capital requirements for holding companies and banks on a consolidated basis that are no less stringent than the generally applicable requirements in effect for depository institutions under the prompt corrective action regulations. The banking regulators were also required to seek to make capital standards countercyclical so that the required levels of capital increase in times of economic expansion and decrease in times of economic contraction. See “The Dodd-Frank Act” and “New Capital Rules.”

New Capital Rules

In December 2010 and January 2011, the Basel Committee published the final texts of reforms on capital and liquidity generally referred to as “Basel III.” In July 2013, the Federal Reserve Board, the FDIC and the Comptroller of the Currency adopted final rules (the “New Rules”), which implement certain provisions of Basel III and the Dodd-Frank Act. The New Rules replace the general risk-based capital rules of the various banking agencies with a single, integrated regulatory capital framework. The New Rules require higher capital cushions and more stringent criteria for what qualifies as regulatory capital.

For bank holding companies and banks like Lakeland Bancorp and Lakeland Bank, January 1, 2015 is the start date for compliance with the revised minimum regulatory capital ratios and for determining risk-weighted assets under what the New Rules call a “standardized approach.” As of January 1, 2015, Lakeland Bancorp and Lakeland Bank will be required to maintain the following minimum capital ratios, expressed as a percentage of risk-weighted assets:

 

   

Common Equity Tier 1 Capital Ratio of 4.5% (this is a new concept and requirement, and is referred to as the “CET1”);

 

   

Tier 1 Capital Ratio (CET1 capital plus “Additional Tier 1 capital”) of 6.0%; and

 

   

Total Capital Ratio (Tier 1 capital plus Tier 2 capital) of 8.0%.

In addition, Lakeland Bancorp and Lakeland Bank will be subject to a leverage ratio of 4% (calculated as Tier 1 capital to average consolidated assets as reported on the consolidated financial statements).

The New Rules also require a “capital conservation buffer.” When fully phased in on January 1 2019, Lakeland Bancorp and Lakeland Bank will be required to maintain a 2.5% capital conservation buffer, which is composed entirely of CET1, on top of the minimum risk-weighted asset ratios described above, resulting in the following minimum capital ratios:

 

   

CET1 of 7%;

 

   

Tier 1 Capital Ratio of 8.5%; and

 

   

Total Capital Ratio of 10.5%.

The purpose of the capital conservation buffer is to absorb losses during periods of economic stress. Banking institutions with a CET1, Tier 1 Capital Ratio and Total Capital Ratio above the minimum set forth above but below the capital conservation buffer will face constraints on their ability to pay dividends, repurchase equity and pay discretionary bonuses to executive officers, based on the amount of the shortfall. The implementation of the capital conservation buffer will begin on January 1, 2016 at the 0.625% level, and increase by 0.625% on each subsequent January 1 until it reaches 2.5% on January 1, 2019.

The New Rules also adopted a “countercyclical capital buffer,” which is not applicable to Lakeland Bancorp or Lakeland Bank. That buffer is applicable only to “advanced approaches banking organizations,” which generally are those with consolidated total assets of at least $250 billion.

The New Rules provide for several deductions from and adjustments to CET1, which will be phased in between January 1, 2015 and January 1 2018. For example, mortgage servicing rights, deferred tax assets

 

-10-


Table of Contents

dependent upon future taxable income and significant investments in common equity issued by nonconsolidated financial entities must be deducted from CET1 to the extent that any one of those categories exceeds 10% of CET1 or all such categories in the aggregate exceed 15% of CET1.

Under current capital standards, the effects of accumulated other comprehensive income items included in capital are excluded for the purposes of determining regulatory capital ratios. Under the New Rules, the effects of certain accumulated other comprehensive income items are not excluded; however, banking organizations such as Lakeland Bancorp and Lakeland Bank may make a one-time permanent election to continue to exclude these items effective as of January 1, 2015.

While the New Rules generally require the phase-out of non-qualifying capital instruments such as trust preferred securities and cumulative perpetual preferred stock, holding companies with less than $15 billion in total consolidated assets as of December 31, 2009, such as Lakeland Bancorp, may permanently include non-qualifying instruments that were issued and included in Tier 1 or Tier 2 capital prior to May 19, 2010 in Additional Tier 1 or Tier 2 capital, respectively, until they redeem such instruments or until the instruments mature.

The New Rules prescribe a standardized approach for calculating risk-weighted assets that expands the risk-weighting categories from the current four Basel I-derived categories (0%, 20%, 50% and 100%) to a much larger and more risk-sensitive number of categories, depending on the nature of the assets, generally ranging from 0% for U.S. Government and agency securities, to 600% for certain equity exposures, and resulting in higher risk weights for a variety of asset categories. In addition, the New Rules provide more advantageous risk weights for derivatives and repurchase-style transactions cleared through a qualifying central counterparty and increase the scope of eligible guarantors and eligible collateral for purposes of credit risk mitigation.

Consistent with the Dodd-Frank Act, the New Rules adopt alternatives to credit ratings for calculating the risk-weighting for certain assets.

With respect to Lakeland Bank, the New Rules revise the “prompt corrective action” regulations under Section 38 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act by (i) introducing a CET1 ratio requirement at each capital quality level (other than critically undercapitalized), with the required CET1 ratio being 6.5% for well-capitalized status; (ii) increasing the minimum Tier 1 capital ratio requirement for each category, with the minimum Tier 1 capital ratio for well-capitalized status being 8% (as compared to the current 6%); and (iii) requiring a leverage ratio of 5% to be well-capitalized (as compared to the current required leverage ratio of 3% or 4%). The New Rules do not change the total risk-based capital requirement for any “prompt corrective action” category. When the capital conservation buffer is fully phased in, the capital ratios applicable to depository institutions under the New Rules will exceed the ratios to be considered well-capitalized under the prompt corrective action regulations.

The Company believes that as of December 31, 2013, Lakeland Bancorp and Lakeland Bank would meet all capital requirements under the New Rules on a fully phase-in basis, if such requirements were currently in effect.

Federal Deposit Insurance and Premiums

Substantially all of the deposits of Lakeland are insured up to applicable limits by the Deposit Insurance Fund (“DIF”) of the FDIC and are subject to deposit insurance assessments to maintain the DIF. As a result of the Dodd-Frank Act, the basic federal deposit insurance limit was permanently increased from at least $100,000 to at least $250,000. As mandated by Section 343 of the Dodd-Frank Act, the FDIC had adopted rules providing for temporary unlimited deposit insurance for traditional noninterest-bearing transaction accounts and IOLTA accounts beginning December 31, 2010, but these temporary rules expired December 31, 2012. As a result, as of January 1, 2013, (i) noninterest-bearing transaction accounts are no longer insured separately from depositors’ other accounts at the same FDIC-insured depository institution, and such accounts will instead be added to any of

 

-11-


Table of Contents

a depositor’s other accounts in the applicable ownership category, and the aggregate balance insured up to at least the standard maximum deposit insurance amount of $250,000 per depositor at each separately chartered FDIC-insured depository institution, and (ii) funds deposited in IOLTAs will no longer be insured under Section 343 of the Dodd-Frank Act, but because IOLTAs are fiduciary accounts, they generally qualify for pass-through coverage on a per-client basis.

On November 12, 2009, the FDIC adopted the final rule which required insured depository institutions to prepay their quarterly risk-based assessments for the fourth quarter of 2009 through the fourth quarter of 2012. On December 30, 2009, the Company remitted an FDIC prepayment in the amount of $18.0 million. An institution’s prepaid assessment was based on the total base assessment rate that the institution paid for the third quarter of 2009, adjusted quarterly by an estimated annual growth rate of 5% through the end of 2012, plus, for 2011 and 2012, an increase in the total base assessment rate on September 30, 2009 by an annualized three basis points. The prepaid assessment in excess of the amounts that were determined to be actually due to the FDIC, totaling $8.4 million, was returned to Lakeland Bank in June 2013.

In November 2010, the FDIC approved a rule to change the assessment base from adjusted domestic deposits to average consolidated total assets minus average tangible equity, as required by the Dodd-Frank Act. These new assessment rates began in the second quarter of 2011 and were paid at the end of September 2011. Since the new base is larger than the current base, the FDIC’s rule lowered the total base assessment rates to between 2.5 and 9 basis points for banks in the lowest risk category, and 30 to 45 basis points for banks in the highest risk category. The Company paid $2.0 million in total FDIC assessments in 2013 (including the FICO premium described below), compared to $2.2 million in 2012.

Pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Act, the FDIC has established 2.0% as the designated reserve ratio (“DRR”), that is, the ratio of the DIF to insured deposits. The FDIC has adopted a plan under which it will meet the statutory minimum DRR of 1.35% by September 30, 2020, the deadline imposed by the Dodd-Frank Act. The Dodd-Frank Act requires the FDIC to offset the effect on institutions with assets less than $10 billion of the increase in the statutory minimum DRR to 1.35% from the former statutory minimum of 1.15%. The FDIC has not yet announced how it will implement this offset.

In addition to deposit insurance assessments, the FDIC is required to continue to collect from institutions payments for the servicing of obligations of the Financing Corporation (“FICO”) that were issued in connection with the resolution of savings and loan associations, so long as such obligations remain outstanding. Lakeland paid a FICO premium of approximately $140,000 in 2013 and expects to pay a premium of approximately $185,000 in 2014.

The Dodd-Frank Act

The Dodd-Frank Act, which was signed into law on July 21, 2010, will continue to have a broad impact on the financial services industry as a result of significant regulatory and compliance changes, including, among other things, (i) enhanced resolution authority over troubled and failing banks and their holding companies; (ii) increased capital and liquidity requirements; (iii) increased regulatory examination fees; (iv) changes to assessments to be paid to the FDIC for federal deposit insurance; and (v) numerous other provisions designed to improve supervision and oversight of, and strengthening safety and soundness for, the financial services sector. Many of the requirements called for in the Dodd-Frank Act will be implemented over time and most will be subject to implementing regulations over the course of several years.

The following is a summary of certain provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act:

 

   

Minimum Capital Requirements. The Dodd-Frank Act requires new capital rules and the application of the same leverage and risk-based capital requirements that apply to insured depository institutions to most bank holding companies. In addition to making bank holding companies subject to the same

 

-12-


Table of Contents
 

capital requirements as their bank subsidiaries, these provisions (often referred to as the Collins Amendment to the Dodd-Frank Act) were also intended to eliminate or significantly reduce the use of hybrid capital instruments, especially trust preferred securities, as regulatory capital. See “New Capital Rules” for a description of new capital requirements adopted by U.S. federal banking regulators in 2013 and the treatment of trust preferred securities under such rules.

 

   

Deposit Insurance. The Dodd-Frank Act makes permanent the $250,000 deposit insurance limit for insured deposits. Amendments to the Federal Deposit Insurance Act also revise the assessment base against which an insured depository institution’s deposit insurance premiums paid to the Deposit Insurance Fund (“DIF”) will be calculated. Under the amendments, the assessment base will no longer be the institution’s deposit base, but rather its average consolidated total assets less its average tangible equity during the assessment period. Additionally, the Dodd-Frank Act makes changes to the minimum designated reserve ratio of the DIF, increasing the minimum from 1.15 percent to 1.35 percent of the estimated amount of total insured deposits and eliminating the requirement that the FDIC pay dividends to depository institutions when the reserve ratio exceeds certain thresholds. In December 2010, the FDIC increased the designated reserve ratio to 2.0 percent.

 

   

Shareholder Votes. The Dodd-Frank Act requires publicly traded companies like Lakeland Bancorp to give shareholders a non-binding vote on executive compensation and so-called “golden parachute” payments in certain circumstances. The Dodd-Frank Act also authorizes the SEC to promulgate rules that would allow shareholders to nominate their own candidates using a company’s proxy materials.

 

   

Transactions with Affiliates. The Dodd-Frank Act enhances the requirements for certain transactions with affiliates under Section 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act, including an expansion of the definition of “covered transactions” and increasing the amount of time for which collateral requirements regarding covered transactions must be maintained. These requirements became effective during 2011.

 

   

Transactions with Insiders. Insider transaction limitations are expanded through the strengthening of loan restrictions to insiders and the expansion of the types of transactions subject to the various limits, including derivative transactions, repurchase agreements, reverse repurchase agreements and securities lending or borrowing transactions. Restrictions are also placed on certain asset sales to and from an insider to an institution, including requirements that such sales be on market terms and, in certain circumstances, approved by the institution’s board of directors. These requirements became effective during 2011.

 

   

Enhanced Lending Limits. The Dodd-Frank Act strengthened the previous limits on a depository institution’s credit exposure to one borrower which limited a depository institution’s ability to extend credit to one person (or group of related persons) in an amount exceeding certain thresholds. The Dodd-Frank Act expanded the scope of these restrictions to include credit exposure arising from derivative transactions, repurchase agreements, and securities lending and borrowing transactions.

 

   

Compensation Practices. The Dodd-Frank Act provides that the appropriate federal regulators must establish standards prohibiting as an unsafe and unsound practice any compensation plan of a bank holding company or other “covered financial institution” that provides an insider or other employee with “excessive compensation” or compensation that gives rise to excessive risk or could lead to a material financial loss to such firm. In June 2010, prior to the Dodd-Frank Act, the bank regulatory agencies promulgated the Interagency Guidance on Sound Incentive Compensation Policies, which sets forth three key principles concerning incentive compensation arrangements:

 

   

such arrangements should provide employees incentives that balance risk and financial results in a manner that does not encourage employees to expose the financial institution to imprudent risks;

 

   

such arrangements should be compatible with effective controls and risk management; and

 

   

such arrangements should be supported by strong corporate governance with effective and active oversight by the financial institution’s board of directors.

 

-13-


Table of Contents

Together, the Dodd-Frank Act and the recent guidance from the bank regulatory agencies on compensation may impact the Company’s compensation practices.

 

   

The Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (“Bureau”). The Dodd-Frank Act created the Bureau. The Bureau is tasked with establishing and implementing rules and regulations under certain federal consumer protection laws with respect to the conduct of providers of certain consumer financial products and services. The Bureau has rulemaking authority over many of the statutes governing products and services offered to bank consumers. In addition, the Dodd-Frank Act permits states to adopt consumer protection laws and regulations that are more stringent than those regulations promulgated by the Bureau and state attorneys general are permitted to enforce consumer protection rules adopted by the Bureau against state-chartered institutions. The Bureau has examination and enforcement authority over all banks and savings institutions with more than $10 billion in assets. Institutions with $10 billion or less in assets, such as the Bank, will continue to be examined for compliance with the consumer laws by their primary bank regulators.

 

   

De Novo Banking. The Dodd-Frank Act allows de novo interstate branching by banks.

On December 10, 2013, the federal banking regulatory agencies approved regulations implementing the Volcker Rule. The Volcker Rule implements Section 619 of the Dodd-Frank Act. The Volcker Rule generally prohibits banking entities from engaging in proprietary trading, acquiring or retaining ownership interest in a hedge fund or private equity fund, referred to as covered funds, and sponsoring a hedge fund or private equity fund.

Many aspects of the Dodd-Frank Act still remain subject to rulemaking by various regulatory agencies and will take effect over several years, making it difficult to anticipate the overall financial impact on the Company, its customers or the financial industry more generally. The elimination of the prohibition on the payment of interest on demand deposits could materially increase our interest expense, depending on our competitors’ responses. Provisions in the legislation that require revisions to the capital requirements of the Company and the Bank could require the Company and the Bank to seek additional sources of capital in the future. See “New Capital Rules.”

Proposed Legislation

From time to time proposals are made in the United States Congress, the New Jersey Legislature, and before various bank regulatory authorities, which would alter the powers of, and place restrictions on, different types of banking organizations. It is impossible to predict the impact, if any, of potential legislative trends on the business of the Company and its subsidiaries.

In accordance with federal law providing for deregulation of interest on all deposits, banks and thrift organizations are now unrestricted by law or regulation from paying interest at any rate on most time deposits. It is not clear whether deregulation and other pending changes in certain aspects of the banking industry will result in further increases in the cost of funds in relation to prevailing lending rates.

 

ITEM 1A—Risk Factors.

Our business, financial condition, operating results and cash flows can be affected by a number of factors, including, but not limited to, those set forth below, any one of which could cause our actual results to vary materially from recent results or from our anticipated future results.

Recently enacted legislation, particularly the Dodd-Frank Act, could materially and adversely affect us by increasing compliance costs, heightening our risk of noncompliance with applicable regulations, and changing the competitive landscape in the banking industry.

From time to time, the U.S. Congress and state legislatures consider changing laws and enact new laws to further regulate the financial services industry. On July 21, 2010, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010, or the Dodd-Frank Act, was signed into law. The Dodd-Frank Act has resulted

 

-14-


Table of Contents

in sweeping changes in the regulation of financial institutions. As discussed in the section herein entitled “Business-Supervision and Regulation,” the Dodd-Frank Act contains numerous provisions that affect all banks and bank holding companies. Many of the provisions in the Dodd-Frank Act remain subject to regulatory rule-making and implementation, the effects of which are not yet known. Although we cannot predict the specific impact and long-term effects that the Dodd-Frank Act and the regulations promulgated thereunder will have on us and our prospects, our target markets and the financial industry more generally, we believe that the Dodd-Frank Act and the regulations promulgated thereunder are likely to impose additional administrative and regulatory burdens that will obligate us to incur additional expenses and will adversely affect our margins and profitability. For example, the elimination of the prohibition on the payment of interest on demand deposits could materially increase our interest expense, depending on our competitors’ responses. Provisions in the legislation that require revisions to the capital requirements of the Company and the Bank, and the adoption by federal regulators in July 2013 of new capital requirements described under “Business-Supervision and Regulation-New Capital Rules,” could require the Company and the Bank to seek additional sources of capital in the future. More stringent consumer protection regulations could materially and adversely affect our profitability. We will also have a heightened risk of noncompliance with all of the additional regulations. Finally, the impact of some of these new regulations is not known and may affect our ability to compete long-term with larger competitors.

The Company and the Bank may be subject to more stringent capital and liquidity requirements.

The Dodd-Frank Act also imposes more stringent capital requirements on bank holding companies such as Lakeland Bancorp by, among other things, imposing leverage ratios on bank holding companies and prohibiting new trust preferred issuances from counting as Tier I capital. These restrictions will limit our future capital strategies. Under the Dodd-Frank Act, our currently outstanding trust preferred securities will continue to count as Tier I capital, but we will be unable to issue replacement or additional trust preferred securities which would count as Tier I capital.

As further described above under “Business-Supervision and Regulation-New Capital Rules,” we will be required to meet new capital requirements beginning on January 1, 2015. In addition, beginning in 2016, banks and bank holding companies will be required to maintain a capital conservation buffer on top of minimum risk-weighted asset ratios. When fully phased in on January 1, 2019, the capital conservation buffer will be 2.5%. Banking institutions which do not maintain capital in excess of the capital conservation buffer will face constraints on the payment of dividends, equity repurchases and compensation based on the amount of the shortfall. Accordingly, if the Bank fails to maintain the applicable minimum capital ratios and the capital conservation buffer, distributions to Lakeland Bancorp may be prohibited or limited.

Future increases in minimum capital requirements could adversely affect our net income. Furthermore, our failure to comply with the minimum capital requirements could result in our regulators taking formal or informal actions against us which could restrict our future growth or operations.

The Company’s future growth may require the Company to raise additional capital in the future, but that capital may not be available when it is needed or may be available only at an excessive cost.

The Company is required by regulatory authorities to maintain adequate levels of capital to support its operations. The Company anticipates that current capital levels will satisfy regulatory requirements for the foreseeable future. The Company, however, may at some point choose to raise additional capital to support its continued growth. The Company’s ability to raise additional capital will depend, in part, on conditions in the capital markets at that time, which are outside of the Company’s control. Accordingly, the Company may be unable to raise additional capital, if and when needed, on terms acceptable to the Company, or at all. If the Company cannot raise additional capital when needed, its ability to further expand operations through internal growth and acquisitions could be materially impacted. In the event of a material decrease in the Company’s stock price, future issuances of equity securities could result in dilution of existing shareholder interests.

 

-15-


Table of Contents

If the recent economic recovery does not continue or the economy deteriorates, our operations and results could be adversely impacted.

While moderate economic growth may have resumed recently in the U.S., the rate of this growth is uncertain. If such growth slows or the U.S. and global economies deteriorate, our business operations, including our ability to originate or sell loans, could be adversely impacted.

A decrease in our ability to borrow funds could adversely affect our liquidity.

Our ability to obtain funding from the Federal Home Loan Bank or through our overnight federal funds lines with other banks could be negatively affected if we experienced a substantial deterioration in our financial condition or if such funding became restricted due to a further deterioration in the financial markets. While we have a contingency funds management plan to address such a situation if it were to occur (such plan includes deposit promotions, the sale of securities and the curtailment of loan growth, if necessary), a significant decrease in our ability to borrow funds could adversely affect our liquidity.

We are subject to interest rate risk and variations in interest rates may negatively affect our financial performance.

We are unable to predict actual fluctuations of market interest rates. Rate fluctuations are influenced by many factors, including:

 

   

inflation or deflation;

 

   

excess growth or recession;

 

   

a rise or fall in unemployment;

 

   

tightening or expansion of the money supply;

 

   

domestic and international disorder;

 

   

instability in domestic and foreign financial markets; and

 

   

policies of the Federal Reserve Board, including a possible tapering of quantitative easing.

Both increases and decreases in the interest rate environment may reduce our profits. We expect that we will continue to realize income from the difference or “spread” between the interest we earn on loans, securities and other interest-earning assets, and the interest we pay on deposits, borrowings and other interest-bearing liabilities. Our net interest spreads are affected by the differences between the maturities and repricing characteristics of our interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities. While we monitor our “gap position” over various timeframes and scenarios, changes in market interest rates could materially and adversely affect our net interest spread, asset quality, levels of prepayments, cash flows, the market value of our securities portfolio, loan and deposit growth, costs and yields on loans and deposits and our overall profitability.

Declines in value may adversely impact our investment portfolio.

As of December 31, 2013, the Company had approximately $431.1 million and $101.7 million in available for sale and held to maturity investment securities, respectively. We may be required to record impairment charges on our investment securities if they suffer a decline in value that is considered other-than-temporary. Numerous factors, including lack of liquidity for sales of certain investment securities, absence of reliable pricing information for investment securities, adverse changes in business climate, adverse actions by regulators, or unanticipated changes in the competitive environment could have a negative effect on our investment portfolio in future periods. If an impairment charge is significant enough it could affect the ability of Lakeland to upstream dividends to us, which could have a material adverse effect on our liquidity and our ability to pay dividends to shareholders and could also negatively impact our regulatory capital ratios.

 

-16-


Table of Contents

The Company may incur impairment to goodwill.

We review our goodwill at least annually. Our valuation methodology for assessing impairment requires management to make judgments and assumptions based on historical experience and to rely on projections of future operating performance. We operate in a competitive environment and projections of future operating results and cash flows may vary significantly from actual results. Additionally, if our analysis results in an impairment to our goodwill, we would be required to record a non-cash charge to earnings in our financial statements during the period in which such impairment is determined to exist. Any such charge could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, our capital ratios and our stock price.

The extensive regulation and supervision to which we are subject impose substantial restrictions on our business.

The Company, Lakeland and certain non-bank subsidiaries are subject to extensive regulation and supervision. Banking regulations are primarily intended to protect depositors’ funds, federal deposit insurance funds and the banking system as a whole. Such laws are not designed to protect our shareholders. These regulations affect our lending practices, capital structure, investment practices, dividend policy and growth, among other things. Lakeland is also subject to a number of laws which, among other things, govern its lending practices and require the Bank to establish and maintain comprehensive programs relating to anti-money laundering and customer identification. The United States Congress and federal regulatory agencies continually review banking laws, regulations and policies for possible changes. Changes to statutes, regulations or regulatory policies, including changes in interpretation or implementation of statutes, regulations or policies, could affect us in substantial and unpredictable ways. Such changes could subject us to additional costs, limit the types of financial services and products we may offer and/or increase the ability of non-banks to offer competing financial services and products, among other things. Failure to comply with laws, regulations or policies could result in sanctions by regulatory agencies, civil money penalties and/or reputational damage, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Lakeland’s ability to pay dividends is subject to regulatory limitations which, to the extent that our holding company requires such dividends in the future, may affect our holding company’s ability to pay its obligations and pay dividends to shareholders.

As a bank holding company, the Company is a separate legal entity from Lakeland and its subsidiaries, and we do not have significant operations of our own. We currently depend on Lakeland’s cash and liquidity to pay our operating expenses and dividends to shareholders. The availability of dividends from Lakeland is limited by various statutes and regulations. The inability of the Company to receive dividends from Lakeland could adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and prospects and the Company’s ability to pay dividends.

In addition, as described under “Business-Supervision and Regulation-New Capital Rules,” beginning in 2016, banks and bank holding companies will be required to maintain a capital conservation buffer on top of minimum risk-weighted asset ratios. When fully phased in on January 1, 2019, the capital conservation buffer will be 2.5%. Banking institutions which do not maintain capital in excess of the capital conservation buffer will face constraints on the payment of dividends, equity repurchases and compensation based on the amount of the shortfall. Accordingly, if the Bank fails to maintain the applicable minimum capital ratios and the capital conservation buffer, distributions to Lakeland Bancorp may be prohibited or limited.

Our allowance for loan and lease losses may not be adequate to cover actual losses.

Like all commercial banks, Lakeland maintains an allowance for loan and lease losses to provide for loan and lease defaults and non-performance. If our allowance for loan and lease losses is not adequate to cover actual loan and lease losses, we may be required to significantly increase future provisions for loan and lease losses, which could materially and adversely affect our operating results. Our allowance for loan and lease losses is

 

-17-


Table of Contents

determined by analyzing historical loan and lease losses, current trends in delinquencies and charge-offs, plans for problem loan and lease resolution, the opinions of our regulators, changes in the size and composition of the loan and lease portfolio and other environmental factors. We also consider the possible effects of economic events, which are difficult to predict. The amount of future losses is affected by changes in economic, operating and other conditions, including changes in interest rates, many of which are beyond our control. These losses may exceed our current estimates. Federal regulatory agencies, as an integral part of their examination process, review our loans and the allowance for loan and lease losses. While we believe that our allowance for loan and lease losses in relation to our current loan portfolio is adequate to cover current losses, we cannot assure you that we will not need to increase our allowance for loan and lease losses or that regulators will not require or encourage us to increase this allowance. Future increases in our allowance for loan and lease losses could materially and adversely affect our earnings and profitability.

Our mortgage banking operations expose us to risks that are different from community banking.

The Bank’s mortgage banking operations expose us to risks that are different from our retail banking operations. Our mortgage banking operations are dependent upon the level of demand for residential mortgages. During higher and rising interest rate environments, the level of refinancing activity tends to decline, which can lead to reduced volumes of business and lower revenues that may not exceed our fixed costs to run the business. In addition, mortgages sold to third-party investors are typically subject to certain repurchase provisions related to borrower refinancing, defaults, fraud or other reasons stipulated in the applicable third-party investor agreements. If the fair value of a loan when repurchased is less than the fair value when sold, the bank may be required to charge such shortfall to earnings.

In addition, the “ability to repay” and “Qualified Mortgage” rules promulgated as required by the Dodd-Frank Act, effective January 10, 2014, may expose the Company and our Sullivan Financial Services, Inc. subsidiary to greater losses, reduced volume and litigation related expenses and delays in taking title to collateral real estate, if these loans do not perform and borrowers challenge whether the rules were satisfied when originating the loans.

We are subject to various lending and other economic risks that could adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

Economic, political and market conditions, trends in industry and finance, legislative and regulatory changes, changes in governmental monetary and fiscal policies and inflation affect our business. These factors are beyond our control. A further deterioration in economic conditions, particularly in New Jersey, could have the following consequences, any of which could materially adversely affect our business:

 

   

loan and lease delinquencies may increase;

 

   

problem assets and foreclosures may increase;

 

   

demand for our products and services may decrease; and

 

   

collateral for loans made by us may decline in value, in turn reducing the borrowing ability of our customers.

Further deterioration in the real estate market, particularly in New Jersey, could adversely affect our business. As real estate values in New Jersey decline, our ability to recover on defaulted loans by selling the underlying real estate is reduced, which increases the possibility that we may suffer losses on defaulted loans.

We face strong competition from other financial institutions, financial service companies and other organizations offering services similar to the services that we provide.

Many competitors offer the types of loans and banking services that we offer. These competitors include other state and national banks, savings associations, regional banks and other community banks. We also face competition from many other types of financial institutions, including finance companies, brokerage firms, insurance companies, credit unions, mortgage banks and other financial intermediaries. Many of our competitors

 

-18-


Table of Contents

have greater financial resources than we do, which may enable them to offer a broader range of services and products, and to advertise more extensively, than we do. Our inability to compete effectively would adversely affect our business.

The Company’s framework for managing risks may not be effective in mitigating risk and loss to the Company; for example, the Company’s internal control may be ineffective.

One critical component of the Company’s risk management framework is its system of internal controls. Management regularly reviews and updates the Company’s internal controls, disclosure controls and procedures, and corporate governance policies and procedures. Any system of controls, however well designed and operated, is based in part on certain assumptions and can provide reasonable, but not absolute, assurances that the objectives of the controls are met. Any failure or circumvention of the Company’s controls and procedures or failure to comply with regulations related to controls and procedures could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, results of operations, and financial condition.

The occurrence of any failure, breach, or interruption in service involving our systems or those of our service providers could damage our reputation, cause losses, increase our expenses, and result in a loss of customers, an increase in regulatory scrutiny, or expose us to civil litigation and possibly financial liability, any of which could adversely impact our financial condition, results of operations and the market price of our stock.

Communications and information systems are essential to the conduct of our business, as we use such systems to manage our customer relationships, our general ledger, our deposits and our loans. Our operations rely on the secure processing, storage and transmission of confidential and other information in our computer systems and networks. Although we take protective measures and endeavor to modify them as circumstances warrant, the security of our computer systems, software and networks may be vulnerable to breaches, unauthorized access, misuse, computer viruses or other malicious code and cyber attacks that could have a security impact. In addition, breaches of security may occur through intentional or unintentional acts by those having authorized or unauthorized access to our confidential or other information or the confidential or other information of our customers, clients or counterparties. If one or more of such events were to occur, the confidential and other information processed and stored in, and transmitted through, our computer systems and networks could potentially be jeopardized, or could otherwise cause interruptions or malfunctions in our operations or the operations of our customers, clients or counterparties. This could cause us significant reputational damage or result in our experiencing significant losses.

Furthermore, we may be required to expend significant additional resources to modify our protective measures or to investigate and remediate vulnerabilities or other exposures arising from operational and security risks. We also may be subject to litigation and financial losses that are either not insured against or not fully covered through any insurance we maintain. In addition, we routinely transmit and receive personal, confidential and proprietary information by e-mail and other electronic means. We have discussed and worked with our customers, clients and counterparties to develop secure transmission capabilities, but we do not have, and may be unable to put in place, secure capabilities with all of these constituents, and we may not be able to ensure that these third parties have appropriate controls in place to protect the confidentiality of such information.

While we have established policies and procedures to prevent or limit the impact of systems failures and interruptions, there can be no assurance that such events will not occur or that they will be adequately addressed if they do. In addition, we outsource certain aspects of our data processing to certain third-party providers. If our third-party providers encounter difficulties, or if we have difficulty in communication with them, our ability to adequately process and account for customer transactions could be affected, and our business operations could be adversely impacted. Threats to information security also exist in the processing of customer information through various other vendors and their personnel.

 

-19-


Table of Contents

If we do not successfully integrate any banks that we have acquired or may acquire in the future, the combined company may be adversely affected.

If we make additional acquisitions in the future, we will need to integrate the acquired entities into our existing business and systems. We may experience difficulties in accomplishing this integration or in effectively managing the combined company after any future acquisition. Any actual cost savings or revenue enhancements that we may anticipate from a future acquisition will depend on future expense levels and operating results, the timing of certain events and general industry, regulatory and business conditions. Many of these events will be beyond our control, and we cannot assure you that if we make any acquisitions in the future, we will be successful in integrating those businesses into our own.

 

ITEM 1B—Unresolved Staff Comments.

Not Applicable.

 

ITEM 2—Properties.

The Company’s principal office is located at 250 Oak Ridge Road, Oak Ridge, New Jersey 07438. The Company completed construction of a new training and operations center in Milton, New Jersey in mid-2012. The Bank purchased an assignment of an existing lease for this facility which expires on February 28, 2016, and contains five (5) five-year options to renew, at the Bank’s discretion, at fixed base rent amounts. To the extent that the Bank exercises all of the options, the lease will expire on February 28, 2041.

The Company operates 52 banking locations in Bergen, Essex, Morris, Passaic, Somerset, Sussex, Union and Warren counties in New Jersey. The following chart provides information about the Company’s leased banking locations:

 

    Location    

  

    Lease Expiration Date    

Bristol Glen

   October 31, 2014

Caldwell

   September 30, 2024

Carlstadt

   July 15, 2021

Cedar Crest

   August 19, 2016

Hackensack

   March 31, 2018

Hampton

   September 30, 2019

Little Falls

   November 30, 2015

Madison

   September 1, 2015

Madison Avenue

   April 30, 2017

Mendham

   December 31, 2015

Morristown

   May 31, 2018

North Haledon

   June 30, 2017

Park Ridge

   December 31, 2014

Pompton Plains

   April 30, 2015

Ringwood

   February 28, 2018

Rochelle Park

   January 12, 2019

Sparta

   August 31, 2032

Summit

   September 30, 2014

Sussex/Wantage

   June 19, 2017

Vernon

   September 30, 2027

Wantage

   October 31, 2016

Wayne

   May 31, 2028

Wharton

   July 31, 2015

Woodland Commons

   August 31, 2016

West Caldwell

   March 31, 2029

 

-20-


Table of Contents

The Company has also entered into a lease for one additional location for loan production purposes in Wyckoff, New Jersey (this lease expires on February 28, 2017).

All other offices of the Company and Lakeland are owned and are unencumbered.

 

ITEM 3—Legal Proceedings.

As previously reported, on or about February 15, 2013, the Company was served with a Civil Action Summons and Class Action Complaint, captioned Higgenbottom v. McClure, et al., that was filed in the Superior Court of New Jersey, Chancery Division, Somerset County, Docket No. C-12006-13. The complaint states that the plaintiff is bringing the class action on behalf of the public stockholders of Somerset Hills Bancorp against the Board of Directors of Somerset Hills for their alleged breach of fiduciary duties arising out of the Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of January 28, 2013, by and between the Company and Somerset Hills Bancorp. The merger with Somerset Hills closed on May 31, 2013.

The parties negotiated a settlement of the complaint, which was approved by the court by order dated January 30, 2014. No amounts are payable to the class under the settlement. The parties did not agree on the issue of the amount of attorney’s fees to be paid to the plaintiff. In its January 30, 2014 decision, the Court denied without prejudice the application for attorney’s fees, pending a hearing to be scheduled in the near future. Subsequent to the date of the court’s order, the parties agreed to a payment of plaintiff’s attorneys’ fees and costs in the amount of $52,500, which was approved by the court and paid by the insurance carrier.

There are no pending legal proceedings involving the Company or Lakeland other than those arising in the normal course of business. Management does not anticipate that the potential liability, if any, arising out of such legal proceedings will have a material effect on the financial condition or results of operations of the Company and Lakeland on a consolidated basis.

 

ITEM 3A—Executive Officers of the Registrant.

The following table sets forth the name and age of each executive officer of the Company. Each officer is appointed by the Company’s Board of Directors. Unless otherwise indicated, the persons named below have held the position indicated for more than the past five years.

 

Name and Age

   Officer of the
Company Since
    

Position with the Company, its Subsidiary Banks, and Business Experience

Thomas J. Shara

Age 56

     2008       President and CEO, Lakeland Bancorp, Inc. and Lakeland Bank (April 2, 2008 – Present); President and Chief Credit Officer (May 2007 – April 1, 2008) and Executive Vice President and Senior Commercial Banking Officer (February 2006 – May 2007), TD Banknorth, N.A.’s Mid-Atlantic Division; Executive Vice President and Senior Loan Officer, Hudson United Bancorp and Hudson United Bank (prior years to February 2006)

Robert A. Vandenbergh

Age 62

     1999       Regional President – Lakeland Bank (January 29, 2013 – Present) and Senior Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer of the Company (October 2008 – Present); Senior Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer of Lakeland Bank (October 2008 – January 29, 2013); Senior Executive Vice President and Chief Lending Officer of the Company (December 2006 – October 2008); Executive Vice President and Chief Lending Officer of the Company (October 1999 – December 2006)

 

-21-


Table of Contents

Name and Age

   Officer of the
Company Since
    

Position with the Company, its Subsidiary Banks, and Business Experience

Joseph F. Hurley

Age 63

     1999       Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Company (November 1999 – Present)

Stewart E. McClure

Age 63

     2013       Regional President – Lakeland Bank (May 31, 2013 – Present); President, Chief Executive Officer and Chief Operating Officer, and a director, of Somerset Hills Bancorp and Somerset Hills Bank (prior years to May 31, 2013)

Jeffrey J. Buonforte

Age 62

     1999       Executive Vice President and Senior Government Banking/Business Services Officer of the Company (June 2009 – Present); Executive Vice President and Chief Retail Officer of the Company (November 1999 – June 2009)

Louis E. Luddecke

Age 67

     1999       Executive Vice President and Chief Operations Officer of the Company (October 1999 – Present)

David S. Yanagisawa

Age 62

     2008       Executive Vice President and Chief Lending Officer of the Company (November 2008 – Present); Senior Vice President, TD Bank, N.A. (February 2006 – November 2008); Hudson United Bank, Senior Vice President (1997 – February 2006)

James R. Noonan

Age 62

     2003       Executive Vice President and Chief Credit Officer of the Company (December 2003 – Present)

Ronald E. Schwarz

Age 58

     2009       Executive Vice President and Chief Retail Officer of the Company (June 2009 – Present); Executive Vice President and Market Executive of Sovereign Bank (June 2006 – June 2009); Senior Vice President and Director of Retail Banking of Independence Community Bank (June 1999 – June 2006)

Timothy J. Matteson, Esq.

Age 44

     2008       Executive Vice President and General Counsel of the Company (March 2012 to Present); Senior Vice President and General Counsel of the Company (September 2008 – March 2012); Assistant General Counsel, Israel Discount Bank (November 2007 – September 2008); Senior Attorney and Senior Vice President, TD Banknorth, N.A. (February 2006 – May 2007); General Counsel and Senior Vice President, Hudson United Bancorp and Hudson United Bank (January 2005 – February 2006)

ITEM 4—MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES.

Not applicable.

 

-22-


Table of Contents

PART II

ITEM 5—MARKET FOR THE REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES.

Shares of the common stock of Lakeland Bancorp, Inc. have been traded under the symbol “LBAI” on the NASDAQ Global Select Market (or the NASDAQ National Market) since February 22, 2000 and in the over the counter market prior to that date. As of December 31, 2013, there were 3,138 shareholders of record of the common stock. The following table sets forth the range of the high and low daily closing prices of the common stock as provided by NASDAQ and dividends declared for the periods presented. All information is adjusted for the Company’s 5% stock dividends distributed on April 16, 2012.

 

     High      Low      Dividends
Declared
 

Year ended December 31, 2013

        

First Quarter

   $ 10.36       $ 9.40       $ 0.070   

Second Quarter

     10.43         9.08         0.070   

Third Quarter

     11.65         10.54         0.070   

Fourth Quarter

     12.64         11.04         0.075   
     High      Low      Dividends
Declared
 

Year ended December 31, 2012

        

First Quarter

   $ 10.21         $8.33       $ 0.057   

Second Quarter

     10.52         8.75         0.060   

Third Quarter

     10.97         9.09         0.060   

Fourth Quarter

     10.77         8.45         0.070   

Dividends on the Company’s common stock are within the discretion of the Board of Directors of the Company and are dependent upon various factors, including the future earnings and financial condition of the Company and Lakeland and bank regulatory policies.

The Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 restricts the amount of dividends the Company can pay. Accordingly, dividends should generally only be paid out of current earnings, as defined.

The New Jersey Banking Act of 1948 restricts the amount of dividends paid on the capital stock of New Jersey chartered banks. Accordingly, no dividends shall be paid by such banks on their capital stock unless, following the payment of such dividends, the capital stock of the bank will be unimpaired and the bank will have a surplus of not less than 50% of its capital stock, or, if not, the payment of such dividend will not reduce the surplus of the bank. Under this limitation, approximately $248.5 million was available for the payment of dividends from Lakeland to the Company as of December 31, 2013.

Capital guidelines and other regulatory requirements may further limit the Company’s and Lakeland’s ability to pay dividends. See “Item 1—Business—Supervision and Regulation—Dividend Restrictions” and “—New Capital Rules.”

 

-23-


Table of Contents

Performance Graph

The following chart compares the Company’s cumulative total shareholder return (on a dividend reinvested basis) over the past five years with the NASDAQ Market Index and the Peer Group Index. The Peer Group Index is the Zacks (formerly Morningstar) Regional Northeast Banks Index, which consists of 147 Regional Northeast Banks.

 

LOGO

 

Company/Market/Peer Group

   12/31/2008      12/31/2009      12/31/2010      12/31/2011      12/31/2012      12/31/2013  

Lakeland Bancorp, Inc.

     100.00         59.07         103.88         87.90         111.79         139.68   

NASDAQ Market Index

     100.00         145.34         171.70         170.34         200.57         281.14   

Zacks Regional Northeast Banks

     100.00         95.08         111.83         104.68         138.11         192.05   

 

-24-


Table of Contents

ITEM 6—Selected Financial Data.

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

The following should be read in conjunction with Management’s Discussion and Analysis and Results of Operations and the Company’s consolidated financial statements included in item 7 and 8 of this report. The selective financial data set forth below has been derived from the Company’s audited consolidated financial statements.

 

    2013     2012     2011     2010     2009  
    (in thousands except per share data)  

Years Ended December 31

         

Interest income

  $ 114,199      $ 110,959      $ 117,524      $ 125,649      $ 133,822   

Interest expense

    9,657        15,446        20,111        25,895        40,443   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income

    104,542        95,513        97,413        99,754        93,379   

Provision for loan and lease losses

    9,343        14,907        18,816        19,281        51,615   

Noninterest income excluding gains on investment securities, other-than-temporary impairment losses and gain on debt extinguishment

    18,925        17,856        16,888        17,654        15,952   

Gains on sales of investment securities

    839        1,049        1,229        1,742        3,845   

Other than temporary impairment losses on equity securities

    —          —          —          (128     (940

Gain on early debt extinguishment

    1,197        —          —          —          —     

Noninterest expenses

    78,741        67,673        68,151        70,405        73,794   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income taxes (benefit)

    37,419        31,838        28,563        29,336        (13,173

Income tax provision (benefit)

    12,450        10,096        8,712        10,125        (7,777
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

    24,969        21,742        19,851        19,211        (5,396

Dividends on preferred stock and accretion

    —          620        2,167        3,987        3,194   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) available to common shareholders

  $ 24,969      $ 21,122      $ 17,684      $ 15,224      $ (8,590
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Per-Share Data(1)

         

Weighted average shares outstanding:

         

Basic

    33,088        27,619        26,572        26,352        26,099   

Diluted

    33,240        27,692        26,681        26,384        26,099   

Earnings (loss) per share:

         

Basic

  $ 0.75      $ 0.76      $ 0.66      $ 0.57      ($ 0.33

Diluted

  $ 0.75      $ 0.76      $ 0.66      $ 0.57      ($ 0.33

Cash dividend per common share

  $ 0.29      $ 0.25      $ 0.23      $ 0.19      $ 0.27   

Book value per common share

  $ 9.74      $ 9.45      $ 8.99      $ 8.40      $ 8.05   

Tangible book value per common share(2)

  $ 6.63      $ 6.52      $ 5.75      $ 5.10      $ 4.68   

At December 31

         

Investment securities available for sale and other(6)

  $ 439,044      $ 399,092      $ 471,944      $ 487,107      $ 375,530   

Investment securities held to maturity

    101,744        96,925        71,700        66,573        81,821   

Loans and leases, net of deferred costs

    2,469,016        2,146,843        2,041,575        2,014,617        2,017,035   

Goodwill and other identifiable intangible assets

    112,398        87,111        87,111        87,689        88,751   

Total assets

    3,317,791        2,918,703        2,825,950        2,792,674        2,723,968   

Total deposits

    2,709,205        2,370,997        2,249,653        2,195,889        2,157,187   

Total core deposits(3)

    2,413,119        2,067,205        1,890,101        1,783,040        1,691,447   

Term borrowings

    160,238        136,548        232,322        272,322        223,222   

Total stockholders’ equity

    351,424        280,867        259,783        260,709        267,986   

Performance ratios

         

Return on Average Assets(4)

    0.80     0.77     0.71     0.69     NM   

Return on Average Common Equity(4)

    7.78     8.48     8.53     8.70     NM   

Return on Average Equity(4)

    7.78     8.42     7.79     7.13     NM   

Efficiency ratio(5)

    59.74     58.33     56.87     56.40     62.06

Net Interest Margin (tax equivalent basis)

    3.69     3.70     3.85     3.95     3.74

Loans to Deposits

    91.13     90.55     90.75     91.74     93.50

Capital ratios

         

Common Equity to Asset ratio

    10.59     9.62     8.54     7.99     7.78

Tangible common equity to tangible assets(3)

    7.46     6.84     5.63     5.01     4.68

Equity to Asset ratio

    10.59     9.62     9.19     9.34     9.84

Tier 1 leverage ratio

    8.90     8.62     8.33     9.21     9.44

Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio

    11.73     11.52     11.23     12.43     12.65

Total risk-based capital ratio

    12.98     12.77     13.39     13.68     13.90

 

(1) Restated for 5% stock dividends in 2012 and 2011.
(2) A non-GAAP financial measure. See “Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for a reconciliation of such measures to data calculated in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.
(3) Core deposits represent all deposits with the exception of time deposits.
(4) Ratios for 2009 are not meaningful (NM) and therefore not presented.
(5) Ratio represents non-interest expense, excluding other real estate expense, other repossessed asset expense, long-term debt prepayment fee, merger related expenses, provision for unfunded lending commitments and core deposit amortization, as a percentage of total revenue (calculated on a tax equivalent basis), excluding gains (losses) on securities and gain on debt extinguishment. Total revenue represents net interest income (calculated on a tax equivalent basis) plus non-interest income.
(6) Includes investment in Federal Home Loan Bank and other membership stock, at cost

 

-25-


Table of Contents

ITEM 7—Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.

This section presents a review of Lakeland Bancorp, Inc.’s consolidated results of operations and financial condition. You should read this section in conjunction with the selected consolidated financial data that is presented on the preceding page as well as the accompanying consolidated financial statements and notes to financial statements. As used in the following discussion, the term “Company” refers to Lakeland Bancorp, Inc. and “Lakeland” refers to the Company’s wholly owned banking subsidiary—Lakeland Bank.

Statements Regarding Forward-Looking Information

The information disclosed in this document includes various forward-looking statements that are made in reliance upon the safe harbor provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 with respect to credit quality (including delinquency trends and the allowance for loan and lease losses), corporate objectives, and other financial and business matters. The words “anticipates,” “projects,” “intends,” “estimates,” “expects,” “believes,” “plans,” “may,” “will,” “should,” “could,” and other similar expressions are intended to identify such forward-looking statements. The Company cautions that these forward-looking statements are necessarily speculative and speak only as of the date made, and are subject to numerous assumptions, risks and uncertainties, all of which may change over time. Actual results could differ materially from such forward-looking statements.

In addition to the risk factors disclosed elsewhere in this document, the following factors, among others, could cause the Company’s actual results to differ materially and adversely from such forward-looking statements: changes in the financial services industry and the U.S. and global capital markets, changes in economic conditions nationally, regionally and in the Company’s markets, the nature and timing of actions of the Federal Reserve Board and other regulators, the nature and timing of legislation affecting the financial services industry including but not limited to the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010, government intervention in the U.S. financial system, changes in levels of market interest rates, pricing pressures on loan and deposit products, credit risks of Lakeland’s lending and leasing activities, customers’ acceptance of Lakeland’s products and services, competition and the failure to realize anticipated efficiencies and synergies in the merger of Somerset Hills Bank into Lakeland Bank and Somerset Hills Bancorp into the Company.

The above-listed risk factors are not necessarily exhaustive, particularly as to possible future events, and new risk factors may emerge from time to time. Certain events may occur that could cause the Company’s actual results to be materially different than those described in the Company’s periodic filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Any statements made by the Company that are not historical facts should be considered to be forward-looking statements. The Company is not obligated to update and does not undertake to update any of its forward-looking statements made herein.

Strategy

The Company, through its wholly owned subsidiary, Lakeland Bank, operates 52 banking offices located in Northern and Central New Jersey. Lakeland offers a broad range of lending, depository, and related financial services to individuals and small to medium sized businesses located in its market areas. Lakeland also offers a broad range of consumer banking services, including lending, depository, safe deposit services and other non-traditional banking services.

Lakeland’s growth has come from a combination of organic growth and acquisitions. Since 1998, Lakeland has opened 27 new branch offices (including acquired branches). The Company has acquired five community banks with an aggregate asset total of approximately $1.1 billion at the date of acquisition including the acquisition of the Somerset Hills Bank and its parent, Somerset Hills Bancorp, which closed on May 31, 2013. All acquired banks have been merged into Lakeland and their holding companies, if applicable, have been merged into the Company. The Company’s strategy is to continue growth both organically and through acquisition should opportunities allow. The Company continues to evaluate opportunities to increase market share by expanding within existing and contiguous markets.

 

-26-


Table of Contents

The Company’s strategic aim is to provide an adequate return to its shareholders by focusing on profitable growth through services that meet the needs of its customers in its market areas. This will be accomplished by continuing to offer commercial and consumer loan, deposit and other financial product services in a changing economic and technological environment. The Company recognizes that there are more service delivery channels than the traditional branch office and has offered internet banking, mobile banking and cash management services to meet the needs of its business and consumer customers.

The Company’s results of operations are primarily dependent upon net interest income, the difference between interest earned on interest-earning assets and the interest paid on interest-bearing liabilities. For information on how interest rate change can influence the Company’s net interest income and how the Company manages it net interest income, see “Interest Rate Risk” below.

The Company generates non-interest income such as income from retail and business account fees, loan servicing fees, loan origination fees, appreciation in the cash surrender value of bank owned life insurance, income from loan or securities sales, fees from wealth management services and investment product sales and other fees. The Company’s operating expenses consist primarily of compensation and benefits expense, occupancy and equipment expense, data processing expense, the amortization of intangible assets, marketing and advertising expense and other general and administrative expenses. The Company’s results of operations are also affected by general economic conditions, changes in market interest rates, changes in asset quality, changes in asset values, actions of regulatory agencies and government policies.

Critical Accounting Policies, Judgments and Estimates

The accounting and reporting policies of the Company and Lakeland conform with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”) and predominant practices within the banking industry. The preparation of financial statements requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements. These estimates and assumptions also affect reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from these estimates. Significant estimates implicit in these financial statements are as follows. For additional accounting policies and detail, refer to Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements included in item 8 of this report.

Allowance for loan and lease losses. The allowance for loan and lease losses is established through a provision for loan and lease losses charged to expense. Loan principal considered to be uncollectible by management is charged against the allowance for loan and lease losses. The allowance is an amount that management believes will be adequate to absorb losses on existing loans and leases that may become uncollectible based upon an evaluation of known and inherent risks in the loan and lease portfolio. The evaluation takes into consideration such factors as changes in the nature and size of the loan and lease portfolio, overall portfolio quality, specific problem loans and leases, and current economic conditions which may affect the borrowers’ ability to pay. The evaluation also analyzes historical losses by loan and lease category, and considers the resulting loss rates when determining the reserves on current loan and lease total amounts. Loss estimates for specified problem loans and leases are also detailed. All of the factors considered in the analysis of the adequacy of the allowance for loan and lease losses may be subject to change. To the extent actual outcomes differ from management estimates, additional provisions for loan and lease losses may be required that would adversely impact earnings in future periods.

The determination of the adequacy of the allowance for loan and lease losses and the periodic provisioning for estimated losses included in the consolidated financial statements is the responsibility of management and the Board of Directors. The evaluation process is undertaken on a quarterly basis.

 

-27-


Table of Contents

Methodology employed for assessing the adequacy of the allowance consists of the following criteria:

 

   

The establishment of specific reserve amounts for all specifically identified classified loans and leases that have been designated as requiring attention by Lakeland or Lakeland’s external loan review consultants.

 

   

The establishment of reserves for pools of homogeneous types of loans and leases not subject to specific review, including impaired commercial loans under $500,000, leases, 1 – 4 family residential mortgages, and consumer loans.

 

   

The establishment of reserve amounts for the non-classified loans and leases in each portfolio based upon the historical average loss experience for these portfolios and management’s evaluation of key environmental factors.

 

   

Lakeland also maintains an unallocated component in its allowance for loan and lease losses. Management believes that the unallocated amount is warranted for inherent factors that cannot be practically assigned to individual loss categories, such as the periodic updating of appraisals on impaired loans, as well as periodic updating of commercial loan credit risk ratings by loan officers and Lakeland’s internal credit review process.

Consideration is given to the results of ongoing credit quality monitoring processes, the adequacy and expertise of Lakeland’s lending staff, underwriting policies, loss histories, delinquency trends, and the cyclical nature of economic and business conditions. Since many of Lakeland’s loans depend on the sufficiency of collateral as a secondary source of repayment, any adverse trend in the real estate markets could affect underlying values available to protect Lakeland from loss.

A loan is reviewed for charge-off when it is placed on non-accrual status with a resulting charge-off if the loan is not secured by collateral having sufficient liquidation value to repay the loan and all accrued interest and the loan is not in the process of collection. Charge-offs are recommended by the Chief Credit Officer and approved by the Board on a monthly basis.

Loans and leases are considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that Lakeland will be unable to collect all amounts due in accordance with the original contractual terms of the loan agreement, including scheduled principal and interest payments. Impairment is measured based on the present value of expected cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate, or as a practical expedient, Lakeland may measure impairment based on a loan’s observable market price, or the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral-dependent. Regardless of the measurement method, Lakeland measures impairment based on the fair value of the collateral when it is determined that foreclosure is probable. Most of Lakeland’s impaired loans are collateral- dependent. Lakeland groups impaired commercial loans under $500,000 into a homogeneous pool and collectively evaluates them. Interest received on impaired loans and leases may be recorded as interest income. However, if management is not reasonably certain that an impaired loan and lease will be repaid in full, or if a specific time frame to resolve full collection cannot yet be reasonably determined, all payments received are recorded as reductions of principal.

Fair value measurements and fair value of financial instruments. Fair values of financial instruments are volatile and may be influenced by a number of factors, including market interest rates, prepayment speeds, discount rates, credit ratings and yield curves. Fair values for investment securities are based on quoted market prices, where available. If quoted market prices are not available, fair values are based on the quoted prices of similar instruments or an estimate of fair value by using a range of fair value estimates in the market place as a result of the illiquid market specific to the type of security.

When the fair value of a security is below its amortized cost, and depending on the length of time the condition exists and the extent the fair value is below amortized cost, additional analysis is performed to

 

-28-


Table of Contents

determine whether an other-than-temporary impairment condition exists. Available-for-sale and held-to-maturity securities are analyzed quarterly for possible other-than-temporary impairment. The analysis considers (i) the length of time and the extent to which the fair value has been less than cost, (ii) the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuer which may include projections of cash flows, and (iii) the intent and ability of the Company to retain its investment in the issuer for a period of time sufficient to allow for any anticipated recovery in fair value. Often, the information available to conduct these assessments is limited and rapidly changing, making estimates of fair value subject to judgment. If actual information or conditions are different than estimated, the extent of the impairment of the security may be different than previously estimated, which could have a material effect on the Company’s results of operations and financial condition.

Income taxes. The Company accounts for income taxes under the asset and liability method of accounting for income taxes. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the difference between the financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities as measured by the enacted tax rates that will be in effect when these differences reverse. Deferred tax expense is the result of changes in deferred tax assets and liabilities. The principal types of differences between assets and liabilities for financial statement and tax return purposes are allowance for loan and lease losses, core deposit intangible, deferred loan costs and deferred compensation.

The Company evaluates the realizability of its deferred tax assets by examining its earnings history and projected future earnings and by assessing whether it is more likely than not that carryforwards would not be realized. Based upon the majority of the Company’s deferred tax assets having no expiration date, the Company’s earnings history, and the projections of future earnings, the Company’s management believes that it is more likely than not that all of the Company’s deferred tax assets as of December 31, 2013 will be realized.

The Company evaluates tax positions that may be uncertain using a recognition threshold of more-likely-than-not, and a measurement attribute for all tax positions taken or expected to be taken on a tax return, in order for those tax positions to be recognized in the financial statements. Additional information regarding the Company’s uncertain tax positions is set forth in Note 9 to the Notes to the audited Consolidated Financial Statements contained herein.

Goodwill and other identifiable intangible assets. The Company reviews goodwill for impairment annually as of November 30 or when circumstances indicate a potential for impairment at the reporting unit level. U.S. GAAP requires at least an annual review of the fair value of a reporting unit that has goodwill in order to determine if it is more likely than not (that is, a likelihood of more than 50%) that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, including goodwill. If this qualitative test determines it is unlikely (less than 50% probability) the carrying value of the reporting unit is less than its fair value, then the company does not have to perform a Step One impairment test. If the probability is greater than 50%, a Step One goodwill impairment test is required. The Step One test compares the fair value of each reporting unit to the carrying value of its net assets, including goodwill. The Company has determined that it has one reporting unit, Community Banking.

The Company performed a qualitative analysis to determine whether “the weight of evidence, the significance of all identified events and circumstances” indicated a greater than 50% likelihood existed that the carrying value of the reporting unit exceeded its fair value and if a Step One test would be required. The Company identified nine qualitative assessments that are relative to the banking industry and to the Company. These factors included macroeconomic factors, banking industry conditions, banking merger and acquisition trends, Lakeland’s historical performance, the Company’s stock price, the expected performance of Lakeland, the change of control premium of the Company versus its peers and other miscellaneous factors. After reviewing and weighting these factors, the Company, as well as a third party adviser, determined as of November 30, 2013 that there was a less than 50% probability that the fair value of the Company was less than its carrying amount. Therefore, no Step One test was required.

Use of Non-GAAP Disclosures

Reported amounts are presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP. The Company’s management believes that the supplemental non-GAAP information, which consists of measurements and ratios based on tangible equity,

 

-29-


Table of Contents

tangible assets and the efficiency ratio, which excludes certain items considered to be non-recurring from earnings, is utilized by regulators and market analysts to evaluate a company’s financial condition and therefore, such information is useful to investors. These disclosures should not be viewed as a substitute for financial results determined in accordance with U.S. GAAP, nor are they necessarily comparable to non-GAAP performance measures which may be presented by other companies.

Financial Overview

The year ended December 31, 2013 represented a year of continued growth for the Company. As discussed in this management’s discussion and analysis:

 

   

Net income available to common shareholders increased $3.8 million or 18% to $25.0 million in 2013. Included in 2013 earnings was $2.8 million in expenses related to the merger with Somerset Hills Bancorp. Exclusive of these expenses, net income was $27.1 million and fully diluted earnings per share for 2013 was $0.81 per common share, a 7% increase over the $0.76 reported in 2012.

 

   

The Somerset Hills acquisition, which was consummated on May 31, 2013, added six full service branches, $356.1 million in total assets, $10.4 million in investment securities, $246.5 million in loans (including $2.5 million in residential mortgages held for sale), and $311.8 million in deposits ($80.8 million in non-interest bearing demand deposits and $231.0 million in interest-bearing deposits) at fair value. For more information on the Somerset Hills acquisition, please see Note 2—Acquisitions to the Notes to the audited Consolidated Financial Statements contained herein.

 

   

Excluding the loans acquired in the Somerset Hills acquisition, total loans increased $79.2 million, or 4%, from 2012 to 2013. Commercial Real Estate Loans increased $120.1 million, or 11%, from December 31, 2012 to December 31, 2013 excluding the impact of the Somerset Hills loans.

 

   

Non-performing assets declined $11.1 million, or 39%, to $17.5 million at December 31, 2013 compared to December 31, 2012. The Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses at December 31, 2013 was 176% of non-accruing loans compared to 103% at December 31, 2012.

 

   

As a result of improving loan quality, the provision for loan and lease losses was reduced from $14.9 million in 2012 to $9.3 million in 2013.

 

   

The Company’s net interest margin at 3.69% for 2013 remained stable throughout the year and compared to 3.70% in 2012.

 

   

During 2013, the Company acquired and extinguished $9.0 million of Lakeland Bancorp Capital Trust I debentures and recorded a $1.2 million pre-tax gain on extinguishment of debt.

Net income

Net income for 2013 was $25.0 million compared to net income of $21.7 million in 2012. Net income available to common shareholders in 2013 was $25.0 million or $0.75 per diluted share compared to $21.1 million or $0.76 per diluted share in 2012.

Net interest income

Net interest income is the difference between interest income on earning assets and the cost of funds supporting those assets. The Company’s net interest income is determined by: (i) the volume of interest-earning assets that it holds and the yields that it earns on those assets, and (ii) the volume of interest-bearing liabilities that it has assumed and the rates that it pays on those liabilities.

Net interest income for 2013 on a tax-equivalent basis was $105.5 million, representing an increase of $9.0 million, or 9%, from the $96.5 million earned in 2012. The increase in net interest income primarily resulted from a 30 basis point decline in the cost of interest-bearing liabilities, partially offset by a 26 basis point decrease in the yield on interest-earning assets. The net interest spread as a result increased 4 basis points to 3.59%. The

 

-30-


Table of Contents

increase in net interest spread was augmented by an increase in income earned on free funds (interest-earning assets funded by non-interest bearing liabilities) resulting from an increase in average non-interest bearing deposits of $101.8 million. The components of net interest income will be discussed in greater detail below.

Interest income and expense volume/rate analysis. The following table shows the impact that changes in average balances of the Company’s assets and liabilities and changes in average interest rates have had on the Company’s net interest income over the past three years. This information is presented on a tax equivalent basis assuming a 35% tax rate. If a change in interest income or expense is attributable to a change in volume and a change in rate, the amount of the change is allocated proportionately.

INTEREST INCOME AND EXPENSE VOLUME/RATE ANALYSIS

(tax equivalent basis, in thousands)

 

     2013 vs. 2012     2012 vs. 2011  
     Increase (Decrease)
Due to Change in:
    Total
Change
    Increase (Decrease)
Due to Change in:
    Total
Change
 
     Volume     Rate       Volume     Rate    

Interest Income

            

Loans and leases

   $ 9,677      $ (5,861   $ 3,816      $ 4,284      $ (8,356   $ (4,072

Taxable investment securities and other

     (241     (348     (589     (560     (1,748     (2,308

Tax-exempt investment securities

     170        (215     (45     (5     (279     (284

Federal funds sold

     23        19        42        —          —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest income

     9,629        (6,405     3,224        3,719        (10,383     (6,664
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest Expense

            

Savings deposits

     26        (169     (143     25        (113     (88

Interest-bearing transaction accounts

     887        (1,953     (1,066     488        (1,449     (961

Time deposits

     (182     (864     (1,046     (753     (732     (1,485

Borrowings

     (1,755     (1,779     (3,534     (1,110     (1,021     (2,131
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest expense

     (1,024     (4,765     (5,789     (1,350     (3,315     (4,665
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

NET INTEREST INCOME
(TAX EQUIVALENT BASIS)

   $ 10,653      $ (1,640   $ 9,013      $ 5,069      $ (7,068   $ (1,999
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The following table reflects the components of the Company’s net interest income, setting forth for the years presented, (1) average assets, liabilities and stockholders’ equity, (2) interest income earned on interest-earning assets and interest expense paid on interest-bearing liabilities, (3) average yields earned on interest-earning assets and average rates paid on interest-bearing liabilities, (4) the Company’s net interest spread (i.e., the average yield on interest-earning assets less the average cost of interest-bearing liabilities) and (5) the Company’s net interest margin. Rates are computed on a tax equivalent basis assuming a 35% tax rate.

 

-31-


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED STATISTICS ON A TAX EQUIVALENT BASIS

 

    2013     2012     2011  
    Average
Balance
    Interest
Income/
Expense
    Average
rates
earned/
paid
    Average
Balance
    Interest
Income/
Expense
    Average
rates
earned/
paid
    Average
Balance
    Interest
Income/
Expense
    Average
rates
earned/
paid
 
    (dollars in thousands)  

Assets

 

Interest-earning assets:

                 

Loans and leases (A)

  $ 2,317,158      $ 104,329        4.50   $ 2,073,562      $ 100,513        4.85   $ 1,997,652      $ 104,585        5.24

Taxable investment securities and other

    423,249        7,985        1.89     435,733        8,574        1.97     460,413        10,882        2.36

Tax-exempt securities

    73,768        2,757        3.74     70,309        2,802        3.98     70,437        3,086        4.38

Federal funds sold (B)

    41,870        93        0.22     30,373        51        0.17     31,939        51        0.16
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest-earning assets

    2,856,045        115,164        4.03     2,609,977        111,940        4.29     2,560,441        118,604        4.63

Noninterest earning assets:

                 

Allowance for loan and lease losses

    (30,053         (29,091         (29,064    

Other assets

    276,868            252,055            251,452       
 

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

     

TOTAL ASSETS

  $ 3,102,860          $ 2,832,941          $ 2,782,829       
 

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

     

Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity

                 

Interest-bearing liabilities:

                 

Savings accounts

  $ 370,980      $ 223        0.06   $ 347,766      $ 366        0.11   $ 330,646      $ 454        0.14

Interest-bearing transaction accounts

    1,341,691        3,747        0.28     1,171,318        4,813        0.41     1,088,678        5,774        0.53

Time deposits

    309,384        2,119        0.68     329,355        3,165        0.96     400,442        4,650        1.16

Borrowings

    169,048        3,568        2.11     237,814        7,102        2.99     272,744        9,233        3.39
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest-bearing liabilities

    2,191,103        9,657        0.44     2,086,253        15,446        0.74     2,092,510        20,111        0.96
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Noninterest-bearing liabilities:

                 

Demand deposits

    576,421            474,579            422,568       

Other liabilities

    14,513            13,826            12,776       

Stockholders’ equity

    320,823            258,283            254,975       
 

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

     

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

  $ 3,102,860          $ 2,832,941          $ 2,782,829       
 

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

     

Net interest income/spread

      105,507        3.59       96,494        3.55       98,493        3.67

Tax equivalent basis adjustment

      965            981            1,080     
   

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

   

NET INTEREST INCOME

    $ 104,542          $ 95,513          $ 97,413     
   

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

   

Net interest margin (C)

        3.69         3.70         3.85
     

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

 

 

(A) Includes non-accrual loans, the effect of which is to reduce the yield earned on loans, and deferred loan fees.
(B) Includes interest-bearing cash accounts.
(C) Net interest income on a tax equivalent basis divided by interest-earning assets.

Interest income on a tax equivalent basis increased from $111.9 million in 2012 to $115.2 million in 2013, an increase of $3.2 million, or 3%. The increase in interest income was primarily due to a $243.6 million increase in average loans and leases partially offset by a decrease in the yield on interest earning assets. The increase in average loans and leases is due primarily to the acquisition of Somerset Hills’ loans and leases which totaled $243.9 million at the time of acquisition. The decline in yield on earning assets is primarily a result of loans being refinanced at lower rates and lower yields on new loans and investments. The yield on average loans and leases at 4.50% in 2013 was 35 basis points lower than 2012. The yield on average taxable and tax exempt investment securities decreased by 8 basis points and 24 basis points, respectively, compared to 2012.

Interest income on a tax equivalent basis decreased from $118.6 million in 2011 to $111.9 million in 2012, a decrease of $6.7 million, or 6%. The decrease in interest income was due to a 34 basis point decrease in the average yield on interest-earning assets, as a result of loans being refinanced at lower rates and lower yields on new loans and investments. The yield on average loans and leases at 4.85% in 2012 was 39 basis points lower than 2011. The yield on average taxable and tax-exempt investment securities decreased by 39 basis points to 1.97% and 40 basis points to 3.98%, respectively, in 2012.

 

-32-


Table of Contents

Total interest expense decreased from $15.4 million in 2012 to $9.7 million in 2013, a decrease of $5.8 million, or 37%. The cost of average interest-bearing liabilities decreased from 0.74% in 2012 to 0.44% in 2013 as a result of declining rates and a change in mix of interest earning liabilities. The decrease in yield was due primarily to an 88 basis point reduction in the cost of borrowings, a $68.8 million reduction in higher yielding average borrowings, a $20.0 million reduction in higher yielding time deposits and the continuing low rate environment. In the fourth quarter of 2012, the Company redeemed a $25.8 million subordinated debenture that was paying 7.535%. In the second quarter of 2013, the Company acquired and extinguished $9 million in subordinated debentures that were paying LIBOR plus 310 basis points. From 2012 to 2013, average savings accounts and interest-bearing transaction accounts increased by $23.2 million and $170.4 million, respectively. Average rates paid on interest-bearing liabilities declined in all categories.

Total interest expense decreased from $20.1 million in 2011 to $15.4 million in 2012, a decrease of $4.7 million, or 23%. Average interest-bearing liabilities decreased $6.3 million while the cost of those liabilities decreased from 0.96% in 2011 to 0.74% in 2012. The decrease in yield was due primarily to the continuing low rate environment and a $71.1 million reduction in higher yielding time deposits as customers preferred to keep their deposits in short-term transaction accounts. Additionally, higher yielding average borrowings decreased $34.9 million to $237.8 million in 2012. Contributing to the decrease in borrowings was a payment early in the fourth quarter of 2012 of a $25.8 million subordinated debenture with a yield of 7.535% The decrease in time deposits and borrowings was offset by increases in savings accounts, interest-bearing transaction accounts, and non-interest bearing deposits of $17.1 million, $82.6 million, and $52.0 million, respectively.

Net Interest Margin

Net interest margin is calculated by dividing net interest income on a fully taxable equivalent basis by average interest-earning assets. The Company’s net interest margin was 3.69%, 3.70% and 3.85% for 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. The decrease in net interest margin from 2011 to 2012 was primarily a result of the decrease in yield on interest-earning assets.

Provision for Loan and Lease Losses

In determining the provision for loan and lease losses, management considers national and local economic conditions; trends in the portfolio including orientation to specific loan types or industries; experience, ability and depth of lending management in relation to the complexity of the portfolio; adequacy and adherence to policies, procedures and practices; levels and trends in delinquencies, impaired loans and leases and net charge-offs and the results of independent third party loan review.

The provision for loan and lease losses decreased from $14.9 million in 2012 to $9.3 million in 2013. Net charge-offs decreased from $14.4 million or 0.69% of average loans and leases in 2012 to $8.5 million or 0.36% of average loans and leases in 2012. The lower provision resulted from a decline in non-performing assets and from lower charge-offs during 2013.

The provision for loan and lease losses decreased from $18.8 million in 2011 to $14.9 million in 2012. Net charge-offs decreased from $17.7 million or 0.89% of average loans and leases in 2011 to $14.4 million or 0.69% of average loans and leases in 2012. The lower provision resulted from a decline in non-performing assets and from lower charge-offs during 2012. During the second quarter of 2012, Lakeland sold a group of primarily non-performing loans with a net book value of $4.5 million and recorded a charge-off of $1.9 million.

Noninterest Income

Noninterest income increased $2.1 million, or 11%, to $21.0 million in 2013 compared to 2012. In 2013 the Company recorded a $1.2 million pre-tax gain on the purchase and early extinguishment of $9.0 million of Lakeland Bancorp Capital Trust I debentures. Gain on sales of investment securities was $839,000 in 2013

 

-33-


Table of Contents

compared to $1.0 million in 2012. Income on bank owned life insurance at $1.4 million in 2013 increased $66,000 or 5% compared to 2012 due primarily to the addition of policies acquired in the Somerset Hills merger. Other income at $2.1 million in 2013 was $576,000 higher than 2012 primarily due to increases in gain on sale of loans and gain on sale of other real estate, partially offset by a reduction in gain on sale of leases. Noninterest income represented 17% of total revenue in 2013. (Total revenue is defined as net interest income plus noninterest income).

Noninterest income increased $788,000, or 4%, to $18.9 million in 2012 compared to 2011. Service charges on deposit accounts at $10.5 million increased $242,000, or 2%, due primarily to the implementation of a new demand deposit pricing structure in the second quarter of 2012. Commissions and fees totaled $4.5 million in 2012 and were $788,000 or 21% higher than 2011 due to an increase in investment commission income and loan fees. Gains on sales of investment securities decreased $180,000 from 2011 to 2012. Although other income at $1.5 million in 2012 remained at substantially the same level as 2011, net gains on the sale of bank owned properties was offset by declines in gains on leasing related assets. The decline in gains on leasing related assets reflects the reduction in the leasing portfolio. Noninterest income represented 17% of total revenue in 2012.

Noninterest Expense

Noninterest expense totaling $78.7 million increased $11.1 million in 2013 compared to 2012. In 2013 noninterest expense included $2.8 million in merger related expenses and $288,000 in core deposit intangible amortization resulting from the Somerset Hills acquisition. Salary and employee benefits at $41.9 million increased by $3.3 million, or 9%, primarily as a result of increased staffing levels from the six new Somerset Hills’ branches, the retention of some administrative personnel from the Somerset Hills acquisition, and normal salary increases. Net occupancy expense at $8.1 million in 2013 increased $985,000 from 2012, due primarily to expenses relating to the six new branch locations acquired in the Somerset Hills acquisition and a new branch opening in the fourth quarter of 2012. Furniture and equipment at $6.2 million increased $1.4 million from 2012 due primarily to the new branches previously mentioned, increased service contract expenses and increased depreciation costs resulting from the upgrading of the Company’s computer systems. Long-term debt prepayment fees was $1.2 million in 2013 compared to $782,000 in 2012. FDIC insurance expense at $2.0 million in 2013 decreased $149,000 compared to the same period last year due primarily to improved assessment rates resulting from a reduction in nonperforming assets. Legal expense at $1.0 million and other real estate and repossessed asset expense at $24,000 decreased $204,000 and $75,000, respectively, due primarily to the reduction in nonperforming assets. Other expenses at $11.6 million in 2013 increased $2.1 million compared to the same period in 2012 primarily due to an increase in data processing expenses reflecting technological improvements, an increase in telecommunications expense and Somerset Hills costs. Also included in other expenses was an additional $600,000 in professional fees related to costs associated with the resignation of the Company’s external accountants.

Noninterest expense totaling $67.7 million decreased $478,000 in 2012 compared to 2011. FDIC insurance expense at $2.2 million was $627,000 lower than the same period in 2011 as a result of changes made by the FDIC in the method of calculating assessment rates. Legal expense and expenses on other real estate and other repossessed assets decreased $456,000 and $681,000, respectively, compared to 2011, resulting from the decline in Lakeland’s non-performing assets. During the third quarter of 2011, Lakeland completed core deposit intangible amortization on an earlier acquisition, which resulted in a $577,000 decrease in that category. Marketing expense at $2.0 million decreased $375,000 or 16% due to the elimination of several marketing programs in 2012. Net occupancy expense at $7.1 million increased $204,000 compared to 2011 primarily as a result of increases in rental expense and depreciation expense for the new training and operations center, partially offset by a decline in snow removal expenses. Salaries and employee benefits at $38.6 million increased $2.1 million or 6% primarily due to normal salary increases, benefit increases and adjustments made to benefit plans to reflect the current interest rate environment.

The efficiency ratio, a non-GAAP measure, expresses the relationship between noninterest expense (excluding other real estate and other repossessed asset expense, long-term debt repayment fees, merger related

 

-34-


Table of Contents

expenses, provision for unfunded lending commitments and core deposit amortization) to total tax-equivalent revenue (excluding gains (losses) on securities and gain on debt extinguishment). In 2013, the Company’s efficiency ratio on a tax equivalent basis was 59.74% compared to 58.33% in 2012 as a result of expenses increasing at a greater rate than revenue. The efficiency ratio was 56.87% in 2011.

 

    For the year ended December 31,  
    2013     2012     2011     2010     2009  
    (dollars in thousands)  

Calculation of efficiency ratio (a non-GAAP measure)

         

Total non-interest expense

  $ 78,741      $ 67,673      $ 68,151      $ 70,405      $ 73,794   

Less:

         

Amortization of core deposit intangibles

    (288     —          (577     (1,062     (1,062

Other real estate owned and other repossessed asset expense

    (24     (99     (780     (483     (1,002

Merger related expenses

    (2,834     —          —          —          —     

Long-term debt prepayment fee

    (1,209     (782     (800     (1,835     (3,075

Provision for unfunded lending commitments

    (55     (93     (375     (195     (58
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-interest expense, as adjusted

  $ 74,331      $ 66,699      $ 65,619      $ 66,830      $ 68,597   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income

  $ 104,542      $ 95,513      $ 97,413      $ 99,754      $ 93,379   

Noninterest income

    20,961        18,905        18,117        19,268        18,857   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

    125,503        114,418        115,530        119,022        112,236   

Plus: Tax-equivalent adjustment on municipal securities

    965        981        1,080        1,082        1,206   

Less: Gains on sales of investment securities and debt extinguishment

    (2,036     (1,049     (1,229     (1,614     (2,905
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue, as adjusted

  $ 124,432      $ 114,350      $ 115,381      $ 118,490      $ 110,537   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Efficiency ratio (Non-GAAP)

    59.74     58.33     56.87     56.40     62.06
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income Taxes

The Company’s effective income tax rate was 33.3%, 31.7% and 30.5%, in the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. The effective tax rate increase in 2013 and 2012 was primarily a result of increased earnings and because of a reduction of tax advantaged items as a percent of pre-tax income. Tax advantaged items include interest income on tax-exempt securities and income on bank owned life insurance.

Financial Condition

Total assets increased from $2.92 billion on December 31, 2012 to $3.32 billion on December 31, 2013, an increase of $399.1 million, or 14%. This includes Somerset Hills’ assets which were $356.1 million at the time of acquisition. Total loans were $2.47 billion, an increase of $323.1 million from $2.15 billion at December 31, 2012. Somerset Hills’ loans totaled $243.9 million at the time of acquisition. Total deposits were $2.71 billion, an increase of $338.2 million from December 31, 2012. Somerset Hills’ deposits totaled $311.8 million at the time of acquisition. Total assets at year-end 2012 increased $92.8 million or 3% from year-end 2011.

Loans and Leases

Lakeland primarily serves Northern and Central New Jersey and the surrounding areas. Its equipment finance division serves a broader market with a primary focus on the Northeast. All of its borrowers are U.S. residents or entities.

Gross loans and leases at $2.47 billion increased by $323.1 million from December 31, 2012. This includes Somerset Hills’ loans which totaled $243.9 million at the time of acquisition. Excluding Somerset Hills’ loans, total loans have increased 4% from December 31, 2012 primarily in the commercial loans secured by real estate

 

-35-


Table of Contents

category. Excluding the impact of the Somerset Hills’ loans of $144.6 million, commercial loans secured by real estate increased $120.1 million, or 11%, from December 31, 2012 to December 31, 2013. Leases also increased $14.6 million, or 54%, resulting from increased demand for equipment financing and from broadening our market area. Excluding the impact of the Somerset Hills’ loans of $22.0 million, commercial, industrial and other loans decreased $24.3 million, or 11%, resulting from large payoffs and reduced demand in a competitive lending market. Real Estate-Residential mortgages declined $29.7 million, or 7%, excluding the impact of Somerset Hills’ residential mortgages of $39.3 million. The decline in residential mortgages resulted from an increase in long-term rates which occurred in the middle of 2013 causing the level of refinancings to decline. Lakeland is also selling a larger percentage of its residential mortgage originations than it has in past years. Gross loans and leases at $2.15 billion as of December, 31 2012 increased $105.9 million, or 5%, compared to December 31, 2011 primarily due to increases in commercial loans secured by real estate and residential mortgages, which increased $112.2 million and $17.0 million, respectively, partially offset by a $32.9 million decline in real estate construction loans.

The following table sets forth the classification of Lakeland’s gross loans and leases by major category as of December 31 for each of the last five years:

 

     December 31,  
     2013     2012     2011      2010      2009  
           (in thousands)                

Commercial, secured by real estate

   $ 1,389,861      $ 1,125,137      $ 1,012,982       $ 970,240       $ 914,223   

Commercial, industrial and other

     213,808        216,129        209,915         194,259         172,744   

Leases

     41,332        26,781        28,879         65,640         113,160   

Leases held for sale

     —          —          —           1,517         7,314   

Real estate—residential mortgage

     432,831        423,262        406,222         403,561         382,750   

Real estate—construction

     53,119        46,272        79,138         70,775         108,338   

Home equity and consumer

     339,338        309,626        304,190         306,322         315,598   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     2,470,289        2,147,207        2,041,326         2,012,314         2,014,127   

Plus deferred costs (fees)

     (1,273     (364     249         2,303         2,908   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Loans and leases net of deferred costs (fees)

   $ 2,469,016      $ 2,146,843      $ 2,041,575       $ 2,014,617       $ 2,017,035   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

At December 31, 2013, there were no concentrations of loans or leases exceeding 10% of total loans and leases outstanding other than loans that are secured by real estate. Loan concentrations are considered to exist when there are amounts loaned to a multiple number of borrowers engaged in similar activities which would cause them to be similarly impacted by economic or other related conditions.

The following table sets forth maturities and sensitivity to changes in interest rates in commercial loans in Lakeland’s loan portfolio at December 31, 2013:

 

     Within
one year
     After one
but within
five years
     After five
years
     Total  
     (in thousands)  

Commercial, secured by real estate

   $ 95,835       $ 211,580       $ 1,082,446       $ 1,389,861   

Commercial, industrial and other

     124,767         63,653         25,388         213,808   

Real estate—construction

     32,996         3,697         16,426         53,119   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 253,598       $ 278,930       $ 1,124,260       $ 1,656,788   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Predetermined rates

   $ 41,996       $ 201,173       $ 213,933       $ 457,102   

Floating or adjustable rates

     211,602         77,757         910,327         1,199,686   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 253,598       $ 278,930       $ 1,124,260       $ 1,656,788   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

-36-


Table of Contents

Risk Elements

Commercial loans and leases are placed on a non-accrual status with all accrued interest and unpaid interest reversed if (a) because of the deterioration in the financial position of the borrower they are maintained on a cash basis (which means payments are applied when and as received rather than on a regularly scheduled basis), (b) payment in full of interest or principal is not expected, or (c) principal and interest have been in default for a period of 90 days or more unless the obligation is both well-secured and in process of collection. Residential mortgage loans are placed on non-accrual status at the time principal and interest have been in default for a period of 90 days or more, except where there exists sufficient collateral to cover the defaulted principal and interest payments, and management’s knowledge of the specific circumstances warrant continued accrual. Consumer loans are generally placed on non-accrual status and reviewed for charge-off when principal and interest payments are four months in arrears unless the obligations are well-secured and in the process of collection. Interest thereafter on such charged-off consumer loans is taken into income when received only after full recovery of principal. As a general rule, a non-accrual asset may be restored to accrual status when none of its principal or interest is due and unpaid, satisfactory payments have been received for a sustained period (usually six months), or when it otherwise becomes well-secured and in the process of collection.

The following schedule sets forth certain information regarding Lakeland’s non-accrual (including troubled debt restructurings that are on non-accrual) and past due loans and leases and other real estate owned and other repossessed assets as of December 31, for each of the last five years:

 

     At December 31,  
(dollars in thousands)    2013     2012     2011     2010     2009  

Commercial, secured by real estate

   $ 7,697      $ 10,511      $ 16,578      $ 12,905      $ 20,811   

Commercial, industrial, and other

     88        1,476        4,608        1,702        2,047   

Leases, including leases held for sale

     —          32        575        6,277        3,511   

Real estate—residential mortgage

     6,141        8,733        11,610        12,834        5,465   

Real estate-construction

     831        4,031        12,393        6,321        4,987   

Home equity and consumer

     2,175        3,197        3,252        2,930        1,890   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-accrual loans and leases

     16,932        27,980        49,016        42,969        38,711   

Other real estate and other repossessed assets

     520        529        1,182        1,592        1,864   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

TOTAL NON-PERFORMING ASSETS

   $ 17,452      $ 28,509      $ 50,198      $ 44,561      $ 40,575   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-performing assets as a percent of total assets

     0.53     0.98     1.78     1.60     1.49
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loans and leases past due 90 days or more and still accruing

   $ 1,997      $ 1,437      $ 1,367      $ 1,218      $ 1,437   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Troubled debt restructurings, still accruing

   $ 10,289      $ 7,336      $ 8,856      $ 9,073      $ 3,432   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-accrual loans and leases decreased to $16.9 million on December 31, 2013 from $28.0 million at December 31, 2012. Non-performing loans and leases decreased in all categories. Commercial secured by real estate; commercial, industrial and other; residential mortgages and construction real estate decreased $2.8 million, $1.4 million, $2.6 million and $3.2 million, respectively.

Commercial loan non-accruals included 3 loan relationships between $500,000 and $1.0 million totaling $1.8 million, and 2 loan relationships exceeding $1.0 million totaling $2.3 million. The largest of the commercial loan non-accruals was $1.3 million. All non-accrual loans and leases are in various stages of litigation, foreclosure, or workout. Non-accrual loans included $2.3 million and $3.4 million in troubled debt restructurings for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

At December 31, 2013, Lakeland had $10.3 million in loans that were restructured and still accruing. Restructured loans are those loans where Lakeland has granted concessions to the borrower in payment terms in rate and/or in maturity as a result of the financial condition of the borrower.

 

-37-


Table of Contents

For 2013, the gross interest income that would have been recorded, had the loans and leases classified at year-end as impaired been performing in conformance with their original terms, is approximately $2.2 million. The amount of interest income actually recorded on those loans and leases for 2013 was $877,000. The resultant loss of $1.3 million for 2013 compares with prior year losses of $2.1 million for 2012 and $2.4 million for 2011.

As of December 31, 2013, Lakeland had impaired loans and leases totaling $24.6 million (consisting primarily of non-accrual and restructured loans and leases), compared to $31.5 million at December 31, 2012. The valuation allowance of these loans and leases is based primarily on the fair value of the underlying collateral. Based upon such evaluation, $910,000 has been allocated to the allowance for loan and lease losses for impairment at December 31, 2013 compared to $873,000 at December 31, 2012. At December 31, 2013, Lakeland also had $62.5 million in loans and leases that were rated substandard that were not classified as non-performing or impaired compared to $42.7 million at December 31, 2012.

There were no additional loans or leases at December 31, 2013, other than those designated non-performing, impaired or substandard, where Lakeland was aware of any credit conditions of any borrowers that would indicate a strong possibility of the borrowers not complying with the present terms and conditions of repayment and which may result in such loans or leases being included as non-accrual, past due or renegotiated at a future date.

The following table sets forth for each of the five years ended December 31, 2013, the historical relationships among the amount of loans and leases outstanding, the allowance for loan and lease losses, the provision for loan and lease losses, the amount of loans and leases charged off and the amount of loan and lease recoveries:

 

     December 31,  
     2013     2012     2011     2010     2009  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Balance of the allowance at the beginning of the year

   $ 28,931      $ 28,416      $ 27,331      $ 25,563      $ 25,053   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loans and leases charged off:

          

Commercial, secured by real estate

     2,026        7,287        5,352        7,510        2,524   

Commercial, industrial and other

     1,324        949        5,249        3,298        2,632   

Leases

     206        999        2,858        4,307        22,972   

Leases held for sale

     —          —          —          —          22,122   

Real estate—residential mortgage

     1,257        1,822        1,772        397        433   

Real estate-construction

     3,854        2,888        3,636        1,756        200   

Home equity and consumer

     1,624        2,074        3,010        2,250        2,499   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total loans and leases charged off

     10,291        16,019        21,877        19,518        53,382   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Recoveries:

          

Commercial, secured by real estate

     1,061        280        2,084        134        135   

Commercial, industrial and other

     260        428        439        62        134   

Leases

     121        504        1,206        1,391        1,777   

Real estate—residential mortgage

     99        66        32        7        —     

Real estate-construction

     14        43        67        —          —     

Home equity and consumer

     283        306        318        411        231   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Recoveries

     1,838        1,627        4,146        2,005        2,277   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net charge-offs:

     8,453        14,392        17,731        17,513        51,105   

Provision for loan and lease losses charged to operations

     9,343        14,907        18,816        19,281        51,615   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance

   $ 29,821      $ 28,931      $ 28,416      $ 27,331      $ 25,563   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ratio of net charge-offs to average loans and leases outstanding:

     0.36     0.69     0.89     0.88     2.55

Ratio of allowance at end of year as a percentage of year-end total loans and leases

     1.21     1.35     1.39     1.36     1.27

 

-38-


Table of Contents

The ratio of the allowance for loan and lease losses to loans and leases outstanding reflects management’s evaluation of the underlying credit risk inherent in the loan portfolio as discussed above in “Critical Accounting Policies, Judgements and Estimates—Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses.”

The overall balance of the allowance for loan losses increased $890,000 at December 31, 2013 compared to levels at December 31, 2012. The components of the allowance also changed to reflect the changes both in the portfolios and in the levels of non-performing loans within the portfolio segments. The allowance for loan and leases losses for the commercial secured by real estate portfolio decreased from $16.3 million to $14.5 million to reflect a decline in net charge-offs of $6.0 million or 86% from 2012 to 2013 and to reflect a decline in non-accrual loans of $2.8 million or 27% from December 31, 2012 to December 31, 2013. The allowance for loan and leases losses for the leasing portfolio decreased from $578,000 to $504,000 reflecting the decline in non-performing loans as well as a decline in net charge-offs in that portfolio. The allowance for loan and leases losses for the home equity and consumer portfolio declined from $2.8 million to $2.7 million due primarily to a decrease in net charge-offs and a decline in non-performing loans. The allowance for loan and lease losses decreased for residential mortgages primarily due to a reduction in net charge-offs, a decline in non-performing loans and a decline in loans outstanding.

Non-performing loans and leases decreased from $28.0 million on December 31, 2012 to $16.9 million on December 31, 2013 and the allowance for loan and lease losses was 1.21% of total loans and leases on December 31, 2013 compared to 1.35% of total loans and leases on December 31, 2012. The decline in the allowance for loan and lease losses as a percent of total loans results from the $243.9 million increase in loans resulting from the Somerset Hills acquisition, which is accounted for under acquisition accounting. Excluding the Somerset Hills loans, the allowance as a percent of total loans would be 1.34%. As discussed above, the decrease in non-accruals was in all categories. Management believes, based on appraisals and estimated selling costs that the majority of these loans are well secured and reserves on these loans are adequate. Based upon the process employed and giving recognition to all accompanying factors related to the loan and lease portfolio, management considers the allowance for loan and lease losses to be adequate at December 31, 2013.

The following table shows how the allowance for loan and lease losses is allocated among the various types of loans and leases that Lakeland has outstanding. This allocation is based on management’s specific review of the credit risk of the outstanding loans and leases in each category as well as historical trends.

 

    At December 31,  
    2013     2012     2011     2010     2009  
     Allowance     % of
Loans in
Each
Category
    Allowance     % of
Loans in
Each
Category
    Allowance     % of
Loans in
Each
Category
    Allowance     % of
Loans in
Each
Category
    Allowance     % of
Loans in
Each
Category
 
    (in thousands)  

Commercial, secured by real estate

  $ 14,463        56.2   $ 16,258        52.4   $ 16,618        49.6   $ 11,366        48.2   $ 9,285        45.4

Commercial, industrial and other

    5,331        8.7     5,103        10.1     3,477        10.3     5,113        9.7     4,647        8.6

Leases

    504        1.7     578        1.2     688        1.4     3,477        3.3     4,308        6.0

Real estate—residential mortgage

    3,214        17.5     3,568        19.7     3,077        19.9     2,628        20.1     1,286        19.0

Real estate—construction

    542        2.2     587        2.2     1,424        3.9     2,176        3.5     3,198        5.4

Home equity and consumer

    2,737        13.7     2,837        14.4     3,132        14.9     2,571        15.2     2,839        15.6

Unallocated

    3,030          —            —            —            —       
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
  $ 29,821        100.0   $ 28,931        100.0   $ 28,416        100.0   $ 27,331        100.0   $ 25,563        100.0
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

-39-


Table of Contents

Investment Securities

The Company has classified its investment securities into the available for sale and held to maturity categories based on its intent and ability to hold the securities to maturity. The Company has no investment securities classified as trading securities.

The following table sets forth the carrying value of the Company’s investment securities, both available for sale and held to maturity, as of December 31 for each of the last three years. Investment securities available for sale are stated at fair value while securities held for maturity are stated at cost, adjusted for amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts.

 

     December 31,  
     2013      2012      2011  
     (in thousands)  

U.S. Treasury and U.S. government agencies

   $ 89,897       $ 102,660       $ 52,608   

Mortgage-backed securities, residential

     339,098         278,624         370,101   

Mortgage-backed securities, multifamily

     2,355         1,421         —     

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

     80,394         77,421         76,528   

Equity securities

     16,146         15,516         23,132   

Other debt securities

     4,960         14,993         21,275   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 532,850       $ 490,635       $ 543,644   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Company does not own any collateralized debt obligations, pooled trust preferred securities or preferred stock with the Federal National Mortgage Association or the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Association. The Company also does not own any interests in any hedge funds or private equity funds that are designated “covered funds” under the Volcker Rule issued in December 2013. All of the Company’s mortgage-backed securities are issued by U.S. Government or U.S. Government sponsored entities.

The following table sets forth the maturity distribution and weighted average yields (calculated on the basis of the stated yields to maturity, considering applicable premium or discount), on a fully taxable equivalent basis, of investment securities available for sale as of December 31, 2013, at fair value:

 

Available for sale

   Within
one year
    Over one
but within
five years
    Over five
but within
ten years
    After ten
years
    Total  
     (dollars in thousands)  

U.S. Treasury and U.S. government agencies

          

Amount

   $ —        $ 24,141      $ 46,024      $ —        $ 70,165   

Yield

     —       1.18     1.54     —       1.42

Mortgage-backed securities, residential

          

Amount

     —          4,861        29,495        270,146        304,502   

Yield

     —       3.25     2.09     2.16     2.17

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

          

Amount

     3,984        11,213        19,999        1,677        36,873   

Yield

     2.81     3.45     3.38     2.61     3.30

Other debt securities

          

Amount

     —          2,615        —          805        3,420   

Yield

     —       1.91     —       1.04     1.71

Other equity securities

          

Amount

     16,146        —          —          —          16,146   

Yield

     2.05     —       —       —       2.05
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total securities

          

Amount

   $ 20,130      $ 42,830      $ 95,518      $ 272,628      $ 431,106   

Yield

     2.20     2.05     2.10     2.16     2.14
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

-40-


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth the maturity distribution and weighted average yields (calculated on the basis of the stated yields to maturity, considering applicable premium or discount), on a fully taxable equivalent basis, of investment securities held to maturity as of December 31, 2013, at amortized cost:

 

Held to maturity

   Within
one
year
    Over one
but within
five years
    Over five
but within
ten years
    After ten
years
    Total  
     (dollars in thousands)  

U.S. Treasury and U.S. government agencies

          

Amount

   $ —        $ 5,004      $ 14,728        —        $ 19,732   

Yield

     —       1.98     2.05     0.00     2.03

Mortgage-backed securities, residential

          

Amount

     —          576        996        33,024        34,596   

Yield

     —       4.20     4.70     2.81     2.89

Mortgage-backed securities, multifamily

          

Amount

     —          —          1,361        994        2,355   

Yield

     —       —       1.66     2.35     1.95

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

          

Amount

     7,246        11,478        17,793        7,004        43,521   

Yield

     1.84     4.26     3.28     2.51     3.17

Other debt securities

          

Amount

     —          1,540        —          —          1,540   

Yield

     —       5.48     —       —       5.48
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total securities

          

Amount

   $ 7,246      $ 18,598      $ 34,878      $ 41,022      $ 101,744   

Yield

     1.84     3.75     2.74     2.69     2.86
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other Assets

Other assets decreased from $23.1 million at December 31, 2012 to $19.8 million at December 31, 2013 primarily due to a refund of the prepaid FDIC assessment of $8.4 million, partially offset by an increase in net deferred taxes of $5.0 million resulting from an unrealized loss in securities available for sale.

Deposits

Total deposits increased from $2.37 billion on December 31, 2012 to $2.71 billion on December 31 2013, an increase of $338.2 million, or 14%. Somerset Hills’ deposits totaled $311.8 million at the time of acquisition. Noninterest bearing deposits increased $102.6 million, or 21%, to $600.7 million. Excluding $80.8 million in Somerset Hills’ demand deposits, noninterest bearing demand deposits have increased by $21.8 million, or 4%, from year-end 2012. Savings and interest-bearing transaction accounts increased $243.3 million. At the time of acquisition Somerset Hills had savings and interest-bearing transaction accounts of $199.1 million.

Total deposits increased from $2.25 billion on December 31, 2011 to $2.37 billion on December 31, 2012, an increase of $121.3 million, or 5%.

 

-41-


Table of Contents

The average amount of deposits and the average rates paid on deposits for the years indicated are summarized in the following table:

 

      Year Ended
December 31, 2013
    Year Ended
December 31, 2012
    Year Ended
December 31, 2011
 
      Average
Balance
     Average
Rate
    Average
Balance
     Average
Rate
    Average
Balance
     Average
Rate
 
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Noninterest-bearing demand deposits

   $ 576,421         —     $ 474,579         —     $ 422,568         —  

Interest-bearing transaction accounts

     1,341,691         0.28     1,171,318         0.41     1,088,678         0.53

Savings

     370,980         0.06     347,766         0.11     330,646         0.14

Time deposits

     309,384         0.68     329,355         0.96     400,442         1.16
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 2,598,476         0.23   $ 2,323,018         0.36   $ 2,242,334         0.49
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2013, the aggregate amount of outstanding time deposits issued in amounts of $100,000 or more, broken down by time remaining to maturity, was as follows (in thousands):

 

Maturity

      

Within 3 months

   $ 28,911   

Over 3 through 6 months

     24,490   

Over 6 through 12 months

     32,978   

Over 12 months

     28,848   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 115,227   
  

 

 

 

Derivatives

Lakeland enters into interest rate swaps (“swaps”) with loan customers to provide a facility to mitigate the fluctuations in the variable rate on the respective loans. These swaps are matched in offsetting terms to swaps that Lakeland enters into with an outside third party. The swaps are reported at fair value in other assets or other liabilities. Lakeland’s swaps qualify as derivatives, but are not designated as hedging instruments, thus any net gain or loss resulting from changes in the fair value is recognized in other non-interest income. Further discussion of Lakeland’s financial derivatives is set forth in Note 18 to the audited Consolidated Financial Statements.

Liquidity

“Liquidity” measures whether an entity has sufficient cash flow to meet its financial obligations and commitments on a timely basis. The Company is liquid when its subsidiary bank has the cash available to meet the borrowing and cash withdrawal requirements of customers and the Company can pay for current and planned expenditures and satisfy its debt obligations.

Lakeland funds loan demand and operation expenses from several sources:

 

   

Net income. Cash provided by operating activities was $50.7 million in 2013 compared to $48.6 million and $49.9 million in 2012 and 2011, respectively.

 

   

Deposits. Lakeland can offer new products or change its rate structure in order to increase deposits. In 2013, Lakeland generated $26.5 million in deposit growth excluding the impact of Somerset Hills’ deposits, compared to $121.3 million in deposits generated in 2012.

 

   

Sales of securities and overnight funds. At year-end 2013, the Company had $431.1 million in securities designated “available for sale.” Of these securities, $281.3 million was pledged to secure public deposits and for other purposes required by applicable laws and regulations.

 

-42-


Table of Contents
   

Repayments on loans and leases can also be a source of liquidity to fund further loan growth.

 

   

Overnight credit lines. As a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank of New York (FHLB), Lakeland has the ability to borrow overnight based on the market value of collateral pledged. Lakeland had no overnight borrowings from the FHLB on December 31, 2013. Lakeland also has overnight federal funds lines available for it to borrow up to $162.0 million. Lakeland had borrowings against these lines of $50.0 million at December 31, 2013. Lakeland also has the ability to utilize an unsecured line of credit from the FHLB to secure a portion of its public deposits. Lakeland may also borrow from the discount window of the Federal Reserve Bank of New York based on the market value of collateral pledged. Lakeland had no borrowings with the Federal Reserve Bank of New York as of December 31, 2013.

 

   

Other borrowings. Lakeland can also generate funds by utilizing long-term debt or securities sold under agreements to repurchase that would be collateralized by security or mortgage collateral. At times the market values of securities collateralizing our securities sold under agreements to repurchase may decline due to changes in interest rates and may necessitate our lenders to issue a “margin call” which requires the Company to pledge additional collateral to meet that margin call. For more information regarding the Company’s borrowings, see Note 7 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Management and the Board monitor the Company’s liquidity through the asset/liability committee, which monitors the Company’s compliance with certain regulatory ratios and other various liquidity guidelines.

The cash flow statements for the periods presented provide an indication of the Company’s sources and uses of cash, as well as an indication of the ability of the Company to maintain an adequate level of liquidity. A discussion of the cash flow statement for year ended December 31, 2013 follows.

Cash and cash equivalents totaling $102.7 million on December 31, 2013, decreased $4.8 million from December 31, 2012. Operating activities provided $50.7 million in net cash. Investing activities used $66.1 million in net cash, primarily reflecting an increase in loans and leases and investment securities partially offset by net cash acquired in the acquisition of Somerset Hills. Financing activities provided $10.5 million in net cash primarily reflecting a net increase of $26.5 million in deposits, partially offset by an early extinguishment of subordinated debentures and the payment of dividends.

The Company’s management believes that its current level of liquidity is sufficient to meet its current and anticipated operational needs, including current loan commitments, deposit maturities and other obligations. This constitutes a forward-looking statement under the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Actual results could differ materially from anticipated results due to a variety of factors, including uncertainties relating to general economic conditions; unanticipated decreases in deposits; changes in or failure to comply with governmental regulations; and uncertainties relating to the analysis of the Company’s assessment of rate sensitive assets and rate sensitive liabilities and the extent to which market factors indicate that a financial institution such as Lakeland should match such assets and liabilities.

 

-43-


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth contractual obligations and other commitments representing required and potential cash outflows as of December 31, 2013. Interest on subordinated debentures and other borrowings is calculated based on current contractual interest rates.

 

            Payment due period  

(dollars in thousands)

   Total      Within
one year
     After one
but within
three

years
     After
three but
within
five years
     After
five years
 

Minimum annual rentals or noncancellable operating leases

   $ 19,899       $ 2,526       $ 4,230       $ 2,856       $ 10,287   

Benefit plan commitments

     5,537         209         396         602         4,330   

Remaining contractual maturities of time deposits

     296,086         214,479         61,804         19,110         693   

Subordinated debentures

     41,238         —           —           0         41,238   

Loan commitments

     589,619         486,714         55,514         766         46,625   

Other borrowings

     119,000         30,000         30,000         39,000         20,000   

Interest on other borrowings*

     30,338         3,223         6,182         3,959         16,974   

Standby letters of credit

     9,244         8,705         459         —           80   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 1,110,961       $ 745,856       $ 158,585       $ 66,293       $ 140,227   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

* Includes interest on other borrowings and subordinated debentures at a weighted rate of 2.08%.

Interest Rate Risk

Closely related to the concept of liquidity is the concept of interest rate sensitivity (i.e., the extent to which assets and liabilities are sensitive to changes in interest rates). As a financial institution, the Company’s potential interest rate volatility is a primary component of its market risk. Fluctuations in interest rates will ultimately impact the level of income and expense recorded on a large portion of the Company’s assets and liabilities, and the market value of all interest-earning assets, other than those which possess a short term to maturity. Based upon the Company’s nature of operations, the Company is not subject to foreign currency exchange or commodity price risk. The Company does not own any trading assets and does not have any off balance sheet hedging transactions in place, such as interest rate swaps and caps.

The Company’s net income is largely dependent on net interest income. Net interest income is susceptible to interest rate risk to the extent that interest-bearing liabilities mature or reprice on a different basis than interest-earning assets. For example, when interest-bearing liabilities mature or reprice more quickly than interest-earning assets, an increase in market rates could adversely affect net interest income. Conversely, when interest-earning assets reprice more quickly than interest-bearing liabilities, an increase in market rates could increase net interest income.

The Company’s Board of Directors has adopted an Asset/Liability Policy designed to stabilize net interest income and preserve capital over a broad range of interest rate movements. This policy outlines guidelines and ratios dealing with, among others, liquidity, volatile liability dependence, investment portfolio composition, loan portfolio composition, loan-to-deposit ratio and gap analysis ratio. Key quantitative measurements include the percentage change of net interest income in various interest rate scenarios (net interest income at risk) and changes in the market value of equity in various rate environments (net portfolio value at risk). The Company’s performance as compared to the Asset/Liability Policy is monitored by its Board of Directors. In addition, to effectively administer the Asset/Liability Policy and to monitor exposure to fluctuations in interest rates, the Company maintains an Asset/Liability Committee (the “ALCO”), consisting of the Chief Executive Officer, the Regional Presidents, the Chief Financial Officer, Chief Lending Officer, Chief Retail Officer, Chief Credit Officer, certain other senior officers and certain directors. This committee meets quarterly to review the Company’s financial results and to develop strategies to implement the Asset/Liability Policy and to respond to market conditions.

 

-44-


Table of Contents

The Company monitors and controls interest rate risk through a variety of techniques, including use of an interest rate risk management model. With the interest rate risk management model, the Company projects future net interest income, and then estimates the effect of various changes in interest rates and balance sheet growth rates on that projected net interest income. The Company also uses the interest rate risk management model to calculate the change in net portfolio value over a range of interest rate change scenarios.

Interest rate sensitivity modeling is done at a specific point in time and involves a variety of significant estimates and assumptions. Interest rate sensitivity modeling requires, among other things, estimates of how much and when yields and costs on individual categories of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities will respond to general changes in market rates, future cash flows and discount rates.

Net interest income simulation considers the relative sensitivities of the balance sheet including the effects of interest rate caps on adjustable rate mortgages and the relatively stable aspects of core deposits. As such, net interest income simulation is designed to address the probability of interest rate changes and the behavioral response of the balance sheet to those changes. Market Value of Portfolio Equity represents the fair value of the net present value of assets, liabilities and off-balance-sheet items. Changes in estimates and assumptions made for interest rate sensitivity modeling could have a significant impact on projected results and conclusions. These assumptions could include prepayment rates, sensitivity of non-maturity deposits and other similar assumptions. Therefore, if our assumptions should change, this technique may not accurately reflect the impact of general interest rate movements on the Company’s net interest income or net portfolio value.

The starting point (or “base case”) for the following table is an estimate of the following year’s net interest income assuming that both interest rates and the Company’s interest-sensitive assets and liabilities remain at year-end levels. The net interest income estimated for 2014 (the base case) is $111.4 million. The information provided for net interest income assumes that changes in interest rates change gradually in equal increments (“rate ramp”) over the twelve month period.

 

      Changes in interest rates  

Rate Ramp

       +200 bp             -200 bp      

Asset/Liability Policy Limit

     -5.0     -5.0

December 31, 2013

     -3.9     -2.0

December 31, 2012

     -4.9     -2.2

The ALCO’s policy review of interest rate risk includes policy limits for net interest income changes in various “rate shock” scenarios. Rate shocks assume that current interest rates change immediately. The information provided for net interest income assumes fluctuations or “rate shocks” for changes in interest rates as shown in the table below.

 

     Changes in interest rates  

Rate Shock

   +400 bp     +300 bp     +200 bp     +100 bp     -100 bp     -200 bp     -300 bp     -400 bp  

Asset/Liability Policy Limit

     -20.0     -15.0     -10.0     -5.0     -5.0     -10.0     -15.0     -20.0

December 31, 2013

     -11.2     -8.2     -5.1     -2.1     -4.8     -7.1     -8.2     -8.2

December 31, 2012

     -8.7     -6.4     -4.2     -2.1     -4.1     -4.6     -4.6     -4.6

The base case for the following table is an estimate of the Company’s net portfolio value for the periods presented using current discount rates, and assuming the Company’s interest-sensitive assets and liabilities remain at year-end levels. The net portfolio value at December 31, 2013 (the base case) was $465.6 million. The information provided for the net portfolio value assumes fluctuations or rate shocks for changes in interest rates as shown in the table below.

 

     Changes in interest rates  

Rate Shock

   +300 bp     +200 bp     +100 bp     -100 bp     -200 bp     -300 bp  

Asset/Liability Policy Limit

     -35.0     -25.0         -25.0     -35.0

December 31, 2013

     -17.8     -11.3     -5.0     1.6     -1.5     -6.0

December 31, 2012

     -14.6     -7.4     -2.3     -5.1     -8.9     -7.8

 

-45-


Table of Contents

The information set forth in the above tables is based on significant estimates and assumptions, and constitutes a forward-looking statement under the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995.

The information in the above tables represent the policy scenario that the ALCO reviews on a quarterly basis. There are also other scenarios run that the ALCO examines that vary depending on the economic environment. These scenarios include a yield curve flattening scenario and scenarios that show more dramatic changes in rates. The committee uses the appropriate scenarios, depending on the economic environment, in its interest rate management decisions.

Capital Resources

Stockholders’ equity increased from $280.9 million on December 31, 2012 to $351.4 million on December 31, 2013. The increase in stockholders’ equity from December 31, 2012 to December 31, 2013 was primarily due to stock issued of $57.4 million for the acquisition of Somerset Hills and $25.0 million in net income, partially offset by other comprehensive loss on the Company’s available for sale securities portfolio of $8.6 million and the payment of dividends on common stock of $8.2 million.

Book value per common share (total common stockholders’ equity divided by the number of shares outstanding) increased from $9.45 on December 31, 2012 to $9.74 on December 31, 2013 primarily as a result of net income. Book value per common share was $8.99 on December 31, 2011. Tangible book value per share increased from $6.52 on December 31, 2012 to $6.63 on December 31, 2013. For more information see “Non-GAAP Financial Measures.”

The FDIC’s risk-based capital policy statement imposes a minimum capital standard on insured banks. The minimum ratio of risk-based capital to risk-weighted assets (including certain off-balance sheet items, such as standby letters of credit) is 8%. At least half of the total capital is to be comprised of common stock equity and qualifying perpetual preferred stock, less goodwill (“Tier I capital”). The remainder (“Tier II capital”) may consist of mandatory convertible debt securities, qualifying subordinated debt, other preferred stock and a portion of the allowance for loan and lease losses. The Federal Reserve Board has adopted a similar risk-based capital guideline for the Company which is computed on a consolidated basis.

In addition, the bank regulators have adopted minimum leverage ratio guidelines (Tier I capital to average quarterly assets, less goodwill) for financial institutions. These guidelines provide for a minimum leverage ratio of 3% for financial institutions that meet certain specified criteria, including that they have the highest regulatory rating. All other holding companies are required to maintain a leverage ratio of 3% plus an additional cushion of at least 100 to 200 basis points.

The following table reflects capital ratios of the Company and Lakeland as of December 31, 2013 and 2012:

 

      Tier 1 Capital
to Total Average
Assets Ratio
December 31,
    Tier 1 Capital
to Risk-Weighted
Assets Ratio
December 31,
    Total Capital
to Risk-Weighted
Assets Ratio
December 31,
 
          2013             2012             2013             2012             2013             2012      

Capital Ratios:

            

The Company

     8.90     8.62     11.73     11.52     12.98     12.77

Lakeland Bank

     8.38     7.98     11.04     10.66     12.29     11.92

“Well capitalized” institution under FDIC Regulations

     5.00     5.00     6.00     6.00     10.00     10.00

Basel III

On July 2, 2013, the FRB approved the final rules implementing the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision’s (“BCBS”) capital guidelines for U.S. banks. Under the final rules, minimum requirements will

 

-46-


Table of Contents

increase for both the quantity and quality of capital held by the Company. The rules include a new common equity Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets ratio of 4.5% and a common equity Tier 1 capital conservation buffer of 2.5% of risk-weighted assets. The final rules also raise the minimum ratio of Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets from 4.0% to 6.0% and require a minimum leverage ratio of 4.0%. The final rules also implement strict eligibility criteria for regulatory capital instruments. On July 9, 2013, the FDIC also approved, as an interim final rule, the regulatory capital requirements for U.S. banks, following the actions of the FRB. The FDIC’s rule is identical in substance to the final rules issued by the FRB. The phase-in period for the final rules will begin for the Company on January 1, 2015, with full compliance with all of the final rule’s requirements phased in over a multi-year schedule through January 1, 2019. The Company believes that as of December 31, 2013, Lakeland Bancorp and Lakeland Bank would meet all the requirements under the new rules on a fully phase-in basis, if such requirements were fully in effect.

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

 

     December 31,  
    2013     2012     2011     2010     2009  
    (In thousands, except per share amounts)  

Calculation of tangible book value per common share

         

Total common stockholders’ equity at end of period—GAAP

  $ 351,424      $ 280,867      $ 241,303      $ 223,235      $ 211,963   

Less:

         

Goodwill

    109,974        87,111        87,111        87,111        87,111   

Other identifiable intangible assets, net

    2,424        —          —          578        1,640   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total tangible common stockholders’ equity at end of period—Non- GAAP

  $ 239,026      $ 193,756      $ 154,192      $ 135,546      $ 123,212   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Shares outstanding at end of period(1)

    36,070        29,726        26,836        26,588        26,319   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Book value per share—GAAP(1)

  $ 9.74      $ 9.45      $ 8.99      $ 8.40      $ 8.05   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Tangible book value per share—Non-GAAP(1)

  $ 6.63      $ 6.52      $ 5.75      $ 5.10      $ 4.68   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Calculation of tangible common equity to tangible assets

         

Total tangible common stockholders’ equity at end of period—Non- GAAP

  $ 239,026      $ 193,756      $ 154,192      $ 135,546      $ 123,212   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets at end of period—GAAP

  $ 3,317,791      $ 2,918,703      $ 2,825,950      $ 2,792,674      $ 2,723,968   

Less:

         

Goodwill

    109,974        87,111        87,111        87,111        87,111   

Other identifiable intangible assets, net

    2,424        —          —          578        1,640   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total tangible assets at end of period—Non-GAAP

  $ 3,205,393      $ 2,831,592      $ 2,738,839      $ 2,704,985      $ 2,635,217   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Common equity to assets—GAAP

    10.59     9.62     8.54     7.99     7.78
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Tangible common equity to tangible assets—Non-GAAP

    7.46     6.84     5.63     5.01     4.68
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Adjusted for 5% stock dividends in 2012 and 2011.

 

-47-


Table of Contents
     For the years ended December 31,  
     2013     2012     2011     2010     2009  
    (dollars in thousands)  

Calculation of return on average tangible common equity

         

Net income (loss)—GAAP

  $ 24,969      $ 21,742      $ 19,851      $ 19,211      $ (5,396
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total average common stockholders’ equity—GAAP

  $ 320,923      $ 256,364      $ 232,711      $ 220,796      $ 217,062   

Less:

         

Average goodwill

    100,753        87,111        87,111        87,111        87,111   

Average other identifiable intangible assets, net

    1,513        —          166        1,120        2,182   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total average tangible common stockholders’ equity—Non GAAP

  $ 218,657      $ 169,253      $ 145,434      $ 132,565      $ 127,769   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Return on average common stockholders’ equity—GAAP

    7.78     8.48     8.53     8.70     -2.49
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Return on average tangible common stockholders’ equity—Non-GAAP

    11.42     12.85     13.65     14.49     -4.22
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

   Including Merger
Related Expenses
    Excluding Merger
Related Expenses
 

Reconciliation of Earnings Per Share—December 31, 2013

   $ 24,969      $ 24,969   

Merger Related Expenses:

    

Tax Deductible—$1,652,000 net of tax

     —          978   

Non Tax Deductible—$1,182,000

     —          1,182   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Effect of Merger Related Expenses

   $ —        $ 2,160   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Income Available to Common Shareholders ex-Merger Related Expenses

   $ 24,969        27,129   

Less: Earnings Allocated to Participating Securities

     (178     (178
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 24,791      $ 26,951   

Weighted Average Shares—Basic

     33,088        33,088   

Weighted Average Shares—Diluted

     33,240        33,240   

Basic Earnings Per Common Share

   $ 0.75      $ 0.81   

Diluted Earnings Per Common Share

   $ 0.75      $ 0.81   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

-48-


Table of Contents

Quarterly financial data (unaudited)

The following represents summarized quarterly financial data of the Company, which in the opinion of management reflected all adjustments, consisting only of nonrecurring adjustments, necessary for a fair presentation of the Company’s results of operations.

 

     Quarter ended  
     March 31,
2013
     June 30,
2013
     September 30,
2013
     December 31,
2013
 
     (in thousands, except per share amounts)  

Total interest income

   $ 26,569       $ 27,630       $ 29,855       $ 30,145   

Total interest expense

     2,633         2,484         2,368         2,172   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net interest income

     23,936         25,146         27,487         27,973   

Provision for loan and lease losses

     3,183         2,594         1,879         1,687   

Noninterest income (excluding investment securities gains and gain on debt extinguishment)

     4,546         4,595         4,645         5,139   

Gains on investment securities, net

     505         1         —           333   

Gain on debt extinguishment

     —           1,197         —           —     

Long term debt prepayment fee

     526         —           —           683   

Merger related expenses

     631         1,452         744         7   

Core deposit intangible amortization

     —           41         123         124   

Noninterest expense

     17,070         17,900         19,540         19,900   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income before taxes

     7,577         8,952         9,846         11,044   

Income taxes

     2,469         3,049         3,229         3,703   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net Income Available to Common Stockholders

   $ 5,108       $ 5,903       $ 6,617       $ 7,341   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Earnings per share of common stock

           

Basic

   $ 0.17       $ 0.19       $ 0.19       $ 0.20   

Diluted

   $ 0.17       $ 0.19       $ 0.19       $ 0.20   

 

     Quarter ended  
     March 31,
2012
     June 30,
2012
     September 30,
2012
     December 31,
2012
 
     (in thousands, except per share amounts)  

Total interest income

   $ 28,294       $ 27,938       $ 27,495       $ 27,232   

Total interest expense

     4,348         4,190         3,840         3,068   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net interest income

     23,946         23,748         23,655         24,164   

Provision for loan and lease losses

     4,556         3,877         3,350         3,124   

Noninterest income

     4,025         4,530         4,640         4,661   

Gains on investment securities, net

     32         241         —           776   

Long term debt prepayment fee

     —           —           —           782   

Noninterest expense

     16,275         16,470         16,968         17,178   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income before taxes

     7,172         8,172         7,977         8,517   

Income taxes

     2,201         2,719         2,488         2,688   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 4,971       $ 5,453       $ 5,489       $ 5,829   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Dividends on Preferred Stock and Accretion

   $ 620       $ —         $ —         $ —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net Income Available to Common Stockholders

   $ 4,351       $ 5,453       $ 5,489       $ 5,829   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Earnings per share of common stock(1)

           

Basic

   $ 0.16       $ 0.20       $ 0.20       $ 0.20   

Diluted

   $ 0.16       $ 0.20       $ 0.20       $ 0.20   

 

(1) Adjusted for 5% stock dividend payable April 16, 2012 to shareholders of record March 30, 2012.

 

-49-


Table of Contents

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In January 2014. the Financial Accounting Standards Board (the “FASB”) issued an accounting standards update to clarify when a creditor should be considered to have received physical possession of residential real estate property collateralizing a consumer mortgage loan such that the loan should be derecognized and the real estate recognized. These amendments clarify that an in substance repossession or foreclosure occurs, and a creditor is considered to have received physical possession of residential real estate property collateralizing a consumer mortgage loan, upon either: (a) the creditor obtaining legal title to the residential real estate property upon completion of a foreclosure; or (b) the borrower conveying all interest in the residential real estate property to the creditor to satisfy that loan through completion of a deed in lieu of foreclosure or through a similar legal agreement. This update is effective for annual periods and interim periods within those annual periods beginning after December 15, 2014. The adoption of this update is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s financial statements.

In July 2013, the FASB issued an accounting pronouncement to improve the reporting for unrecognized tax benefits when a net operating loss carryforward, a similar tax loss, or a tax credit carryforward exists. The pronouncement is expected to reduce diversity in practice by providing guidance on the presentation of unrecognized tax benefits and will better reflect the manner in which an entity would settle at the reporting date any additional income taxes that would result from the disallowance of a tax position when net operating loss carryforwards, similar tax losses, or tax credit carryforwards exist. The pronouncement is effective prospectively for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2013. The adoption of this pronouncement is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s financial statements.

In July 2013, the FASB issued guidance permitting the Fed Funds Effective Swap Rate to be used as a U.S. benchmark interest rate for hedge accounting purposes, in addition to interest rates on direct Treasury obligations of the U.S. government and the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”). This guidance is effective prospectively for qualifying new or redesignated hedging relationships entered into on or after July 17, 2013 and is not expected to have a significant impact on the Company’s financial statements.

In February 2013, the FASB issued guidance relating to the reporting of amounts reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income. This guidance further updates guidance issued in 2011 increasing the prominence of items reported in other comprehensive income and facilitating the convergence of U.S. GAAP and International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”). The guidance issued in 2013 requires an entity to provide information about the items reclassified out of other comprehensive income by component. This guidance is effective during interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2012, and is to be applied retrospectively. The Company adopted this guidance in the first quarter of 2013. Adoption of this guidance did not have a significant impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In December 2011, the FASB issued accounting guidance regarding disclosures about offsetting assets and liabilities. The scope of this accounting guidance was further clarified by the FASB on January 1, 2013. This guidance affects all entities that have financial instruments and derivative instruments that are either (1) offset in accordance with U.S. GAAP or (2) subject to an enforceable master netting arrangement or similar agreement. This information will enable users of an entity’s financial statements to evaluate the effect or potential effect of netting arrangements on an entity’s financial position, including the effect or potential effect of rights of setoff associated with certain financial instruments and derivative instruments in the scope of this guidance. The Company adopted this guidance in the first quarter of 2013 and provided the disclosures required by those amendments retrospectively for all comparative periods presented. Adoption of this guidance did not have a significant impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

Effects of Inflation

The impact of inflation, as it affects banks, differs substantially from the impact on non-financial institutions. Banks have assets which are primarily monetary in nature and which tend to move with inflation.

 

-50-


Table of Contents

This is especially true for banks with a high percentage of rate sensitive interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities. A bank can further reduce the impact of inflation with proper management of its rate sensitivity gap. This gap represents the difference between interest rate sensitive assets and interest rate sensitive liabilities. Lakeland attempts to structure its assets and liabilities and manages its gap to protect against substantial changes in interest rate scenarios, in order to minimize the potential effects of inflation.

ITEM 7A—Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk.

See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

 

-51-


Table of Contents

ITEM 8—Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.

Lakeland Bancorp, Inc. and Subsidiaries

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

 

      December 31,  
     2013     2012  
     (dollars in thousands)  

ASSETS

    

Cash

   $ 94,205      $ 100,926   

Interest-bearing deposits due from banks

     8,516        6,619   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cash and cash equivalents

     102,721        107,545   

Investment securities, available for sale, at fair value

     431,106        393,710   

Investment securities, held to maturity, at amortized cost with fair value of $100,394 in 2013 and $99,784 in 2012

     101,744        96,925   

Federal Home Loan Bank and other membership stock, at cost

     7,938        5,382   

Loans held for sale

     1,206        —     

Loans, net of deferred costs (fees)

     2,469,016        2,146,843   

Less: allowance for loan and lease losses

     29,821        28,931   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loans

     2,439,195        2,117,912   

Premises and equipment—net

     37,148        33,280   

Accrued interest receivable

     8,603        7,643   

Goodwill

     109,974        87,111   

Other identifiable intangible assets

     2,424        —     

Bank owned life insurance

     55,968        46,143   

Other assets

     19,764        23,052   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

TOTAL ASSETS

   $ 3,317,791      $ 2,918,703   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

    

LIABILITIES:

    

Deposits:

    

Noninterest bearing

   $ 600,652      $ 498,066   

Savings and interest-bearing transaction accounts

     1,812,467        1,569,139   

Time deposits under $100 thousand

     180,859        188,278   

Time deposits $100 thousand and over

     115,227        115,514   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deposits

     2,709,205        2,370,997   

Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase

     81,991        117,289   

Other borrowings

     119,000        85,000   

Subordinated debentures

     41,238        51,548   

Other liabilities

     14,933        13,002   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES

     2,966,367        2,637,836   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

    

Common stock, no par value; authorized 70,000,000 shares; issued shares, 36,070,286 at December 31,2013 and 29,941,967 at December 31, 2012; outstanding shares, 36,070,286 at December 31, 2013 and 29,725,890 at December 31, 2012

     364,637        303,794   

Accumulated Deficit

     (8,538     (24,145

Treasury stock, at cost, 0 shares in 2013 and 216,077 shares in 2012

     —          (2,718

Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) gain

     (4,675     3,936   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

TOTAL STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

     351,424        280,867   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

   $ 3,317,791      $ 2,918,703   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements.

 

-52-


Table of Contents

Lakeland Bancorp, Inc. and Subsidiaries

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
             2013                      2012                    2011        
     (dollars in thousands, except per share data)  

INTEREST INCOME

        

Loans, leases and fees

   $ 104,329       $ 100,513       $ 104,585   

Federal funds sold and interest-bearing deposits with banks

     93         51         51   

Taxable investment securities and other

     7,985         8,574         10,882   

Tax-exempt investment securities

     1,792         1,821         2,006   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL INTEREST INCOME

     114,199         110,959         117,524   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

INTEREST EXPENSE

        

Deposits

     6,089         8,344         10,878   

Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase

     39         79         88   

Other borrowings

     3,529         7,023         9,145   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL INTEREST EXPENSE

     9,657         15,446         20,111   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

NET INTEREST INCOME

     104,542         95,513         97,413   

Provision for loan and lease losses

     9,343         14,907         18,816   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

NET INTEREST INCOME AFTER PROVISION FOR LOAN AND LEASE LOSSES

     95,199         80,606         78,597   

NONINTEREST INCOME

        

Service charges on deposit accounts

     10,837         10,504         10,262   

Commissions and fees

     4,585         4,491         3,703   

Gain on sales and calls of investment securities, net

     839         1,049         1,229   

Gain on debt extinguishment

     1,197         —           —     

Income on bank owned life insurance

     1,410         1,344         1,423   

Other income

     2,093         1,517         1,500   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL NONINTEREST INCOME

     20,961         18,905         18,117   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

NONINTEREST EXPENSE

        

Salaries and employee benefits

     41,871         38,586         36,500   

Net occupancy expense

     8,074         7,089         6,885   

Furniture and equipment

     6,181         4,751         4,726   

Stationery, supplies and postage

     1,482         1,415         1,396   

Marketing expense

     2,088         2,034         2,409   

Core deposit intangible amortization

     288         —           577   

FDIC insurance expense

     2,014         2,163         2,790   

Legal expense

     1,032         1,236         1,692   

Other real estate and repossessed asset expense

     24         99         780   

Long-term debt prepayment fee

     1,209         782         800   

Merger related expenses

     2,834         —           —     

Other expenses

     11,644         9,518         9,596   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL NONINTEREST EXPENSE

     78,741         67,673         68,151   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income before provision for income taxes

     37,419         31,838         28,563   

Provision for income taxes

     12,450         10,096         8,712   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

NET INCOME

   $ 24,969       $ 21,742       $ 19,851   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Dividends on Preferred Stock and Accretion

   $ —         $ 620       $ 2,167   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net Income Available to Common Stockholders

   $ 24,969       $ 21,122       $ 17,684   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

PER SHARE OF COMMON STOCK:

        

Basic earnings

   $ 0.75       $ 0.76       $ 0.66   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Diluted earnings

   $ 0.75       $ 0.76       $ 0.66   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Cash dividends

   $ 0.29       $ 0.25       $ 0.23   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements.

 

-53-


Table of Contents

Lakeland Bancorp, Inc. and Subsidiaries

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

 

      For the Years Ended December 31,  
         2013             2012              2011      
     (in thousands)  

NET INCOME

   $ 24,969      $ 21,742       $ 19,851   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS), NET OF TAX:

       

Unrealized securities gains (losses) during period

     (8,690     1,728         5,445   

Less: reclassification for gains included in net income

     509        682         799   

Change in pension liability, net

     588        19         (102
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)

     (8,611     1,065         4,544   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

   $ 16,358      $ 22,807       $ 24,395   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

-54-


Table of Contents

Lakeland Bancorp, Inc. and Subsidiaries

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

For the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

 

    Common stock     Series A
Preferred
Stock
    Accumulated
Deficit
    Treasury
Stock
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
    Total  
    Number of
Shares
    Amount            
          (dollars in thousands)  

BALANCE DECEMBER 31, 2010

    25,977,592      $ 271,595      $ 37,474      $ (38,004   $ (8,683   $ (1,673   $ 260,709   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Income

    —          —          —          19,851        —          —          19,851   

Other comprehensive income, net of tax

    —          —          —          —          —          4,544        4,544   

Preferred dividends

    —          —          —          (1,161     —          —          (1,161

Accretion of discount

    —          —          1,006        (1,006     —          —          —     

Stock based compensation

    —          627        —          —          —          —          627   

Redemption of preferred stock

    —          —          (20,000     —          —          —          (20,000

Adjustment for stock dividend

    (944     (309     —          309        —          —          —     

Issuance of restricted stock awards

    —          (1,262     —          —          1,262        —          —     

Issuance of stock to dividend reinvestment and stock purchase plan

    —          (520     —          (1,009     1,714        —          185   

Exercise of stock options, net of excess tax benefits

    —          (87     —          —          156        —          69   

Cash dividends, common stock

    —          —          —          (5,041     —          —          (5,041
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

BALANCE DECEMBER 31, 2011

    25,976,648        270,044        18,480        (26,061     (5,551     2,871        259,783   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Income

    —          —          —          21,742        —          —          21,742   

Other comprehensive income, net of tax

    —          —          —          —          —          1,065        1,065   

Preferred dividends

    —          —          —          (100     —          —          (100

Accretion of discount

    —          —          520        (520     —          —          —     

Stock based compensation

    —          746        —          —          —          —          746   

Redemption of preferred stock

    —          —          (19,000     —          —          —          (19,000

Warrant repurchase

    —          (2,800     —          —          —          —          (2,800

Stock dividend

    1,298,066        12,345        —          (12,345     —          —          —     

Stock issuance, net of expenses

    2,667,253        25,040        —          —          —          —          25,040   

Issuance of restricted stock awards

    —          (1,153     —          —          1,153        —          —     

Issuance of stock to dividend reinvestment and stock purchase plan

    —          (432     —          (1,088     1,680        —          160   

Exercise of stock options, net of excess tax benefits

    —          4        —          —          —          —          4   

Cash dividends, common stock

    —          —          —          (5,773     —          —          (5,773
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

BALANCE December 31, 2012

    29,941,967        303,794        —          (24,145     (2,718     3,936        280,867   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Income

    —          —          —          24,969        —          —          24,969   

Other comprehensive loss, net of tax

    —          —          —          —          —          (8,611     (8,611

Stock based compensation

    —          895        —          —          —          —          895   

Issuance of restricted stock awards

    —          (1,301     —          —          1,301        —          —     

Issuance of stock for acquisition

    5,794,079        57,419        —          —          —          —          57,419   

Issuance of stock options for acquisition

    —          1,500        —          —          —          —          1,500   

Issuance of stock to dividend reinvestment and stock purchase plan

    57,109        458        —          (1,210     938        —          186   

Exercise of stock options, net of excess tax benefits

    277,131        1,872        —          —          479        —          2,351   

Cash dividends, common stock

    —          —          —          (8,152     —          —          (8,152
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

BALANCE December 31, 2013

    36,070,286      $ 364,637      $ —        ($ 8,538   $ —        ($ 4,675   $ 351,424   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

-55-


Table of Contents

Lakeland Bancorp, Inc. and Subsidiaries

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2013     2012     2011  
     (in thousands)  

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES

      

Net income

   $ 24,969      $ 21,742      $ 19,851   

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

      

Net amortization of premiums, discounts and deferred loan fees and costs

     4,787        6,125        6,519   

Depreciation and amortization

     3,625        3,067        2,904   

Amortization of intangible assets

     288        —          577   

Provision for loan and lease losses

     9,343        14,907        18,816   

Stock based compensation

     895        746        627   

Loans originated for sale

     (34,718 )      —          —     

Proceeds from sales of loans

     36,804        —          —     

Gains on securities

     (839 )      (1,049     (1,229

Gains on sales of loans held for sale

     (760 )      —          —     

Gains on debt extinguishment

     (1,197 )      —          —     

Gains on leases

     —          (471     (1,026

Writedown of other repossessed assets

     —          —          230   

(Gains) losses on other real estate and other repossessed assets

     (934 )      (47     115   

Gain on sale of premises and equipment

     (60 )      (201     (167

Deferred tax provision

     164        576        172   

Decrease in other assets

     7,366        2,107        2,162   

Increase in other liabilities

     995        1,089        379   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

NET CASH PROVIDED BY OPERATING ACTIVITIES

     50,728        48,591        49,930   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES

      

Net cash acquired in acquisition

     74,316        —          —     

Proceeds from repayments on and maturity of securities:

      

Available for sale

     70,779        117,130        161,241   

Held to maturity

     22,952        26,070        20,057   

Proceeds from sales of securities:

      

Available for sale

     64,020        97,824        92,409   

Purchase of securities:

      

Available for sale

     (187,452 )      (144,652     (234,230

Held to maturity

     (19,603 )      (54,510     (26,834

Net (increase) decrease in Federal Home Loan Bank and other membership bank stock

     (2,063 )      2,951        1,530   

Proceeds from sales of leases

     —          —          16,433   

Net increase in loans and leases

     (91,201 )      (120,870     (64,403

Proceeds from dispositions of premises and equipment

     463        749        325   

Capital expenditures

     (2,786 )      (8,978     (3,425

Proceeds from sales of other real estate and other repossessed assets

     4,509        1,768        2,548   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

NET CASH USED IN INVESTING ACTIVITIES

     (66,066 )      (82,518     (34,349
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES

      

Net increase in deposits

     26,540        121,344        53,764   

Increase (decrease) in federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase

     (35,298 )      45,158        20,008   

Proceeds from other borrowings

     50,000        280,000        140,000   

Repayments of other borrowings

     (16,000 )      (350,000     (180,000

Issuance of stock to Dividend Reinvestment and Stock Purchase Plan

     186        160        185   

Proceeds on issuance of stock, net

     —          25,040        —     

Redemption of subordinated debentures, net

     (9,113 )      (25,000     —     

Redemption of preferred stock and common stock warrant

     —          (21,800     (20,000

Exercise of stock options

     2,209        —          72   

Excess tax benefits

     142        4        (3

Dividends paid on preferred stock

     —          (219     (1,286

Dividends paid on common stock

     (8,152 )      (5,773     (5,041
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

NET CASH PROVIDED BY FINANCING ACTIVITIES

     10,514        68,914        7,699   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     (4,824 )      34,987        23,280   

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year

     107,545        72,558        49,278   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, END OF YEAR

   $ 102,721      $ 107,545      $ 72,558   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements.

 

-56-


Table of Contents

Lakeland Bancorp, Inc. and Subsidiaries

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 1—SUMMARY OF ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Lakeland Bancorp, Inc. (the Company) is a bank holding company whose principal activity is the ownership and management of its wholly owned subsidiary, Lakeland Bank (Lakeland). Lakeland operates under a state bank charter and provides full banking services and, as a state bank, is subject to regulation by the New Jersey Department of Banking and Insurance. Lakeland generates commercial, mortgage and consumer loans and receives deposits from customers located primarily in Northern and Central New Jersey. Lakeland also provides non-deposit products, such as securities brokerage services, including mutual funds and variable annuities.

Lakeland operates as a commercial bank offering a wide variety of commercial loans and leases and, to a lesser degree, consumer credits. Its primary strategic aim is to establish a reputation and market presence as the “small and middle market business bank” in its principal markets. Lakeland funds its loans primarily by offering time, savings and money market, and demand deposit accounts to both commercial enterprises and individuals. Additionally, it originates residential mortgage loans, and services such loans which are owned by other investors. Lakeland also has an equipment finance division which provides equipment lease financing primarily to small and medium sized business clients and an asset based lending department which specializes in utilizing particular assets to fund the working capital needs of borrowers.

The Company and Lakeland are subject to regulations of certain state and federal agencies and, accordingly, are periodically examined by those regulatory authorities. As a consequence of the extensive regulation of commercial banking activities, Lakeland’s business is particularly susceptible to being affected by state and federal legislation and regulations.

Certain reclassifications have been made to prior period financial statements to conform to the 2013 presentation.

Basis of Financial Statement Presentation

The accounting and reporting policies of the Company and its subsidiaries conform with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (U.S. GAAP) and predominant practices within the banking industry. The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company, Lakeland, Lakeland NJ Investment Corp., Lakeland Investment Corp., Lakeland Equity, Inc., Lakeland Preferred Equity, Inc. and Sullivan Financial Services. All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated.

The preparation of financial statements requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements. These estimates and assumptions also affect reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from these estimates. Significant estimates implicit in these financial statements are as follows.

The principal estimates that are particularly susceptible to significant change in the near term relate to the allowance for loan and lease losses, the valuation of the Company’s investment securities portfolio, the realizability of the Company’s deferred tax asset and the analysis of goodwill and intangible impairment. The policies regarding these estimates are discussed below.

The Company’s operating segments are components of its enterprise for which separate financial information is available and is evaluated regularly by the chief operating decision maker in deciding how to allocate resources and assess performance. The Company’s chief operating decision maker is its Chief Executive

 

-57-


Table of Contents

Officer. All of the Company’s financial services activities are interrelated, and each activity is dependent and assessed based on how each of the activities of the Company supports the others. For example, commercial lending is dependent upon the ability of Lakeland to fund itself with retail deposits and other borrowings and to manage interest rate and credit risk. The situation is also similar for consumer and residential mortgage lending. Moreover, the Company operates in one market area, Northern and Central New Jersey. Therefore, all significant operating decisions are based upon analysis of the Company as one operating segment or unit. Accordingly, the Company has determined that it has one operating segment and thus one reporting segment.

Investment Securities

Investment securities are classified in one of three categories: held to maturity, trading, or available for sale. Investments in debt securities, for which management has both the ability and intent to hold to maturity, are carried at cost, adjusted for the amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts computed by the effective interest method. Investments in debt and equity securities, which management believes may be sold prior to maturity due to changes in interest rates, prepayment risk, liquidity requirements, or other factors, are classified as available for sale. Net unrealized gains and losses for such securities, net of tax effect, are reported as other comprehensive income (loss) and excluded from the determination of net income. The Company does not engage in securities trading. Gains or losses on disposition of investment securities are based on the net proceeds and the adjusted carrying amount of the securities sold using the specific identification method. Losses are recorded through the statement of operations when the impairment is considered other-than-temporary, even if a decision to sell has not been made.

The Company evaluates its portfolio for impairment each quarter. In estimating other-than-temporary losses, the Company considers the length of time and the extent to which the fair value has been less than cost, the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuer, and whether the Company is more likely than not to sell the security before recovery of its cost basis. If a security has been impaired for more than twelve months, and the impairment is deemed other-than-temporary, a write down will occur in that quarter. If a loss is deemed to be other-than-temporary, it is recognized as a realized loss in the income statement with the security assigned a new cost basis.

If the Company intends to sell an impaired security, the Company records an other-than-temporary loss in an amount equal to the entire difference between the fair value and amortized cost. If a security is determined to be other-than-temporarily impaired, but the Company does not intend to sell the security, only the credit portion of the estimated loss is recognized in earnings in gain (loss) on securities, with the other portion of the loss recognized in other comprehensive income. If a determination is made that an equity security is other-than-temporarily impaired, the unrealized loss will be recognized as an other-than-temporary impairment charge in non-interest income as a component of gain (loss) on investment securities.

Loans and Leases and Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses

Loans and leases that management has the intent and ability to hold for the foreseeable future or until maturity or payoff are stated at the amount of unpaid principal and are net of unearned discount, unearned loan fees and an allowance for loan and lease losses.

Interest income is accrued as earned on a simple interest basis. All unamortized fees and costs related to the loan are amortized over the life of the loan using the interest method. Accrual of interest is discontinued on a loan or lease when management believes, after considering economic and business conditions and collection efforts that the borrower’s financial condition is such that full collection of interest and principal is doubtful. When a loan or lease is placed on such non-accrual status, all accumulated accrued interest receivable is reversed out of current period income.

Commercial loans and leases are placed on a non-accrual status with all accrued interest and unpaid interest reversed if (a) because of the deterioration in the financial position of the borrower they are maintained on a cash basis (which means payments are applied when and as received rather than on a regularly scheduled basis),

 

-58-


Table of Contents

(b) payment in full of interest or principal is not expected, or (c) principal and interest have been in default for a period of 90 days or more unless the obligation is both well-secured and in process of collection. Residential mortgage loans are placed on non-accrual status at the time principal and interest have been in default for a period of 90 days or more, except where there exists sufficient collateral to cover the defaulted principal and interest payments, and management’s knowledge of the specific circumstances warrant continued accrual. Consumer loans are generally placed on non-accrual and reviewed for charge-off when principal and interest payments are four months in arrears unless the obligations are well-secured and in the process of collection. Interest thereafter on such charged-off consumer loans is taken into income when received only after full recovery of principal. As a general rule, a non-accrual asset may be restored to accrual status when none of its principal or interest is due and unpaid, satisfactory payments have been received for a sustained period (usually six months), or when it otherwise becomes well-secured and in the process of collection.

Loans and leases are considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that Lakeland will be unable to collect all amounts due in accordance with the original contractual terms of the loan agreement, including scheduled principal and interest payments. Impairment is measured based on the present value of expected cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate, or as a practical expedient, Lakeland may measure impairment based on a loan’s observable market price, or the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral-dependent. Regardless of the measurement method, Lakeland measures impairment based on the fair value of the collateral when it is determined that foreclosure is probable. Most of Lakeland’s impaired loans are collateral-dependent. Lakeland groups impaired commercial loans under $500,000 into a homogeneous pool and collectively evaluates them. Interest received on impaired loans and leases may be recorded as interest income. However, if management is not reasonably certain that an impaired loan and lease will be repaid in full, or if a specific time frame to resolve full collection cannot yet be reasonably determined, all payments received are recorded as reductions of principal.

Loans are classified as troubled debt restructured loans in cases where borrowers experience financial difficulties and Lakeland makes certain concessionary modifications to contractual terms. Restructured loans typically involve a modification of terms such as a reduction of the stated interest rate, an extended moratorium of principal payments and/or an extension of the maturity date at a stated interest rate lower than the current market rate for a new loan with similar risk. Nonetheless, restructured loans are classified as impaired loans.

Once an obligation has been restructured because of credit problems, it continues to be considered restructured until paid in full or if all of the following conditions are met: (1) the financial problems of the borrower have been cured; (2) the obligation is returned to a market rate and term; and (3) there has been performance for the longer of the next annual reporting period or six consecutive months. If an obligation has been restructured, it will continue to be classified as impaired until the obligation is fully repaid.

The allowance for loan and lease losses is established through a provision for loan and lease losses charged to expense. Loan principal considered to be uncollectible by management is charged against the allowance for loan and lease losses. The allowance is an amount that management believes will be adequate to absorb losses on existing loans and leases that may become uncollectible based upon an evaluation of known and inherent risks in the loan and lease portfolio. The evaluation takes into consideration such factors as changes in the nature and size of the loan and lease portfolio, overall portfolio quality, specific problem loans and leases, and current economic conditions which may affect the borrowers’ ability to pay. The evaluation also analyzes historical losses by loan and lease category, and considers the resulting loss rates when determining the reserves on current loan and lease total amounts. Loss reserves for specified problem loans and leases are also detailed. All of the factors considered in the analysis of the adequacy of the allowance for loan and lease losses may be subject to change. To the extent actual outcomes differ from management estimates, additional provisions for loan and lease losses may be required that would adversely impact earnings in future periods.

The determination of the adequacy of the allowance for loan and lease losses and the periodic provisioning for estimated losses included in the consolidated financial statements is the responsibility of management and the Board of Directors. The evaluation process is undertaken on a quarterly basis.

 

-59-


Table of Contents

Methodology employed for assessing the adequacy of the allowance consists of the following criteria:

 

   

The establishment of reserve amounts for all specifically identified classified loans and leases that have been designated as requiring attention by Lakeland or Lakeland’s external loan review consultants.

 

   

The establishment of reserves for pools of homogeneous types of loans and leases not subject to specific review, including impaired commercial loans under $500,000, leases, 1 – 4 family residential mortgages, and consumer loans.

 

   

The establishment of reserve amounts for the non-classified loans and leases in each portfolio based upon the historical average loss experience for these portfolios and management’s evaluation of key factors.

 

   

Lakeland also maintains an unallocated component in its allowance for loan and lease losses. Management believes that the unallocated amount is warranted for inherent factors that cannot be practically assigned to individual loss categories, such as the periodic updating of appraisals on impaired loans, as well as periodic updating of commercial loan credit risk ratings by loan officers and Lakeland’s internal credit review process.

Consideration is given to the results of ongoing credit quality monitoring processes, the adequacy and expertise of Lakeland’s lending staff, underwriting policies, loss histories, delinquency trends, and the cyclical nature of economic and business conditions. Since many of Lakeland’s loans depend on the sufficiency of collateral as a secondary source of repayment, any adverse trend in the real estate markets could affect underlying values available to protect Lakeland from loss.

A loan is reviewed for charge-off when it is placed on non-accrual status with a resulting charge-off if the loan is not secured by collateral having sufficient liquidation value to repay the loan and all outstanding interest owed, and the loan is not in the process of collection. Charge-offs are recommended by the Chief Credit Officer and approved by the Board on a monthly basis.

Lakeland transfers leases to held for sale status when it identifies leases that it intends to sell. At that time, the specific leases are written down to the lower of cost or market value by recording a charge to the allowance for loan and lease losses. Market indications are derived from sale price indications from potential buyers and based on recent sale prices of prior lease pools adjusted for differences in types of collateral and other characteristics. Subsequent declines in fair market value are recorded as a loss on leasing related assets in the statement of operations. Lakeland has no leases designated as held for sale for the years ended December 31, 2013 or 2012.

Bank Premises and Equipment

Bank premises and equipment, including leasehold improvements, are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation expense is computed on the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets. Leasehold improvements are depreciated over the shorter of the estimated useful lives of the improvements or the terms of the related leases.

Other Real Estate Owned and Other Repossessed Assets

Other real estate owned (OREO) and other repossessed assets, representing property acquired through foreclosure (or deed-in-lieu-of-foreclosure), are carried at fair value less estimated disposal costs of the acquired property. Costs relating to holding the assets are charged to expense. An allowance for OREO or other repossessed assets is established, through charges to expense, to maintain properties at fair value less estimated costs to sell. Operating results of OREO and other repossessed assets, including rental income and operating expenses, are included in other expenses.

 

-60-


Table of Contents

Mortgage Servicing

Lakeland performs various servicing functions on loans owned by others. A fee, usually based on a percentage of the outstanding principal balance of the loan, is received for these services. At December 31, 2013 and 2012, Lakeland was servicing approximately $37.8 million and $27.9 million, respectively, of loans for others.

Lakeland originates mortgages under a definitive plan to sell or securitize those loans and service the loans owned by the investor. Upon the transfer of the mortgage loans in a sale or a securitization, Lakeland records the servicing assets retained. Lakeland records mortgage servicing rights and the loans based on relative fair values at the date of origination and evaluates the mortgage servicing rights for impairment at each reporting period. Lakeland also originates loans that it sells to other banks and does not retain the servicing rights.

Mortgage loans originated and intended for sale in the secondary market are carried at the lower of aggregate cost or estimated fair value. Gains and losses on sales of loans are specifically identified and accounted for in accordance with U.S. GAAP which requires that an entity engaged in mortgage banking activities classify the retained mortgage-backed security or other interest, which resulted from the securitization of a mortgage loan held for sale, based upon its ability and intent to sell or hold these investments. As of December 31, 2013, Lakeland had mortgages classified as held for sale totaling $1.2 million. No mortgage loans were identified as held for sale as of December 31, 2012.

Mortgage Servicing Rights

When mortgage loans are sold with servicing retained, servicing rights are initially recorded at fair value with the income statement effect recorded in gains on sales of loans. Fair value is based on market prices for comparable mortgage servicing contracts, when available, or alternatively, is based on a valuation model that calculates the present value of estimated future net servicing income. All classes of servicing assets are subsequently measured using the amortization method which requires servicing rights to be amortized into non-interest income in proportion to, and over the period of, the estimated future net servicing income of the underlying loans. As of December 31, 2013, Lakeland had originated mortgage servicing rights of $274,000.

Under the amortization measurement method, Lakeland subsequently measures servicing rights at fair value at each reporting date and records any impairment in value of servicing assets in earnings in the period in which the impairment occurs. The fair values of servicing rights are subject to significant fluctuations as a result of changes in estimated and actual prepayment speeds and default rates and losses. Servicing fee income, which is reported on the income statement as commissions and fees, is recorded for fees earned for servicing loans. The fees are based on a contractual percentage of the outstanding principal or a fixed amount per loan, and are recorded as income when earned.

Transfers of Financial Assets

Transfers of financial assets are accounted for as sales, when control over the assets has been surrendered. Control over transferred assets is deemed to be surrendered when (1) the assets have been isolated from the Company-put presumptively beyond the reach of the transferor and its creditors even in bankruptcy or other receivership, (2) the transferee obtains the right (free of conditions that constrain it from taking advantage of that right) to pledge or exchange the transferred assets and (3) the Company does not maintain effective control over the transferred assets through an agreement to repurchase them before their maturity or the ability to unilaterally cause the holder to return specific assets.

Customer Derivatives

Lakeland enters into interest rate swaps (“swaps”) with loan customers to provide a facility to mitigate the fluctuations in the variable rate on the respective loans. These swaps are matched in offsetting terms to swaps

 

-61-


Table of Contents

that Lakeland enters into with an outside third party. The swaps are reported at fair value in other assets or other liabilities. Lakeland’s swaps qualify as derivatives, but are not designated as hedging instruments, thus any net gain or loss resulting from changes in the fair value is recognized in other non-interest income. Further discussion of Lakeland’s financial derivatives is set forth in Note 18 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

The credit risk associated with derivatives executed with customers is similar as that involved in extending loans and is subject to normal credit policies. Collateral may be obtained based on management’s assessment of the customer. The positions of customer derivatives are recorded at fair value and changes in value are included in non-interest income on the consolidated statement of operations.

Restrictions On Cash And Due From Banks

A portion of Lakeland’s cash on hand and on deposit with the Federal Reserve Bank was required to meet regulatory reserve and clearing requirements.

Earnings Per Share

Earnings per share is calculated on the basis of the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the year. Basic earnings per share excludes dilution and is computed by dividing income available to common shareholders by the weighted average common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted earnings per share takes into account the potential dilution that could occur if securities or other contracts to issue common stock were exercised and converted into common stock. Unless otherwise indicated, all weighted average, actual shares or per share information in the financial statements have been adjusted retroactively for the effect of stock dividends.

Employee Benefit Plans

The Company has certain employee benefit plans covering substantially all employees. The Company accrues such costs as incurred.

We recognize the overfunded or underfunded status of pension and postretirement benefit plans in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Actuarial gains and losses, prior service costs or credits, and any remaining transition assets or obligations are recognized as a component of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income, net of tax effects, until they are amortized as a component of net periodic benefit cost.

Stock-Based Compensation

The Company’s shareholders approved the 2009 Equity Compensation Program, which authorizes the granting of incentive stock options, supplemental stock options, restricted shares and restricted stock units to employees of the Company, including those employees serving as officers and directors of the Company. The plan authorizes the issuance of up to 2.2 million shares in connection with options and awards granted under the 2009 program. The Company’s stock option grants under this plan expire 10 years from the date of grant, ninety days after termination of service other than for cause, or one year after death or disability of the grantee. As of December 31, 2013, the Company has no option or restricted stock awards issued with market or performance conditions attached to them. The Company generally issues shares for option exercises from its treasury stock using the cost method or issues new shares if no treasury shares are available.

The Company established the 2000 Equity Compensation Program which authorizes the granting of incentive stock options, supplemental stock options and restricted stock to employees of the Company, which includes those employees serving as officers and directors of the Company. The plan authorized 2,488,748 shares of common stock of the Company. All of the Company’s stock option grants expire 10 years from the date of grant, thirty days after termination of service other than for cause, or one year after death or disability of the grantee. The Company has no option or restricted stock awards with market or performance conditions attached to them. No further awards will be granted from the 2000 program.

 

-62-


Table of Contents

Statement Of Cash Flows

Cash and cash equivalents are defined as cash on hand, cash items in the process of collection, amounts due from banks and federal funds sold with an original maturity of three months or less. The following shows supplemental non-cash investing and financing activities for the periods presented:

 

     2013      2012      2011  
     (in thousands)  

Transfer of loans and leases receivable to other real estate owned and other repossessed assets

   $ 3,565       $ 1,068       $ 2,482   

Cash paid for income taxes

     12,051         9,382         8,874   

Cash paid for interest

     10,804         16,334         20,366   

Transfer of leases from held for sale to held for investment

     —           —           1,517   

Acquisition of Somerset Hills Bancorp:

        

Non-cash assets acquired:

        

Investment securities available for sale

     1,777         —           —     

Investment securities held for maturity

     8,686         —           —     

Loans, including loans held for sale

     246,459         —           —     

Goodwill and other intangible assets, net

     25,574         —           —     

Other assets

     15,653         —           —     

Total non-cash assets acquired

     298,149         

Liabilities assumed:

        

Deposits

     311,801         —           —     

Other liabilities

     1,745         —           —     

Total liabilities assumed

     313,546         —           —     

Common stock issued and fair value of stock options converted to Lakeland Bancorp stock options

     58,919         —           —     

Comprehensive Income

The Company reports comprehensive income in addition to net income (loss) from operations. Comprehensive income is a more inclusive financial reporting methodology that includes disclosure of certain financial information that historically has not been recognized in the calculation of net income.

Goodwill and Other Identifiable Intangible Assets

The Company has goodwill of $110.0 million at December 31, 2013 which includes $22.9 million from the Somerset Hills acquisition and $87.1 million from prior acquisitions. Total goodwill was $87.1 million at December 31, 2012. The Company recorded $2.7 million in Core Deposit Intangible from the Somerset Hills Acquisition in 2013 and recorded $288,000 in core deposit amortization in 2013. Core deposit intangible was $2.4 million on December 31, 2013 compared to no core deposit intangible on December 31, 2012. Core deposit intangibles were $578,000 at December 31, 2010 which was fully amortized in 2011.

The Company reviews goodwill for impairment annually as of November 30 or when circumstances indicate a potential for impairment at the reporting unit level. U.S. GAAP requires at least an annual review of the fair value of a Reporting Unit that has goodwill in order to determine if it is more likely than not (that is, a likelihood of more than 50%) that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, including goodwill. If this qualitative test determines it is unlikely (less than 50% probability) the carrying value of the Reporting Unit is less than its fair value, then the company does not have to perform a Step One impairment test. If the probability is greater than 50%, a Step One goodwill impairment test is required. The Step One test compares the fair value of each reporting unit to the carrying value of its net assets, including goodwill. If the fair value is less than carrying value, the Step Two test is required. The Company has determined that it has one reporting unit, Community Banking.

 

-63-


Table of Contents

The Company performed a qualitative analysis to determine whether “the weight of evidence, the significance of all identified events and circumstances” indicated a greater than 50% likelihood existed that the carrying value of the Reporting Unit exceeded its fair value and if a Step One Test would be required. The Company identified nine qualitative assessments that are relative to the banking industry and to the Company. These factors included macroeconomic factors, banking industry conditions, banking merger and acquisition trends, Lakeland’s historical performance, the Company’s stock price, the expected performance of Lakeland, the change of control premium of the Company versus its peers and other miscellaneous factors. After reviewing and weighting these factors, the Company, as well as a third party adviser, determined as of November 30, 2013 that there was a less than 50% probability that the fair value of the Company was less than its carrying amount. Therefore, no Step One test was required.

Bank Owned Life Insurance

Lakeland invests in bank owned life insurance (“BOLI”). BOLI involves the purchasing of life insurance by Lakeland on a chosen group of employees. Lakeland is owner and beneficiary of the policies. At December 31, 2013 and 2012, Lakeland had $56.0 million and $46.1 million, respectively, in BOLI. Income earned on BOLI was $1.4 million, $1.3 million and $1.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. The increase in income earned on BOLI in 2013 compared to 2012 was due to an increase in policies resulting from the Somerset Hills acquisition.

Income Taxes

The Company accounts for income taxes under the asset and liability method of accounting for income taxes. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the difference between the financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities as measured by the enacted tax rates that will be in effect when these differences reverse. Deferred tax expense is the result of changes in deferred tax assets and liabilities. The principal types of differences between assets and liabilities for financial statement and tax return purposes are allowance for loan and lease losses, core deposit intangibles, deferred loan fees and deferred compensation.

The Company evaluates tax positions that may be uncertain using a recognition threshold of more-likely-than-not, and a measurement attribute for all tax positions taken or expected to be taken on a tax return, in order for those tax positions to be recognized in the financial statements. Additional information regarding the Company’s uncertain tax positions is set forth in Note 9 below.

Variable Interest Entities

Management has determined that Lakeland Bancorp Capital Trust II and Lakeland Bancorp Capital Trust IV (collectively, “the Trusts”) qualify as variable interest entities. The Trusts issued mandatorily redeemable preferred stock to investors and loaned the proceeds to the Company. The Trusts hold, as their sole asset, subordinated debentures issued by the Company. The Company is not considered the primary beneficiary of the Trusts, therefore the Trusts are not consolidated in the Company’s financial statements.

The Company’s maximum exposure to the Trusts is $40 million at December 31, 2013 which is the Company’s liability to the Trusts and includes the Company’s investment in the Trusts.

The Federal Reserve has issued guidance on the regulatory capital treatment for the trust preferred securities issued by the Trusts. The rule retains the current maximum percentage of total capital permitted for trust preferred securities at 25%, but enacts other changes to the rules governing trust preferred securities that affect their use as part of the collection of entities known as “restricted core capital elements.” The rule allows bank holding companies to continue to count trust preferred securities as Tier 1 Capital. The Company’s capital ratios continue to be categorized as “well-capitalized” under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. Under the Collins Amendment to the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, any new issuance of trust preferred securities by the Company would not be eligible as regulatory capital.

 

-64-


Table of Contents

New Accounting Pronouncements

In January 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (the “FASB”) issued an accounting standards update to clarify when a creditor should be considered to have received physical possession of residential real estate property collateralizing a consumer mortgage loan such that the loan should be derecognized and the real estate recognized. These amendments clarify that an in substance repossession or foreclosure occurs, and a creditor is considered to have received physical possession of residential real estate property collateralizing a consumer mortgage loan, upon either: (a) the creditor obtaining legal title to the residential real estate property upon completion of a foreclosure; or (b) the borrower conveying all interest in the residential real estate property to the creditor to satisfy that loan through completion of a deed in lieu of foreclosure or through a similar legal agreement. This update is effective for annual periods and interim periods within those annual periods beginning after December 15, 2014. The adoption of this update is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s financial statements.

In July 2013, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (the “FASB”) issued an accounting pronouncement to improve the reporting for unrecognized tax benefits when a net operating loss carryforward, a similar tax loss, or a tax credit carryforward exists. The pronouncement is expected to reduce diversity in practice by providing guidance on the presentation of unrecognized tax benefits and will better reflect the manner in which an entity would settle at the reporting date any additional income taxes that would result from the disallowance of a tax position when net operating loss carryforwards, similar tax losses, or tax credit carryforwards exist. The pronouncement is effective prospectively for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2013. The adoption of this pronouncement is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s financial statements.

In July 2013, the FASB issued guidance permitting the Fed Funds Effective Swap Rate to be used as a U.S. benchmark interest rate for hedge accounting purposes, in addition to interest rates on direct Treasury obligations of the U.S. government and the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”). This guidance is effective prospectively for qualifying new or redesignated hedging relationships entered into on or after July 17, 2013 and is not expected to have a significant impact on the Company’s financial statements.

In February 2013, the FASB issued guidance relating to the reporting of amounts reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income. This guidance further updates guidance issued in 2011 increasing the prominence of items reported in other comprehensive income and facilitating the convergence of U.S. GAAP and International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”). The guidance issued in 2013 requires an entity to provide information about the items reclassified out of other comprehensive income by component. This guidance is effective during interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2012, and is to be applied retrospectively. The Company adopted this guidance in the first quarter of 2013. Adoption of this guidance did not have a significant impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In December 2011, the FASB issued accounting guidance regarding disclosures about offsetting assets and liabilities. The scope of this accounting guidance was further clarified by the FASB on January 1, 2013. This guidance affects all entities that have financial instruments and derivative instruments that are either (1) offset in accordance with U.S. GAAP or (2) subject to an enforceable master netting arrangement or similar agreement. This information will enable users of an entity’s financial statements to evaluate the effect or potential effect of netting arrangements on an entity’s financial position, including the effect or potential effect of rights of setoff associated with certain financial instruments and derivative instruments in the scope of this guidance. The Company adopted this guidance in the first quarter of 2013 and provided the disclosures required by those amendments retrospectively for all comparative periods presented. Adoption of this guidance did not have a significant impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

NOTE 2—ACQUISITIONS

On May 31, 2013, the Company completed its acquisition of Somerset Hills Bancorp (“Somerset Hills”), a bank holding company headquartered in Bernardsville, New Jersey. Somerset Hills was the parent of Somerset

 

-65-


Table of Contents

Hills Bank, Sullivan Financial Services, Inc., and Somerset Hills Investment Holdings, Inc. This acquisition enables the Company to expand into Somerset and Union counties, and broaden its presence in Morris County. Effective as of the close of business on May 31, 2013, Somerset Hills Bancorp merged into the Company, and Somerset Hills Bank merged into Lakeland Bank. The Merger Agreement provided that the shareholders of Somerset Hills Bancorp would receive, at their election, for each outstanding share of Somerset Hills Bancorp common stock that they own at the effective time of the merger, either 1.1962 shares of Lakeland Bancorp common stock or $12.00 in cash, subject to proration as described in the Merger Agreement, so that 90% of the aggregate merger consideration was shares of Lakeland Bancorp common stock and 10% was cash. Lakeland Bancorp issued an aggregate of 5,794,079 shares of its common stock in the merger, and also assumed outstanding Somerset Hills Bancorp stock options (which were converted into options to purchase Lakeland Bancorp common stock). Lakeland Bancorp paid $6.5 million in cash in the transaction.

The acquisition was accounted for under the acquisition method of accounting and accordingly, assets acquired, liabilities assumed and consideration exchanged were recorded at their estimated fair values as of the acquisition date. Somerset Hills’ assets were recorded at their preliminary estimated fair values as of May 31, 2013 and Somerset Hills’ results of operations have been included in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Income since that date.

The assets acquired and liabilities assumed in the acquisition were recorded at their estimated fair values based on management’s best estimates using information available at the date of the acquisition, including the use of a third party valuation specialist. The fair values are preliminary estimates and subject to adjustment for up to one year after the closing date of the acquisition. The following table summarizes the estimated fair value of the acquired assets and liabilities (in thousands).

Consideration Paid

 

Lakeland Bancorp stock issued

   $ 57,419   

Cash Payment

     6,460   

Fair value of Somerset Hills stock options converted to Lakeland Bancorp stock options

     1,500   
  

 

 

 

Total Consideration Paid

   $ 65,379   
  

 

 

 

Recognized amounts of identifiable assets and liabilities assumed at fair value

  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 80,776   

Securities available for sale

     1,777   

Securities held to maturity

     8,686   

Federal Home Loan Bank stock

     493   

Loans and leases

     243,927   

Loans held for sale

     2,532   

Premises and equipment

     5,214   

Identifiable intangible assets

     2,712   

Accrued interest receivable and other assets

     9,946   

Deposits

     (311,801

Other liabilities

     (1,745
  

 

 

 

Total identifiable assets

   $ 42,517   
  

 

 

 

Goodwill

   $ 22,862   
  

 

 

 

Loans acquired in the Somerset Hills acquisition were recorded at fair value and subsequently accounted for in accordance with ASC Topic 310, and there was no carryover related allowance for loan and lease losses. The fair values of loans acquired from Somerset Hills were estimated using cash flow projections based on the remaining maturity and repricing terms. Cash flows were adjusted for estimated future credit losses and the rate of prepayments. Projected cash flows were then discounted to present value using a risk-adjusted market rate for similar loans.

 

-66-


Table of Contents

The following is a summary of the loans acquired in the Somerset Hills acquisition as of the closing date.

 

(in thousands)

   Acquired
Credit
Impaired
Loans
     Acquired
Non-
Credit
Impaired
Loans
     Total
Acquired
Loans
 

Contractually required principal and interest at acquisition

   $ 4,507       $ 352,148       $ 356,655   

Contractual cash flows not expected to be collected (non-accretable difference)

     2,541         —           2,541   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Expected cash flows at acquisition

   $ 1,966       $ 352,148       $ 354,114   

Interest component of expected cash flows (accretable difference)

     322         107,333         107,655   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Fair value of acquired loans, including mortgages held for sale

   $ 1,644       $ 244,815       $ 246,459   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The core deposit intangible totaled $2.7 million and is being estimated over its estimated useful life of approximately 10 years using an accelerated method. The goodwill will be evaluated annually for impairment. The goodwill is not deductible for tax purposes.

The fair values of deposit liabilities with no stated maturities such as checking, money market and savings accounts, were assumed to equal the carrying amounts since these deposits are payable on demand. The fair values of certificates of deposits and IRAs represent the present value of contractual cash flows discounted at market rates for similar certificates of deposit.

Direct costs related to the acquisition were expensed as incurred. During 2013, the Company incurred $2.8 million, of merger and acquisition integration-related expenses, which have been separately reflected in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations.

Supplemental Pro Forma Financial Information

The following table presents financial information regarding the former Somerset Hills operations included in our Consolidated Statements of Income from the date of the acquisition (May 31, 2013) through December 31, 2013 under the column “Actual from acquisition date through December 31, 2013.” In addition, the table provides unaudited condensed pro forma financial information assuming that the Somerset Hills acquisition had been completed as of January 1, 2013, for the year ended December 31, 2013 and as of January 1, 2012 for the year ended December 31, 2012. The table below has been prepared for comparative purposes only and is not necessarily indicative of the actual results that would have been attained had the acquisition occurred as of the beginning of the periods presented, nor is it indicative of future results. Furthermore, the unaudited proforma information does not reflect management’s estimate of any revenue-enhancing opportunities nor anticipated cost savings or the impact of conforming certain accounting policies of the acquired company to the Company’s policies that may have occurred as a result of the integration and consolidation of Somerset Hills’ operations. The pro forma information shown reflects adjustments related to certain purchase accounting fair value adjustments; amortization of core deposit and other intangibles; and related income tax effects.

 

(in thousands)

   Actual from
acquisition to
December 31, 2013
     (unaudited)
Pro-forma
December  31, 2013
     (unaudited)
Pro-forma
December  31, 2012
 

Net interest income

   $ 6,077       $ 109,313       $ 107,402   

Noninterest income

     889         22,096         21,753   

Noninterest expense

     3,796         80,731         77,340   

Net income

     2,116         27,828         24,277   

Earnings per share:

        

Fully diluted

      $ 0.78       $ 0.73   

 

-67-


Table of Contents

Core Deposit Intangible

As stated above, the Company recorded $2.7 million in core deposit intangible for the Somerset Hills acquisition. Year-to-date, it has amortized $288,000 in core deposit intangible. The estimated future amortization expense for each of the succeeding five years ended December 31 is as follows (dollars in thousands):

 

For the year ended:

  

2014

   $ 464   

2015

     415   

2016

     366   

2017

     316   

2018

     267   

NOTE 3—INVESTMENT SECURITIES

The amortized cost, gross unrealized gains and losses, and the fair value of the Company’s available for sale and held to maturity securities are as follows:

 

AVAILABLE FOR SALE

  December 31, 2013     December 31, 2012  
    Amortized
Cost
    Gross
Unrealized
Gains
    Gross
Unrealized
Losses
    Fair
Value
    Amortized
Cost
    Gross
Unrealized
Gains
    Gross
Unrealized
Losses
    Fair
Value
 
    (in thousands)     (in thousands)  

U.S. treasury and U.S. government agencies

  $ 72,828      $ —        $ (2,663   $ 70,165      $ 86,002      $ 577      $ (8   $ 86,571   

Mortgage-backed securities, residential

    310,088        1,752        (7,338     304,502        235,052        5,086        (579     239,559   

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

    36,482        914        (523     36,873        36,848        1,832        (60     38,620   

Other debt securities

    3,541        37        (158     3,420        13,576        189        (321     13,444   

Equity securities

    15,433        1,097        (384     16,146        14,984        608        (76     15,516   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
  $ 438,372      $ 3,800      $ (11,066   $ 431,106      $ 386,462      $ 8,292      $ (1,044   $ 393,710   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

HELD TO MATURITY

  December 31, 2013     December 31, 2012  
    Amortized
Cost
    Gross
Unrealized
Gains
    Gross
Unrealized
Losses
    Fair
Value
    Amortized
Cost
    Gross
Unrealized
Gains
    Gross
Unrealized
Losses
    Fair
Value
 
    (in thousands)     (in thousands)  

U.S. government agencies

  $ 19,732      $ 3      $ (576   $ 19,159      $ 16,089      $ 385      $ —        $ 16,474   

Mortgage-backed securities, residential

    34,596        524        (1,025     34,095        39,065        1,313        (27     40,351   

Mortgage-backed securities, multifamily

    2,355        —          (166     2,189        1,421        —          (13     1,408   

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

    43,521        495        (770     43,246        38,801        1,068        (68     39,801   

Other debt securities

    1,540        165        —          1,705        1,549        201        —          1,750   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
  $ 101,744      $ 1,187      $ (2,537   $ 100,394      $ 96,925      $ 2,967      $ (108   $ 99,784   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

-68-


Table of Contents

The following table lists contractual maturities of investment securities classified as available for sale and held to maturity. Expected maturities will differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties.

 

     December 31, 2013  
      Available for Sale      Held to Maturity  
      Amortized
Cost
     Fair
Value
     Amortized
Cost
     Fair
Value
 
     (in thousands)  

Due in one year or less

   $ 3,946       $ 3,984       $ 7,246       $ 7,288   

Due after one year through five years

     37,961         37,969         18,022         18,519   

Due after five years through ten years

     68,141         66,023         32,521         31,635   

Due after ten years

     2,803         2,482         7,004         6,668   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     112,851         110,458         64,793         64,110   

Mortgage-backed securities

     310,088         304,502         36,951         36,284   

Equity securities

     15,433         16,146         —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total securities

   $ 438,372       $ 431,106       $ 101,744       $ 100,394   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following table shows proceeds from sales of securities, gross gains and gross losses on sales and calls of securities for the periods indicated:

 

     Years ended December 31,  
     2013     2012     2011  
     (in thousands)  

Sale proceeds

   $ 64,020      $ 97,824      $ 92,409   

Gross gains

     893        1,364        1,285   

Gross losses

     (54     (315     (56

Gains or losses on sales of securities are based on the net proceeds and the adjusted carrying amount of the securities sold using the specific identification method.

Securities with a carrying value of approximately $324.8 million and $328.4 million at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, were pledged to secure public deposits and for other purposes required by applicable laws and regulations.

The following table indicates the length of time individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position at December 31, 2013 and 2012:

 

December 31, 2013

  Less than 12 months     12 months or longer     Total  

AVAILABLE FOR SALE

  Fair
value
    Unrealized
Losses
    Fair
value
    Unrealized
Losses
    Number of
securities
    Fair
value
    Unrealized
Losses
 
                (dollars in thousands)              

U.S. treasury and U.S. government agencies

  $ 70,165      $ 2,663      $ —        $ —          16      $ 70,165      $ 2,663   

Mortgage-backed securities, residential

    177,262        6,730        10,724        608        51        187,986        7,338   

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

    8,500        328        2,087        195        21        10,587        523   

Other debt securities

    —          —          805        158        1        805        158   

Equity securities

    —          —          10,215        384        3        10,215        384   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
  $ 255,927      $ 9,721      $ 23,831      $ 1,345        92      $ 279,758      $ 11,066   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

-69-


Table of Contents
December 31, 2013   Less than 12 months     12 months or longer     Total  
    Fair
value
    Unrealized
Losses
    Fair
value
    Unrealized
Losses
    Number of
securities
    Fair
value
    Unrealized
Losses
 
                (dollars in thousands)              

HELD TO MATURITY

             

U.S. government agencies

  $ 14,153      $ 576      $ —        $ —          5      $ 14,153      $ 576   

Mortgage-backed securities, residential

  $ 22,939      $ 889      $ 1,097      $ 136        11      $ 24,036      $ 1,025   

Mortgage-backed securities, multifamily

    895        99        1,294        67        2        2,189        166   

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

    17,826        607        1,456        163        51        19,282        770   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
  $ 55,813      $ 2,171      $ 3,847      $ 366        69      $ 59,660      $ 2,537   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2012   Less than 12 months     12 months or longer     Total  
AVAILABLE FOR SALE   Fair
value
    Unrealized
Losses
    Fair
value
    Unrealized
Losses
    Number of
securities
    Fair
value
    Unrealized
Losses
 
    (dollars in thousands)  

U.S. government agencies

  $ 3,992      $ 8      $ —        $ —          1      $ 3,992      $ 8   

Mortgage-backed securities, residential

    30,359        572        3,239        7        10        33,598        579   

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

    2,825        60        —          —          7        2,825        60   

Other debt securities

    —          —          5,661        321        2        5,661        321   

Equity securities

    4,621        76        —          —          2        4,621        76   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
  $ 41,797      $ 716      $ 8,900      $ 328        22      $ 50,697      $ 1,044   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

HELD TO MATURITY

             

Mortgage-backed securities, residential

  $ 1,239      $ 27      $ —        $ —          1      $ 1,239      $ 27   

Mortgage-backed securities, multifamily

    1,408        13        —          —          1      $ 1,408        13   

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

    3,705        63        371        5        10        4,076        68   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
  $ 6,352      $ 103      $ 371      $ 5        12      $ 6,723      $ 108   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Management has evaluated the securities in the above table and has concluded that none of the securities with unrealized losses has impairments that are other-than-temporary. Fair value below cost is solely due to interest rate movements and is deemed temporary.

Investment securities, including the mortgage backed securities and corporate securities, are evaluated on a periodic basis to determine if factors are identified that would require further analysis. In evaluating the Company’s securities, management considers the following items:

 

   

The Company’s ability and intent to hold the securities, including an evaluation of the need to sell the security to meet certain liquidity measures, or whether the Company has sufficient levels of cash to hold the identified security in order to recover the entire amortized cost of the security;

 

   

The financial condition of the underlying issuer;

 

   

The credit ratings of the underlying issuer and if any changes in the credit rating have occurred;

 

   

The length of time the security’s fair value has been less than amortized cost; and

 

   

Adverse conditions related to the security or its issuer if the issuer has failed to make scheduled payments or other factors.

 

-70-


Table of Contents

If the above factors indicate the additional analysis is required, management will consider the results of discounted cash flow analysis.

As of December 31, 2013, the equity securities include investments in other financial institutions for market appreciation purposes. These equities had a net amortized cost of $2.2 million and market value of $3.2 million as of December 31, 2013.

As of December 31, 2013, equity securities also included $12.9 million in investment funds that do not have a quoted market price but use net asset value per share or its equivalent to measure fair value.

The funds include $2.9 million in funds that are primarily invested in community development loans that are guaranteed by the Small Business Administration (SBA). Because the funds are primarily guaranteed by the federal government there are minimal changes in market value between accounting periods. These funds can be redeemed within 60 days notice at the net asset value less unpaid management fees with the approval of the fund manager. As of December 31, 2013, the net amortized cost equaled the market value of the investment. There are no unfunded commitments related to this investment.

The funds also include $10.3 million in funds that are invested in government guaranteed loans, mortgage-backed securities, small business loans and other instruments supporting affordable housing and economic development. The Company may redeem these funds at the net asset value calculated at the end of the current business day less any unpaid management fees. As of December 31, 2013, the amortized cost of these securities was $10.3 million and the fair value was $10.0 million. There are no restrictions on redemptions for the holdings in these investments other than the notice required by the fund manager. There are no unfunded commitments related to this investment.

NOTE 4—LOANS AND LEASES AND OTHER REAL ESTATE

The following sets forth the composition of Lakeland’s loan and lease portfolio for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012:

 

     December 31,  
     2013     2012  
     (in thousands)  

Commercial, secured by real estate

   $ 1,389,861      $ 1,125,137   

Commerical, industrial and other

     213,808        216,129   

Leases

     41,332        26,781   

Real estate-residential mortgage

     432,831        423,262   

Real estate-construction

     53,119        46,272   

Home equity and consumer

     339,338        309,626   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total loans and leases

     2,470,289        2,147,207   

Less deferred fees

     (1,273 )      (364
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loans and leases, net of deferred fees

   $ 2,469,016      $ 2,146,843   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, Home Equity and Consumer loans included overdraft deposit balances of $590,000 and $532,000, respectively. At December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, Lakeland had $263.1 million and $203.1 million in residential loans pledged for potential borrowings at the Federal Home Loan Bank of New York (FHLB).

The carrying value of loans acquired and accounted for in accordance with ASC Subtopic 310-30, “Loans and Debt Securities Acquired with Deteriorated Credit Quality,” was $1.7 million at December 31, 2013, which was substantially the same as the balance at the acquisition date of May 31, 2013. Under ASC Subtopic 310-30, loans may be aggregated and accounted for as pools of loans if the loans being aggregated have common risk

 

-71-


Table of Contents

characteristics. Lakeland elected to account for the loans with evidence of credit deterioration individually rather than aggregate them into pools. The difference between the undiscounted cash flows expected at acquisition and the investment in the acquired loans, or the “accretable yield,” is recognized as interest income utilizing the level-yield method over the life of each loan. Contractually required payments for interest and principal that exceed the undiscounted cash flows expected at acquisition, or the “non-accretable difference,” are not recognized as a yield adjustment, as a loss accrual or as a valuation allowance.

Increases in expected cash flows subsequent to the acquisition are recognized prospectively through an adjustment of the yield on the loans over the remaining life, while decreases in expected cash flows are recognized as impairment through a loss provision and an increase in the allowance for loan losses. Valuation allowances (recognized in the allowance for loan losses) on these impaired loans reflect only losses incurred after the acquisition (representing all cash flows that were expected at acquisition but currently are not expected to be received).

There was credit deterioration related to one loan between May 31, 2013 (the “acquisition date”) and December 31, 2013. As of December 31, 2013, Lakeland has evaluated this loan for impairment, recognizing a valuation allowance in the allowance for loan and lease losses. Lakeland recognized $46,000 of interest income on the loans acquired.

Portfolio Segments

Lakeland currently manages its credit products and the respective exposure to credit losses (credit risk) by the following specific portfolio segments which are levels at which Lakeland develops and documents its systematic methodology to determine the allowance for loan and lease losses attributable to each respective portfolio segment. These segments are:

 

   

Commercial, secured by real estate—consists of commercial mortgage loans secured by owner occupied properties and non-owner occupied properties. The loans secured by owner occupied properties involve a variety of property types to conduct the borrower’s operations. The primary source of repayment for this type of loan is the cash flow from the business and is based upon the borrower’s financial health and the ability of the borrower and the business to repay. The loans secured by non-owner occupied properties involve investment properties for warehouse, retail, office space, etc., with a history of occupancy and cash flow. This commercial real estate category contains mortgage loans to the developers and owners of commercial real estate where the borrower intends to operate or sell the property at a profit and use the income stream or proceeds from the sale(s) to repay the loan.

 

   

Commercial, industrial and other—are loans made to provide funds for equipment and general corporate needs. Repayment of a loan primarily uses the funds obtained from the operation of the borrower’s business. Commercial loans also include lines of credit that are utilized to finance a borrower’s short-term credit needs and/or to finance a percentage of eligible receivables and inventory.

 

   

Leases—includes a small portfolio of equipment leases, which consists of leases primarily for essential equipment used by small to medium sized businesses.

 

   

Real estate—residential mortgage –contains permanent mortgage loans principally to consumers secured by residential real estate. Residential real estate loans are evaluated for the adequacy of repayment sources at the time of approval, based upon measures including credit scores, debt-to-income ratios, and collateral values. Loans may be either conforming or non-conforming.

 

   

Real estate—construction—construction loans, as defined, are intended to finance the construction of commercial properties and include loans for the acquisition and development of land. Construction loans represent a higher degree of risk than permanent real estate loans and may be affected by a variety of factors such as the borrower’s ability to control costs and adhere to time schedules and the risk that constructed units may not be absorbed by the market within the anticipated time frame or at the anticipated price. The loan commitment on these loans often includes an interest reserve that allows the lender to periodically advance loan funds to pay interest charges on the outstanding balance of the loan.

 

-72-


Table of Contents
   

Home Equity and consumer—includes primarily home equity loans and lines, installment loans, personal lines of credit and automobile loans. The home equity category consists mainly of loans and revolving lines of credit to consumers which are secured by residential real estate. These loans are typically secured with second mortgages on the homes, although many are secured with first mortgages. Other consumer loans include installment loans used by customers to purchase automobiles, boats and recreational vehicles.

Non-accrual and Past Due Loans

The following schedule sets forth certain information regarding Lakeland’s non-accrual loans and leases, its other real estate owned and other repossessed assets, and accruing troubled debt restructurings:

 

     At December 31,  

(in thousands)

   2013      2012  

Commercial, secured by real estate

   $ 7,697       $ 10,511   

Commercial, industrial and other

     88         1,476   

Leases

     —           32   

Real estate—residential mortgage

     6,141         8,733   

Real estate—construction

     831         4,031   

Home equity and consumer

     2,175         3,197   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total non-accrual loans and leases

     16,932         27,980   

Other real estate and other repossessed assets

     520         529   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL NON-PERFORMING ASSETS

   $ 17,452       $ 28,509   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Troubled debt restructurings, still accruing

   $ 10,289       $ 7,336   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Non-accrual loans included $2.3 million and $3.4 million of troubled debt restructurings for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

An age analysis of past due loans, segregated by class of loans as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 is as follows:

 

December 31, 2013

  30-59 Days
Past Due
    60-89 Days
Past Due
    Greater
Than
89 Days
    Total
Past Due
    Current     Total
Loans
and Leases
    Recorded
Investment  greater
than 89 Days and
still accruing
 
    (in thousands)  

Commercial, secured by real estate

  $ 7,355      $ 5,438      $ 6,059      $ 18,852      $ 1,371,009      $ 1,389,861      $ 697   

Commercial, industrial and other

    482        159        20        661        213,147        213,808        —     

Leases

    77        179        —          256        41,076        41,332        —     

Real estate—residential mortgage

    5,792        1,306        5,365        12,463        420,368        432,831        414   

Real estate—construction

    —          —          831        831        52,288        53,119        —     

Home equity and consumer

    1,776        533        2,884        5,193        334,145        339,338        886   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
  $ 15,482      $ 7,615      $ 15,159      $ 38,256      $ 2,432,033      $ 2,470,289      $ 1,997   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

-73-


Table of Contents

December 31, 2012

  30-59 Days
Past Due
    60-89 Days
Past Due
    Greater
Than
89 Days
    Total
Past Due
    Current     Total
Loans
and Leases
    Recorded
Investment  greater
than 89 Days and
still accruing
 
    (in thousands)  

Commercial, secured by real estate

  $ 3,831      $ 2,308      $ 10,511      $ 16,650      $ 1,108,487      $ 1,125,137      $ —     

Commercial, industrial and other

    400        171        1,476        2,047        214,082        216,129        —     

Leases

    367        36        32        435        26,346        26,781        —     

Real estate—residential mortgage

    2,370        821        10,012        13,203        410,059        423,262        1,279   

Real estate—construction

    1,100        —          4,031        5,131        41,141        46,272        —     

Home equity and consumer

    2,479        363        3,355        6,197        303,429        309,626        158   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
  $ 10,547      $ 3,699      $ 29,417      $ 43,663      $ 2,103,544      $ 2,147,207      $ 1,437   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Impaired Loans

Lakeland’s policy regarding impaired loans is discussed in Note 1—Summary of Accounting Policies—Loans and Leases and Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses. In 2013, Lakeland increased its threshold for groups of impaired loans to group in homogenous pools from $250,000 to $500,000. As a result, $2.0 million in loans were included in loans that had a specific allowance as of December 31, 2013, and the specific allowance on these loans was $205,000. Impaired loans for the year ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 are as follows:

 

December 31, 2013

   Recorded
Investment in
Impaired loans
     Contractual
Unpaid
Principal
Balance
     Specific
Allowance
     Interest
Income
Recognized
     Average
Investment in
Impaired loans
 
     (in thousands)  

Loans without specific allowance:

              

Commercial, secured by real estate

   $ 8,223       $ 9,656       $ —         $ 198       $ 8,853   

Commercial, industrial and other

     4,020         4,118         —           189         4,333   

Leases

     —           —           —           —           —     

Real estate-residential mortgage

     617         672         —           —           622   

Real estate-construction

     501         2,411         —           —           2,111   

Home equity and consumer

     17         17         —           1         17   

Loans with specific allowance:

              

Commercial, secured by real estate

     10,152         10,217         739         442         9,727   

Commercial, industrial and other

     155         155         31         5         396   

Leases

     —           —           —           —           —     

Real estate-residential mortgage

     —           —           —           —           —     

Real estate-construction

     —           —           —           —           —     

Home equity and consumer

     934         936         140         42         907   

Total:

              

Commercial, secured by real estate

   $ 18,375       $ 19,873       $ 739       $ 640       $ 18,580   

Commercial, industrial and other

     4,175         4,273         31         194         4,729   

Leases

     —           —           —           —           —     

Real estate—residential mortgage

     617         672         —           —           622   

Real estate-construction

     501         2,411         —           —           2,111   

Home equity and consumer

     951         953         140         43         924   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 24,619       $ 28,182       $ 910       $ 877       $ 26,966   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

-74-


Table of Contents

December 31, 2012

   Recorded
Investment in
Impaired loans
     Contractual
Unpaid
Principal
Balance
     Specific
Allowance
     Interest
Income
Recognized
     Average
Investment in
Impaired loans
 
     (in thousands)  

Loans without specific allowance:

              

Commercial, secured by real estate

   $ 16,458       $ 21,665       $ —         $ 495       $ 18,301   

Commercial, industrial and other

     4,896         4,932         —           116         3,838   

Leases

     —           —           —           —           —     

Real estate-residential mortgage

     360         360         —           6         385   

Real estate-construction

     3,332         4,433         —           —           5,533   

Home equity and consumer

     369         369         —           1         360   

Loans with specific allowance:

              

Commercial, secured by real estate

     3,346         4,088         368         46         3,825   

Commercial, industrial and other

     808         871         219         1         769   

Leases

     —           —           —           —           —     

Real estate-residential mortgage

     288         288         43         4         374   

Real estate-construction

     698         1,085         97         —           1,445   

Home equity and consumer

     976         976         146         55         934   

Total:

              

Commercial, secured by real estate

   $ 19,804       $ 25,753       $ 368       $ 541       $ 22,126   

Commercial, industrial and other

     5,704         5,803         219         117         4,607   

Leases

     —           —           —           —           —     

Real estate—residential mortgage

     648         648         43         10         759   

Real estate-construction

     4,030         5,518         97         —           6,978   

Home equity and consumer

     1,345         1,345         146         56         1,294   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 31,531       $ 39,067       $ 873       $ 724       $ 35,764   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2011

   Recorded
Investment in
Impaired loans
     Contractual
Unpaid
Principal
Balance
     Specific
Allowance
     Interest
Income
Recognized
     Average
Investment in
Impaired loans
 
     (in thousands)  

Loans without specific allowance:

              

Commercial, secured by real estate

   $ 19,648       $ 24,922       $ —         $ 332       $ 14,792   

Commercial, industrial and other

     4,074         8,155         —           —           3,445   

Leases, including leases held for sale

     —           —           —           —           —     

Real estate-residential mortgage

     415         415         —           29         542   

Real estate-construction

     12,400         16,353         —           14         11,231   

Home equity and consumer

     400         485         —           1         14   

Loans with specific allowance:

              

Commercial, secured by real estate

     3,920         6,421         392         18         6,209   

Commercial, industrial and other

     534         647         172         —           768   

Leases, including leases held for sale

     —           —           —           —           —     

Real estate-residential mortgage

     561         570         75         19         332   

Real estate-construction

     244         518         24         —           333   

Home equity and consumer

     949         963         142         34         800   

Total:

              

Commercial, secured by real estate

   $ 23,568       $ 31,343       $ 392       $ 350       $ 21,001   

Commercial, industrial and other

     4,608         8,802         172         —           4,213   

Leases, including leases held for sale

     —           —           —           —           —     

Real estate—residential mortgage

     976         985         75         48         874   

Real estate-construction

     12,644         16,871         24         14         11,564   

Home equity and consumer

     1,349         1,448         142         35         814   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 43,145       $ 59,449       $ 805       $ 447       $ 38,466   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

-75-


Table of Contents

Interest which would have been accrued on impaired loans and leases during 2013, 2012 and 2011 was $2.2

million, $2.8 million and $2.9 million, respectively.

Credit Quality Indicators

The class of loans are determined by internal risk rating. Management closely and continually monitors the quality of its loans and leases and assesses the quantitative and qualitative risks arising from the credit quality of its loans and leases. It is the policy of Lakeland to require that a Credit Risk Rating be assigned to all commercial loans and loan commitments. The Credit Risk Rating System has been developed by management to provide a methodology to be used by Loan Officers, department heads and Senior Management in identifying various levels of credit risk that exist within Lakeland’s loan portfolios. The risk rating system assists Senior Management in evaluating Lakeland’s loan portfolio, analyzing trends, and determining the proper level of required reserves to be recommended to the Board. In assigning risk ratings, management considers, among other things, a borrower’s debt service coverage, earnings strength, loan to value ratios, industry conditions and economic conditions. Management categorizes loans and commitments into a one (1) to nine (9) numerical structure with rating 1 being the strongest rating and rating 9 being the weakest. Ratings 1 through 5W are considered ‘Pass’ ratings.

The following table shows Lakeland’s commercial loan portfolio as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, by the risk ratings discussed above (in thousands):

 

December 31, 2013    Commercial,      Commercial,         
     secured by      Industrial      Real estate-  

Risk Rating

   real estate      and other      construction  

1

   $ —         $ 952       $ —     

2

     —           12,964         —     

3

     70,811         9,263         —     

4

     442,933         60,002         1,178   

5

     754,275         85,939         48,243   

5W—Watch

     38,893         12,278         —     

6—Other Assets Especially Mentioned

     27,640         9,596         1,245   

7—Substandard

     55,309         22,814         2,453   

8—Doubtful

     —           —           —     

9—Loss

     —           —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 1,389,861       $ 213,808       $ 53,119   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2012    Commercial,      Commercial,         
     secured by      Industrial      Real estate-  

Risk Rating

   real estate      and other      construction  

1

   $ —         $ 996       $ —     

2

     —           12,899         —     

3

     44,448         15,676         —     

4

     350,145         62,676         795   

5

     623,912         88,033         34,682   

5W—Watch

     43,515         13,261         —     

6—Other Assets Especially Mentioned

     21,132         2,845         6,535   

7—Substandard

     41,817         19,743         4,260   

8—Doubtful

     168         —           —     

9—Loss

     —           —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 1,125,137       $ 216,129       $ 46,272   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

This table does not include consumer or residential loans or leases because they are evaluated on their payment status.

 

-76-


Table of Contents

Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses

The following table details activity in the allowance for loan and lease losses by portfolio segment and the related recorded investment in loans and leases for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011:

 

12/31/2013

  Commercial,
secured by
real estate
    Commercial,
industrial
and other
    Leases     Real estate-
residential
mortgage
    Real estate-
Construction
    Home
equity and
consumer
    Unallocated     Total  
    (in thousands)                                            

Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses:

               

Beginning Balance

  $ 16,258      $ 5,103      $ 578      $ 3,568      $ 587      $ 2,837      $ —        $ 28,931   

Charge-offs

    (2,026     (1,324     (206     (1,257     (3,854     (1,624     —          (10,291

Recoveries

    1,061        260        121        99        14        283        —          1,838   

Provision

    (830     1,292        11        804        3,795        1,241        3,030        9,343   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending Balance

  $ 14,463      $ 5,331      $ 504      $ 3,214      $ 542      $ 2,737      $ 3,030      $ 29,821   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending Balance: Individually evaluated for impairment

  $ 739      $ 31        —        $ —        $ —        $ 140      $ —        $ 910   

Ending Balance: Collectively evaluated for impairment

    13,724        5,300        504        3,214        542        2,597        3,030      $ 28,911   

Ending Balance: Loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending Balance

  $ 14,463      $ 5,331      $ 504      $ 3,214      $ 542      $ 2,737      $ 3,030      $ 29,821   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loans and Leases:

               

Ending Balance: Individually evaluated for impairment

  $ 18,375      $ 4,175        —        $ 617      $ 501      $ 951      $ —        $ 24,619   

Ending Balance: Collectively evaluated for impairment

    1,371,486        209,633        41,332        432,214        52,618        337,976        —        $ 2,445,259   

Ending Balance: Loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality

    —          —          —          —          —          411        —        $ 411   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending Balance(1)

  $ 1,389,861      $ 213,808      $ 41,332      $ 432,831      $ 53,119      $ 339,338      $ —        $ 2,470,289   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Excludes deferred fees

 

12/31/2012

  Commercial,
secured by
real estate
    Commercial,
industrial
and other
    Leases     Real estate-
residential
mortgage
    Real estate-
Construction
    Home
equity and
consumer
    Total  
    (in thousands)                                      

Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses:

             

Beginning Balance

  $ 16,618      $ 3,477      $ 688      $ 3,077      $ 1,424      $ 3,132      $ 28,416   

Charge-offs

    (7,287     (949     (999     (1,822     (2,888     (2,074     (16,019

Recoveries

    280        428        504        66        43        306        1,627   

Provision

    6,647        2,147        385        2,247        2,008        1,473        14,907   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending Balance

  $ 16,258      $ 5,103      $ 578      $ 3,568      $ 587      $ 2,837      $ 28,931   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending Balance: Individually evaluated for impairment

  $ 368      $ 219      $ —        $ 43      $ 97      $ 146      $ 873   

Ending Balance: Collectively evaluated for impairment

    15,890        4,884        578        3,525        490        2,691      $ 28,058   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending Balance

  $ 16,258      $ 5,103      $ 578      $ 3,568      $ 587      $ 2,837      $ 28,931   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loans and Leases:

             

Ending Balance: Individually evaluated for impairment

  $ 19,804      $ 5,704      $ —        $ 648      $ 4,030      $ 1,345      $ 31,531   

Ending Balance: Collectively evaluated for impairment

    1,105,333        210,425        26,781        422,614        42,242        308,281      $ 2,115,676   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending Balance(1)

  $ 1,125,137      $ 216,129      $ 26,781      $ 423,262      $ 46,272      $ 309,626      $ 2,147,207   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Excludes deferred costs

 

-77-


Table of Contents

12/31/2011

  Commercial,
secured by
real estate
    Commercial,
industrial
and other
    Leases     Real estate-
residential
mortgage
    Real estate-
Construction
    Home
equity and
consumer
    Total  
    (in thousands)  

Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses:

             

Beginning Balance

  $ 11,366      $ 5,113      $ 3,477      $ 2,628      $ 2,176      $ 2,571      $ 27,331   

Charge-offs

    (5,352     (5,249     (2,858     (1,772     (3,636     (3,010     (21,877

Recoveries

    2,084        439        1,206        32        67        318        4,146   

Provision

    8,520        3,174        (1,137     2,189        2,817        3,253        18,816   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending Balance

  $ 16,618      $ 3,477      $ 688      $ 3,077      $ 1,424      $ 3,132      $ 28,416   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending Balance: Individually evaluated for impairment

  $ 392      $ 172      $ —        $ 75      $ 24      $ 142      $ 805   

Ending Balance: Collectively evaluated for impairment

    16,226        3,305        688        3,002        1,400        2,990      $ 27,611   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending Balance

  $ 16,618      $ 3,477      $ 688      $ 3,077      $ 1,424      $ 3,132      $ 28,416   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loans and Leases:

             

Ending Balance: Individually evaluated for impairment

  $ 23,568      $ 4,608      $ —        $ 976      $ 12,644      $ 1,349      $ 43,145   

Ending Balance: Collectively evaluated for impairment

    989,414        205,307        28,879        405,246        66,494        302,841      $ 1,998,181   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending Balance(1)

  $ 1,012,982      $ 209,915      $ 28,879      $ 406,222      $ 79,138      $ 304,190      $ 2,041,326   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Excludes deferred costs

Lakeland also maintains a reserve for unfunded lending commitments which are included in other liabilities. This reserve was $1.2 million and $1.1 million at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively. Lakeland analyzes the adequacy of the reserve for unfunded lending commitments in conjunction with its analysis of the adequacy of the allowance for loan and lease losses. For more information on this analysis, see “Risk Elements” in Management’s Discussion and Analysis.

Troubled Debt Restructurings

Troubled debt restructurings are those loans where significant concessions have been made due to borrowers’ financial difficulties. Restructured loans typically involve a modification of terms such as a reduction of the stated interest rate, an extended moratorium of principal payments and/or an extension of the maturity date at a stated interest rate lower than the current market rate of a new loan with similar risk. Lakeland considers the potential losses on these loans as well as the remainder of its impaired loans when considering the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses.

 

-78-


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes loans that have been restructured during the periods presented:

 

     For the year ended
December 31, 2013
     For the year ended
December 31, 2012
 
     Number of
Contracts
     Pre-
Modification
Outstanding
Recorded
Investment
     Post-
Modification
Outstanding
Recorded
Investment
     Number of
Contracts
     Pre-
Modification
Outstanding
Recorded
Investment
     Post-
Modification
Outstanding
Recorded
Investment
 
     (Dollars in thousands)      (Dollars in thousands)  

Troubled Debt Restructurings:

                 

Commercial, secured by real estate

     8       $ 3,637       $ 2,988         10       $ 2,231       $ 2,231   

Commercial, industrial and other

     1         127         121         6         4,421         4,421   

Leases

     —           —           —           —           —           —     

Real estate—residential mortgage

     1         179         179         —           —           —     

Real estate—construction

     —           —           —           —           —           —     

Home equity and consumer

     2         158         157         1         55         55   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     12       $ 4,101       $ 3,445         17       $ 6,707       $ 6,707   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following table summarizes as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, loans that were restructured within the last 12 months that have subsequently defaulted:

 

     For the year ended
December 31, 2013
     For the year ended
December 31, 2012
 
     Number  of
Contracts
     Recorded
Investment
     Number  of
Contracts
     Recorded
Investment
 
           
     (Dollars in thousands)      (Dollars in thousands)  

Defaulted Troubled Debt Restructurings:

           

Commercial, secured by real estate

     —         $ —           2       $ 272   

Commercial, industrial and other

     —           —           1         142   

Leases

     —           —           —           —     

Real estate—residential mortgage

     —           —           —           —     

Real estate—construction

     —           —           —           —     

Home equity and consumer

     1         147         —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     1       $ 147         3       $ 414   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Related Party Loans

Lakeland has entered into lending transactions in the ordinary course of business with directors, executive officers, principal stockholders and affiliates of such persons on similar terms, including interest rates and collateral, as those prevailing for comparable transactions with other borrowers not related to Lakeland. At December 31, 2013, loans to these related parties amounted to $25.0 million. There were new loans of $9.6 million to related parties and repayments of $12.7 million from related parties in 2013.

Mortgages Held for Sale

Residential mortgages originated by the bank and held for sale in the secondary market are carried at the lower of cost or fair market value. Fair value is generally determined by the value of purchase commitments on individual loans. Losses are recorded as a valuation allowance and charged to earnings. As of December 31, 2013, Lakeland had $1.2 million in mortgages held for sale compared to no mortgages held for sale as of December 31, 2012.

 

-79-


Table of Contents

Leases

Lakeland had no leases held for sale on December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011. During the first quarter of 2011, management reclassified $1.5 million of leases held for sale to held for investment because management’s intent regarding these leases had changed. The following table shows the components of gains on leasing related assets for the periods presented:

 

     For the years ended
December 31,
 

(in thousands)

   2013      2012      2011  

Gains on sales of leases

   $ —         $ —         $ 143   

Realized gains on paid off leases

     51         471         883   

Gains (losses) on sales of other repossessed assets

     12         4         (52
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total gains on leasing related assets

   $ 63       $ 475       $ 974   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Gains (losses) on held for sale leasing assets are included in other income along with other miscellaneous leasing income typically recorded in Lakeland’s leasing business.

Future minimum lease payments of lease receivables are as follows (in thousands):

 

2014

   $ 14,387   

2015

     11,634   

2016

     8,255   

2017

     5,155   

2018

     1,716   

thereafter

     185   
  

 

 

 
   $ 41,332   
  

 

 

 

Other Real Estate and Other Repossessed Assets

At December 31, 2013, Lakeland had other repossessed assets and other real estate owned of $54,000 and $466,000, respectively. At December 31, 2012, Lakeland had other repossessed assets and other real estate owned of $77,000 and $452,000, respectively. For the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, Lakeland had writedowns of $0, $0 and $230,000, respectively, on other real estate and other repossessed assets which are included in other real estate and repossessed asset expense in the Statement of Operations.

NOTE 5—PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT

 

     Estimated
useful lives
   December 31,  
        2013      2012  
          (in thousands)  

Land

   Indefinite    $ 6,259       $ 5,245   

Buildings and building improvements

   10 to 50 years      34,607         30,818   

Leasehold improvements

   10 to 25 years      9,997         8,405   

Furniture, fixtures and equipment

   2 to 30 years      37,054         31,443   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 
        87,917         75,911   

Less accumulated depreciation and amortization

        50,769         42,631   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 
      $ 37,148       $ 33,280   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Depreciation expense was $3.7 million, $3.1 million and $2.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

 

-80-


Table of Contents

NOTE 6—TIME DEPOSITS

At December 31, 2013, the schedule of maturities of certificates of deposit is as follows (in thousands):

 

Year

      

2014

   $ 214,479   

2015

     46,981   

2016

     14,823   

2017

     17,974   

2018

     1,136   

Thereafter

     693   
  

 

 

 
   $ 296,086   
  

 

 

 

NOTE 7—DEBT

Lines of Credit

As a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank of New York (FHLB), Lakeland has the ability to borrow overnight based on the market value of collateral pledged. As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, there were no overnight borrowings from the FHLB. As of December 31, 2013, Lakeland also had overnight federal funds lines available for it to borrow up to $162.0 million. Lakeland had borrowed $50.0 million and $72.0 million against these lines as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Lakeland may also borrow from the discount window of the Federal Reserve Bank of New York based on the market value of collateral pledged. Lakeland had no borrowings with the Federal Reserve Bank of New York as of December 31, 2013 or 2012.

Federal Funds Purchased and Securities Sold Under Agreements to Repurchase

Short-term borrowings at December 31, 2013 and 2012 consisted of short-term securities sold under agreements to repurchase and federal funds purchased. Securities underlying the agreements were under Lakeland’s control. The following tables summarize information relating to securities sold under agreements to repurchase and federal funds purchased for the years presented. For purposes of the tables, the average amount outstanding was calculated based on a daily average.

Federal funds purchased:

 

     2013     2012     2011  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Balance at December 31

   $ 50,000      $ 72,000      $ 28,000   

Interest rate at December 31

     0.37     0.37     0.32

Maximum amount outstanding at any month-end during the year

   $ 81,000      $ 72,000      $ 35,750   

Average amount outstanding during the year

   $ 8,424      $ 15,147      $ 6,674   

Weighted average interest rate during the year

     0.34     0.35     0.41

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase:

 

     2013     2012     2011  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Balance at December 31

   $ 31,991      $ 45,289      $ 44,131   

Interest rate at December 31

     0.02     0.05     0.09

Maximum amount outstanding at any month-end during the year

   $ 48,315      $ 49,863      $ 60,818   

Average amount outstanding during the year

   $ 37,277      $ 44,434      $ 52,566   

Weighted average interest rate during the year

     0.03     0.06     0.12

Other Borrowings

FHLB Debt

At December 31, 2013, advances from the FHLB totaling $69.0 million will mature within one to five years and are reported as other borrowings. These advances are collateralized by certain securities and first mortgage

 

-81-


Table of Contents

loans. The advances had a weighted average interest rate of 1.47%. In the fourth quarter of 2013, Lakeland prepaid $6.0 million of its FHLB debt that had a weighted rate of 3.99% and incurred a prepayment penalty of $683,000.

At December 31, 2012, Lakeland had advances from the FHLB totaling $25.0 million maturing within five to six years and reported as other borrowings. These advances were collateralized by certain securities and first mortgage loans. The advances had a weighted average interest rate of 3.73%. In the fourth quarter of 2012, Lakeland prepaid $10.0 million of its FHLB debt that had a weighted rate of 3.93% and incurred a prepayment penalty of $782,000.

FHLB debt matures as follows (in thousands):

 

   

2014

   $ 30,000   

2015

     10,000   

2016

     10,000   

2017

     4,000   

2018

     15,000   

Thereafter

     —     
  

 

 

 
   $ 69,000   
  

 

 

 

Long-term Securities Sold Under Agreements to Repurchase

At December 31, 2013, Lakeland had $50.0 million in long-term securities sold under agreements to repurchase compared to $60.0 million at December 31, 2012. These securities were able to be called at various dates starting in 2009. These advances are collateralized by certain securities. The advances had a weighted average interest rate of 2.51% and 2.59% on December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively. During the first quarter of 2013, Lakeland prepaid $10.0 million of its long-term securities sold under agreements to repurchase that had a rate of 2.90% and incurred a prepayment penalty of $526,000. These long-term securities sold under agreements to repurchase mature as follows (in thousands):

 

2014

   $ —     

2015

     —     

2016

     10,000   

2017

     10,000   

2018

     10,000   

Thereafter

     20,000   
  

 

 

 
   $ 50,000   
  

 

 

 

The above FHLB debt and long-term securities sold under agreements to repurchase are collateralized by certain securities. At times the market value of securities collateralizing our borrowings may decline due to changes in interest rates and may necessitate our lenders to issue a “margin call” which requires Lakeland to pledge additional securities to meet that margin call.

Subordinated Debentures

In May 2007, the Company issued $20.6 million of junior subordinated debentures due August 31, 2037 to Lakeland Bancorp Capital Trust IV, a Delaware business trust. The distribution rate on these securities was 6.61% for 5 years and floats at LIBOR plus 152 basis points thereafter. The debentures are the sole asset of the Trust. The Trust issued 20,000 shares of trust preferred securities, $1,000 face value, for total proceeds of $20.0 million. The Company’s obligations under the debentures and related documents, taken together, constitute a full,

 

-82-


Table of Contents

irrevocable and unconditional guarantee on a subordinated basis by the Company of the Trust’s obligations under the preferred securities. The preferred securities are callable by the Company on or after August 1, 2012, or earlier if the deduction of related interest for federal income taxes is prohibited, treatment as Tier I capital is no longer permitted, or certain other contingencies arise. The preferred securities must be redeemed upon maturity of the debentures in 2037.

In December 2003, the Company issued $25.8 million of junior subordinated debentures due January 7, 2034 to Lakeland Bancorp Capital Trust III, a Delaware business trust. The distribution rate on these securities was 7.535% for 10 years and floats at LIBOR plus 285 basis points thereafter. The debentures are the sole asset of the Trust. The Trust issued 25,000 shares of trust preferred securities, $1,000 face value, for total proceeds of $25.0 million. The Company’s obligations under the debentures and related documents, taken together, constitute a full, irrevocable and unconditional guarantee on a subordinated basis by the Company of the Trust’s obligations under the preferred securities. The preferred securities are callable by the Company on or after January 7, 2009, or earlier if the deduction of related interest for federal income taxes is prohibited, treatment as Tier I capital is no longer permitted, or certain other contingencies arise. On October 7, 2012 the Company redeemed the $25.8 million in junior subordinated debentures. At the time of redemption the debentures had a coupon rate of 7.535% and were due on January 7, 2034. The capital and common securities issued by the Trust in December 2003 were also redeemed.

In June 2003, the Company issued $10.3 million of junior subordinated debentures due July 7, 2033 to Lakeland Bancorp Capital Trust I, a Delaware business trust. The distribution rate on these securities was 6.20% for 7 years and floats at LIBOR plus 310 basis points thereafter. The debentures are the sole asset of the Trust. The Trust issued 10,000 shares of trust preferred securities, $1,000 face value, for total proceeds of $10.0 million. The Company’s obligations under the debentures and related documents, taken together, constitute a full, irrevocable and unconditional guarantee on a subordinated basis by the Company of the Trust’s obligations under the preferred securities. The preferred securities are callable by the Company on or after July 7, 2010, or earlier if the deduction of related interest for federal income taxes is prohibited, treatment as Tier I capital is no longer permitted, or certain other contingencies arise. On June 18, 2013, the Company acquired and extinguished $9.0 million of Lakeland Bancorp Capital Trust I debentures and recorded a $1.2 million gain on extinguishment of debt. The interest rate on this debenture floated at LIBOR plus 310 basis points and had a rate of 3.38% at the time of extinguishment. The Company redeemed the remaining $1.0 million in the fourth quarter of 2013 at par value.

In June 2003, the Company also issued $20.6 million of junior subordinated debentures due June 30, 2033 to Lakeland Bancorp Capital Trust II, a Delaware business trust. The distribution rate on these securities was 5.71% for 5 years and floats at LIBOR plus 310 basis points thereafter. The debentures are the sole asset of the Trust. The Trust issued 20,000 shares of trust preferred securities, $1,000 face value, for total proceeds of $20.0 million. The Company’s obligations under the debentures and related documents, taken together, constitute a full, irrevocable and unconditional guarantee on a subordinated basis by the Company of the Trust’s obligations under the preferred securities. The preferred securities are callable by the Company on or after June 30, 2008, or earlier if the deduction of related interest for federal income taxes is prohibited, treatment as Tier I capital is no longer permitted, or certain other contingencies arise. The preferred securities must be redeemed upon maturity of the debentures in 2033.

NOTE 8—STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

On May 31, 2013, the Company completed its acquisition of Somerset Hills Bancorp, a bank holding company headquartered in Bernardsville, New Jersey. Lakeland Bancorp issued an aggregate of 5,794,079 shares of its common stock in the merger, and also assumed outstanding Somerset Hills Bancorp stock options (which were converted into options to purchase Lakeland Bancorp common stock). Lakeland Bancorp paid $6.5 million in cash in the transaction.

 

-83-


Table of Contents

On September 4, 2012, the Company issued and sold an aggregate of 2,667,253 shares of common stock at a price of $9.65 per share pursuant to a takedown off of the Company’s shelf registration statement. The Company received net proceeds of $25.0 million which it used to repay $25.8 million in junior subordinated debentures on October 7, 2012. See Note 7 for further details.

On March 19, 2012, the Company’s Board of Directors authorized a 5% stock dividend which was distributed on April 16, 2012, to holders of record as of March 30, 2012. On January 14, 2011, the Company’s Board of Directors authorized a 5% stock dividend which was distributed on February 16, 2011, to holders of record as of January 31, 2011.

In February 2009, as part of the Troubled Asset Relief Program (“TARP”) Capital Purchase Program, the Company entered into a Purchase Agreement with the United States Department of the Treasury (the U.S. Treasury), pursuant to which the Company sold 59,000 shares of Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series A with a liquidation preference of $1,000 per share and a warrant to purchase 1,046,901 shares of the Company’s common stock, for $59.0 million in cash. The redemption of the preferred shares was completed in three transactions with 20,000 shares redeemed in August 2010, 20,000 shares redeemed in March 2011, and the remaining 19,000 shares redeemed in February 2012. The preferred shares paid an annual dividend of 5% per share during the period the shares were outstanding. The warrant was issued with an initial exercise price of $8.45 (adjusted for stock dividends) and a ten year term and was exercisable immediately, in whole or in part. The value of the warrant was allocated a portion of the $59.0 million in issuance proceeds. The allocation of this value was based on the relative fair value of the preferred shares and the warrant to the combined fair value. Accordingly, the value of the warrant was determined to be $3.3 million and recorded in common stock in the consolidated statements of condition. This non-cash amount was considered a discount to the preferred stock and to be amortized over a five year period using the interest method and accreted as a dividend recorded on the preferred shares. A portion of the unamortized discount was recognized in a charge to earnings on the date of the respective redemptions of the preferred shares. The warrant was included in the diluted average common shares outstanding except in periods for which its effects would be anti-dilutive. On February 29, 2012, the Company completed the redemption of the warrant for $2.8 million. The redemption of the warrant resulted in a reduction of common stock during the first quarter of 2012.

NOTE 9—INCOME TAXES

The components of income taxes are as follows:

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2013      2012      2011  
     (in thousands)  

Current tax provision

   $ 12,286       $ 9,520       $ 8,540   

Deferred tax provision

     164         576         172   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total provision for income taxes

   $ 12,450       $ 10,096       $ 8,712   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The income tax provision reconciled to the income taxes that would have been computed at the statutory federal rate of 35% is as follows:

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2013     2012     2011  
     (in thousands)  

Federal income tax, at statutory rates

   $ 13,097      $ 11,143      $ 9,999   

Increase (deduction) in taxes resulting from:

      

Non-taxable interest income

     (1,370     (1,296     (1,387

State income tax, net of federal income tax effect

     339        192        246   

Other, net

     384        57        (146
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Provision for income taxes

   $ 12,450      $ 10,096      $ 8,712   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

-84-


Table of Contents

The net deferred tax asset consisted of the following:

 

     December 31,  
     2013      2012  
     (in thousands)  

Deferred tax assets:

  

Allowance for loan and lease losses

   $ 12,688       $ 12,271   

Share based compensation plans

     553         356   

Purchase accounting fair market value adjustments

     688         —     

Non-accrued interest

     389         627   

Deferred compensation

     1,671         1,357   

Other than temporary impairment loss on investment securities

     255         374   

Unrealized losses on securities available for sale

     2,620         —     

Unfunded pension benefits

     20         298   

Other, net

     771         590   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Deferred tax assets

     19,655         15,873   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities:

     

Core deposit intangible from acquired companies

     990         —     

Deferred loan costs

     1,338         1,365   

Prepaid expenses

     457         377   

Depreciation and amortization

     1,514         1,172   

Deferred gain on securities

     194         194   

Unrealized gains on securities available for sale

     —           2,695   

Other

     659         531   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities

     5,152         6,334   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net deferred tax assets, included in other assets

   $ 14,503       $ 9,539   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

As a result of the acquisition of Somerset Hills, the Company recorded a net deferred tax asset of $93,000.

The Company evaluates the realizability of its deferred tax assets by examining its earnings history and projected future earnings and by assessing whether it is more likely than not that carryforwards would not be realized. Based upon the majority of the Company’s deferred tax assets having no expiration date, the Company’s earnings history, and the projections of future earnings, the Company’s management believes that it is more likely than not that all of the Company’s deferred tax assets as of December 31, 2013 will be realized.

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits are as follows:

 

(in thousands)

   2013     2012  

Balance at January 1

   $ 168      $ 252   

Additions for tax positions of prior years

     12        22   

Reductions for tax positions resulting from lapse of statute of limitations

     (52     (106

Settlements

     (17     —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31

   $ 111      $ 168   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The Company recognizes interest accrued and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits in income tax expense for all periods presented. The Company had accrued approximately $19,000 and $19,000 for the payment of interest and penalties at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

The Company is subject to U.S. federal income tax law as well as income tax of various state jurisdictions. Tax regulations within each jurisdiction are subject to the interpretation of the related tax laws and regulations

 

-85-


Table of Contents

and require significant judgment to apply. With few significant exceptions, the Company is no longer subject to U.S. federal examinations by tax authorities for the years before 2010 or to state and local examinations by tax authorities for the years before 2009.

NOTE 10—EARNINGS PER SHARE

The Company uses the two class method to compute earnings per common share. Participating securities include non-vested restricted stock. The following tables present the computation of basic and diluted earnings per share for the periods presented.

 

Year ended December 31, 2013

 
     Income
(numerator)
     Shares
(denominator)
     Per share
amount
 
     (in thousands, except per share amounts)  

Basic earnings per share

        

Net income available to common shareholders

   $ 24,969         33,088       $ 0.75   

Less: earnings allocated to participating securities

     178            0.00   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income available to common shareholders

   $ 24,791         33,088       $ 0.75   

Effect of dilutive securities

        

Stock options and restricted stock

     —           152         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Diluted earnings per share

        

Net income available to common shareholders plus assumed conversions

   $ 24,791         33,240       $ 0.75   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Options to purchase 341,276 shares of common stock at a weighted average of $12.51 per share were not included in the computation of diluted earnings per share because the option price and the grant date price were greater than the average market price during the period.

 

Year ended December 31, 2012

 
     Income
(numerator)
     Shares
(denominator)
     Per share
amount
 
     (in thousands, except per share amounts)  

Basic earnings per share

        

Net income available to common shareholders

   $ 21,122         27,619       $ 0.76   

Less: earnings allocated to participating securities

     181            0.00   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income available to common shareholders

   $ 20,941         27,619       $ 0.76   

Effect of dilutive securities

        

Stock options and restricted stock

     —           73         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Diluted earnings per share

        

Net income available to common shareholders plus assumed conversions

   $ 20,941         27,692       $ 0.76   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Options to purchase 448,137 shares of common stock at a weighted average of $12.56 per share were not included in the computation of diluted earnings per share because the option price and the grant date price were greater than the average market price during the period.

 

-86-


Table of Contents

Year ended December 31, 2011

 
     Income
(numerator)
     Shares
(denominator)
     Per share
amount
 
     (in thousands, except per share amounts)  

Basic earnings per share

        

Net income available to common shareholders

   $ 17,684         26,572       $ 0.67   

Less: earnings allocated to participating securities

     130            0.01   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income available to common shareholders

   $ 17,554         26,572       $ 0.66   

Effect of dilutive securities

        

Stock options and restricted stock

     —           109         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Diluted earnings per share

        

Net income available to common shareholders plus assumed conversions

   $ 17,554         26,681       $ 0.66   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Options to purchase 598,477 shares of common stock and 19,893 shares of restricted stock at a weighted average of $12.57 and $11.52 per share, respectively, were not included in the computation of diluted earnings per share because the option exercise price and the grant date price were greater than the average market price during the period.

NOTE 11—EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS

Profit Sharing Plan

The Company has a profit sharing plan for all its eligible employees. The Company’s annual contribution to the plan is determined by its Board of Directors. Annual contributions are allocated to participants on a point basis with accumulated benefits payable at retirement, or, at the discretion of the plan committee, upon termination of employment. Contributions made by the Company were approximately $600,000 for 2013, $625,000 for 2012 and $675,000 for 2011.

Salary Continuation Agreements

The National Bank of Sussex County (NBSC) entered into a salary continuation agreement during 1996 with its former Chief Executive Officer (CEO) and its President which entitle them to certain payments upon their retirement. As part of the merger of the Company and NBSC’s parent (High Point Financial Corp.) in July 1999, Lakeland placed in trusts amounts equal to the present value of the amounts that would be owed to them in their retirement. These amounts were $722,000 for the CEO and $381,000 for the President. The Company has no further obligation to pay additional amounts pursuant to these agreements.

Former CEO Retirement Benefits

Metropolitan State Bank entered into an agreement in January 1997 with its former CEO, which provides for an annual retirement benefit of $35,000 for a fifteen year period. In February 1999, the Company entered into an additional agreement with this CEO. Such agreement provides for an additional retirement benefit of $35,000 per annum for a fifteen year period. During 2013, 2012 and 2011, $0, $1,000 and $5,000, respectively, was charged to operations related to these obligations.

Benefit Obligations from Somerset Hills Acquisition

Somerset Hills entered into a non-qualified Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (“SERP”) with its former Chief Executive Officer and its Chief Financial Officer which entitles them to a benefit of $48,000 and

 

-87-


Table of Contents

$24,000, respectively, per year for 15 years after the earlier of retirement or death. The beneficiary of the Chief Financial Officer is currently being paid out under the plan. As of December 31, 2013, the Company has a liability of $590,000 for this SERP and has recognized an expense of $50,000 in 2013.

Retirement Savings Plans (401(k) plans)

Beginning in January 2002, the Company began contributing to its 401(k) plan. All eligible employees can contribute a portion of their annual salary with the Company matching up to 50% of the employee’s contributions. The Company’s contributions in 2013, 2012 and 2011 totaled $715,000, $628,000 and $596,000, respectively.

Pension Plan

Newton Trust Company had a defined benefit pension plan (the Plan) that was frozen prior to the acquisition by the Company. All participants of the Plan ceased accruing benefits as of that date.

The investment policy and strategy of the Plan and its advisors includes target portfolio allocations of approximately 60% in equities, 30% in debt securities, 5% in commodities and 5% in cash. Based on historical performance, the Plan assumes that the long term equity securities have earned a rate of return of approximately 10% and fixed income securities have earned a return of between 1% and 5%.

The assets of the Plan consist of cash and cash equivalents and investments in mutual funds that are actively traded. All of the mutual funds are classified as Level 1 securities meaning that their market values are unadjusted quoted prices in active markets.

The following table shows the fair value and the portfolio allocations of the assets in the Plan by type of investment as of December 31 for the years presented (dollars in thousands):

 

     December 31, 2013     December 31, 2012  
     Market
Value
     Percent of
Assets
    Market
Value
     Percent of
Assets
 

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 89         5   $ 125         7

Fixed Income Mutual funds

     568         29     513         29

U.S. Large-Cap funds

     466         23     394         22

U.S. Mid- and Small-Cap funds

     148         7     124         7

U.S. Balanced funds

     315         16     252         14

International funds

     301         15     275         16

Commodity funds

     100         5     83         5
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 1,987         100   $ 1,766         100
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

-88-


Table of Contents

The accumulated benefit obligation as of December 31 is as follows:

 

(in thousands)

   2013     2012  

Accumulated postretirement benefit obligation

   $ 2,407      $ 2,200   

Interest Cost

     90        87   

Actuarial (gain) loss

     (295     176   

Estimated benefit payments

     (175     (56
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total accumulated postretirement benefit obligation

     2,027        2,407   

Fair value of plan assets beginning of period

     1,766        1,484   

Return on plan assets

     236        178   

Benefits paid

     (175     (56

Contribution

     160        160   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Fair value of plan assets at end of year

     1,987        1,766   

Funded status

     (40     (641

Unrecognized net actuarial loss

     —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liability

   $ (40   $ (641
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accumulated benefit obligation

   $ 2,027      $ 2,407   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The components of net periodic pension cost are as follows:

 

(in thousands)

   2013     2012     2011  

Amortization of actuarial loss

   $ 82      $ 72      $ 47   

Interest cost on APBO

     90        87        97   

Expected return on plan assets

     (72     (76     (89
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net periodic postretirement cost

   $ 100      $ 83      $ 55   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The benefits expected to be paid in each of the next five years and the aggregate for the five fiscal years thereafter are as follows (in thousands):

 

2014

   $ 138   

2015

     65   

2016

     153   

2017

     178   

2018

     142   

2018—2022

     577   

The Company expects its contribution to be $160,000 in 2014.

The Company and its actuary use certain assumptions in measuring the benefit obligation. The most significant of these is the discount rate used to measure the present value of the benefit obligations and the expense to be used in the following year financial statements. The Company uses the projected cash flows of the pension plan and the Citigroup pension liability index to develop the discount rate. The pension plan’s expected return on plan assets is based on historical investment return experience and is impacted by the target allocation of assets. There is no assumption on the rate of compensation because the plan is frozen and no participants are accruing benefits on the plan.

 

-89-


Table of Contents

The assumptions used to determine the pension obligation and the net periodic pension cost were as follows:

 

     2013     2012  

Discounted rate

     4.75     3.75

Expected return on plan assets

     4.75     4.00

Rate of Compensation

     0.00     0.00

Deferred Compensation Arrangements

High Point Financial Corp. had established deferred compensation arrangements for certain directors and executives of High Point Financial Corp. and NBSC. The deferred compensation plans differ, but generally provide for annual payments for ten to fifteen years following retirement. The Company’s liabilities under these arrangements are being accrued from the commencement of the plans over the participants’ remaining periods of service. The Company intends to fund its obligations under the deferred compensation arrangements with the increase in cash surrender value of life insurance policies that it has purchased on the respective participants. The deferred compensation plans do not hold any assets. For the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 there were no charges related to this plan. As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, the accrued liability for these plans was $270,000 and $271,000, respectively.

Supplemental Executive Retirement Plans

In 2003, the Company entered into a supplemental executive retirement plan (SERP) agreement with its former CEO that provides annual retirement benefits of $150,000 a year for a 15 year period when the former CEO reached the age of 65. Our former CEO retired and is receiving annual retirement benefits pursuant to the plan. In 2008, the Company entered into a SERP agreement with its current CEO that provides annual retirement benefits of $150,000 for a 15 year period when the CEO reaches the age of 65. In November 2008, the Company entered into a SERP with its Senior Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer that provides annual retirement benefits of $90,000 a year for a 10 year period upon his reaching the age of 65. The Company intends to fund its obligations under the deferred compensation arrangements with the increase in cash surrender value of bank owned life insurance policies. In 2013, 2012 and 2011, the Company recorded compensation expense of $247,000, $434,000 and $233,000, respectively, for these plans.

NOTE 12—DIRECTORS RETIREMENT PLAN

The Company provides a plan that any director who became a member of the Board of Directors prior to 2009 who completes five years of service may retire and continue to be paid for a period of ten years at a rate ranging from $5,000 through $17,500 per annum, depending upon years of credited service. This plan is unfunded. The following tables present the status of the plan and the components of net periodic plan cost for the years then ended. The measurement date for the accumulated benefit obligation is December 31 of the years presented.

 

     December 31,  
     2013     2012  
     (in thousands)  

Accrued plan cost included in other liabilities

   $ 885      $ 1,093   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Amount not recognized as component of net postretirement benefit cost

    

Recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income

    

Net actuarial (gain) loss

   ($ 198   $ 82   

Unrecognized prior service cost

     —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Amounts not recognized as a component of net
postretirement benefit cost (benefit)

   ($ 198 )    $ 82   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

-90-


Table of Contents
     Years ended December 31,  
     2013      2012      2011  
     (in thousands)  

Net periodic plan cost included the following components:

        

Service cost

   $ 29       $ 30       $ 24   

Interest cost

     36         41         48   

Amortization of prior service cost

     21         26         23   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 86       $ 97       $ 95   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

A discount rate of 4.75% and 3.75% was assumed in the plan valuation for 2013 and 2012, respectively. As the benefit amount is not dependent upon compensation levels, a rate of increase in compensation assumption was not utilized in the plan valuation.

The director’s retirement plan holds no plan assets. The benefits expected to be paid in each of the next five years and in aggregate for the five years thereafter are as follows (in thousands):

 

2014

   $ 65   

2015

     75   

2016

     75   

2017

     70   

2018

     68   

2019-2023

     175   

The Company expects its contribution to the director’s retirement plan to be $65,000 in 2014.

The amount in accumulated other comprehensive loss expected to be recognized as a component of net periodic benefit cost in 2014 is $26,000.

NOTE 13—STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION

Employee Stock Option Plans

On May 21, 2009, the Company’s shareholders approved the 2009 Equity Compensation Program, which authorizes the granting of incentive stock options, supplemental stock options, restricted shares and restricted stock units to employees of the Company, including those employees serving as officers and directors of the Company. The plan authorizes the issuance of 2.2 million shares in connection with options and awards granted under the 2009 program.

The Company established the 2000 Equity Compensation Program which authorizes the granting of incentive stock options, supplemental stock options and restricted stock to employees of the Company which includes those employees serving as officers and directors of the Company. The plan authorized 2,488,748 shares of common stock of the Company. No further awards will be granted from the 2000 program.

On May 31, 2013, the Company granted options to purchase 50,000 shares (25,000 shares each) to two new non-employee directors of the Company at an exercise price of $9.91 per share under the 2009 program. The directors’ options are exercisable in five equal installments beginning on the date of grant and continuing on the next four anniversaries of the date of grant.

The estimated fair values were determined on the dates of grant using the Black-Scholes Option pricing model. The fair value of the Company’ stock option awards are expensed on a straight-line basis over the vesting period of the stock option. The risk-free rate is based on the implied yield on a U.S. Treasury bond with a term approximating the expected term of the option. The expected volatility computation is based on historical volatility over a period approximating the expected term of the option. The dividend yield is based on the annual

 

-91-


Table of Contents

dividend payment per share, divided by the grant date stock price. The expected option term is estimated examining historical terms on similar option grants and is a function of the option life and the vesting period.

The fair value of these options were estimated using the Black-Scholes pricing model with the following weighted average assumptions:

 

Risk-free interest rates

     1.55

Expected dividend yield

     2.82

Expected volatility

     45.45

Expected lives (years)

     7.00   

Weighted average fair value of options granted

   $ 3.48   

There were no stock options granted in 2012 or 2011. As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, 197,881 and 179,785 options granted to directors were outstanding, respectively.

The Company also assumed the outstanding options granted under Somerset Hills’ stock option plans at the time of merger. Based on the conversion ratio in the merger, the Company assumed options to purchase 376,372 shares of Lakeland stock in these plans at a weighted average exercise price of $6.65. The fair value of these options were estimated using the Black Scholes pricing model with the following range of assumptions:

 

Risk-free interest rates

   0.04%—1.55%

Expected dividend yield

   2.82%

Expected volatility

   13% to 47%

Expected lives (years)

   3 months—7 years

Weighted average fair value of options granted

   $ 3.98

As of December 31, 2013, there was 92,339 options outstanding under these plans.

As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, outstanding options to purchase common stock granted to key employees were 199,900 and 295,912, respectively.

Excess tax benefits (losses) of stock based compensation were $142,000, $4,000 and $(3,000) for the years 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

A summary of the status of the Company’s option plans as of December 31, 2013 and the changes during the year ending on that date is represented below.

 

     Number of
shares
    Weighted
average
exercise
price
     Weighted
average
remaining
contractual
term

(in years)
     Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
 

Outstanding, beginning of year

     475,697      $ 12.31          $ 53,853   

Granted

     426,372        7.03         

Exercised

     (346,869     7.41         

Expired

     (56,687     12.14         

Forfeited

     (8,393     12.95         
  

 

 

   

 

 

       

Outstanding, end of year

     490,120      $ 11.19         3.48       $ 754,938   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Options exercisable at year-end

     444,607      $ 11.35         2.91       $ 633,585   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

-92-


Table of Contents

A summary of the Company’s non-vested options under the Company’s option plans as of December 31, 2013 and changes for the year then ended is presented below.

 

Non-vested Options

   Shares     Weighted-
Average
Grant-
date Fair
Value
 

Non-vested, January 1, 2013

     11,026      $ 3.11   

Granted

     50,000        3.48   

Vested

     (15,513     3.36   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-vested, December 31, 2013

     45,513      $ 3.43   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2013, there was $124,000 of unrecognized compensation expense related to unvested stock options under the 2009 and 2000 Equity Compensation Programs. Compensation expense recognized for stock options was $72,000, $22,000 and $43,000 for 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

The aggregate intrinsic values of options exercised in 2013 was $1.5 million. Exercise of stock options during 2013 resulted in cash receipts of $2.2 million. There were no options exercised in 2012. The aggregate intrinsic values of options exercised in 2011 was $78,000. Exercise of stock options during 2011 resulted in cash receipts of $72,000. The total fair value of options that vested in 2013 and 2012 were $52,000 and $34,000, respectively.

In 2011, the Company granted 100,112 shares of restricted stock at a fair value of $9.40 per share under the Company’s 2009 equity compensation program. These shares vest over a five year period. The Company uses the straight line attribution method to record the expense on its restricted stock. Compensation expense on these shares is expected to average approximately $188,000 per year for the following five years. In 2012, the Company granted 91,269 shares of restricted stock at a grant date fair value of $9.50 per share under the Company’s 2009 equity compensation program. These shares vest over a five year period. Compensation expense on these shares is expected to average approximately $173,000 per year for the next five years. In 2013, the Company granted 104,182 shares of restricted stock at a grant date fair value of $9.88 per share under the Company’s 2009 equity compensation program. These shares vest over a five year period. Compensation expense on these shares is expected to average approximately $206,000 per year for the next five years.

Information regarding the Company’s restricted stock for the year ended December 31, 2013 is as follows:

 

     Number of
shares
    Weighted
average
price
 

Outstanding, January 1, 2013

     222,556      $ 9.15   

Granted

     104,182        9.87   

Vested

     (72,396     8.65   

Forfeited

     (4,561     9.99   
  

 

 

   

Outstanding, December 31, 2013

     249,781      $ 9.58   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The total fair value of the restricted stock vested during the year ended December 31, 2013 was approximately $896,000. Compensation expense recognized for restricted stock was $823,000, $724,000 and $584,000 in 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. There was approximately $1.4 million in unrecognized compensation expense related to restricted stock grants as of December 31, 2013, which is expected to be recognized over a period of 2.8 years.

 

-93-


Table of Contents

NOTE 14—COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Lease Obligations

Lakeland is obligated under various non-cancelable operating leases on building and land used for office space and banking purposes. These leases contain renewal options and escalation clauses. Rent expense under long-term operating leases amounted to approximately $2.5 million, $2.1 million and $1.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively, including rent expense to related parties of $180,000 in 2013, $227,000 in 2012, and $325,000, in 2011. At December 31, 2013, the minimum commitments under all noncancellable leases with remaining terms of more than one year and expiring through 2032 are as follows (in thousands):

 

Year

      

2014

   $ 2,526   

2015

     2,296   

2016

     1,934   

2017

     1,550   

2018

     1,306   

Thereafter

     10,287   
  

 

 

 
   $ 19,899   
  

 

 

 

Litigation

As previously reported, on or about February 15, 2013, the Company was served with a Civil Action Summons and Class Action Complaint, captioned Higgenbottom v. McClure, et al., that was filed in the Superior Court of New Jersey, Chancery Division, Somerset County, Docket No. C-12006-13. The complaint states that the plaintiff is bringing the class action on behalf of the public stockholders of Somerset Hills Bancorp against the Board of Directors of Somerset Hills for their alleged breach of fiduciary duties arising out of the Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of January 28, 2013, by and between the Company and Somerset Hills Bancorp. The merger with Somerset Hills closed on May 31, 2013.

The parties negotiated a settlement of the complaint, which was approved by the court by order dated January 30, 2014. No amounts are payable to the class under the settlement. The parties did not agree on the issue of the amount of attorney’s fees to be paid to the plaintiff. In its January 30, 2014 decision, the Court denied without prejudice the application for attorney’s fees, pending a hearing to be scheduled in the near future. Subsequent to the date of the court’s order, the parties agreed to a payment of plaintiff’s attorneys’ fees and costs in the amount of $52,500, which was approved by the court and paid by the insurance carrier.

There are no pending legal proceedings involving the Company or Lakeland other than those arising in the normal course of business. Management does not anticipate that the potential liability, if any, arising out of such legal proceedings will have a material effect on the financial condition or results of operations of the Company and Lakeland on a consolidated basis.

NOTE 15—FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS WITH OFF-BALANCE-SHEET RISK AND CONCENTRATIONS OF CREDIT RISK

Lakeland is party to financial instruments with off-balance-sheet risk in the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of its customers. These financial instruments include commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit. Such financial instruments are recorded in the consolidated financial statements when they become payable. Those instruments involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit and interest rate risk in excess of the amount recognized in the consolidated balance sheets. The contract or notional amounts of those instruments reflect the extent of involvement Lakeland has in particular classes of financial instruments.

 

-94-


Table of Contents

Lakeland’s exposure to credit loss in the event of non-performance by the other party to the financial instrument for commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit is represented by the contractual or notional amount of those instruments. Lakeland uses the same credit policies in making commitments and conditional obligations as it does for on-balance-sheet instruments.

Lakeland generally requires collateral or other security to support financial instruments with credit risk. The approximate contract amounts are as follows:

 

     December 31,  
     2013      2012  
     (in thousands)  

Financial instruments whose contract amounts represent credit risk

     

Commitments to extend credit

   $ 589,619       $ 430,641   

Standby letters of credit and financial guarantees written

     9,244         7,922   

At December 31, 2013 and 2012 there were $45,000 and $54,000, respectively, in commitments to lend additional funds to borrowers whose terms have been modified in troubled debt restructurings.

Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the contract. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. Since many of the commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements. Lakeland evaluates each customer’s creditworthiness on a case-by-case basis. The amount of collateral obtained, if deemed necessary by Lakeland upon extension of credit, is based on management’s credit evaluation.

Standby letters of credit are conditional commitments issued by Lakeland to guarantee the payment by or performance of a customer to a third party. The credit risk involved in issuing letters of credit is essentially the same as that involved in extending loan facilities to customers. Lakeland holds deposit accounts, residential or commercial real estate, accounts receivable, inventory and equipment as collateral to support those commitments for which collateral is deemed necessary. The extent of collateral held for those commitments at December 31, 2013 and 2012 varies based on management’s credit evaluation.

Lakeland issues financial and performance letters of credit. Financial letters of credit require Lakeland to make payment if the customer fails to make payment, as defined in the agreements. Performance letters of credit require Lakeland to make payments if the customer fails to perform certain non-financial contractual obligations. Lakeland defines the initial fair value of these letters of credit as the fees received from the customer. Lakeland records these fees as a liability when issuing the letters of credit and amortizes the fee over the life of the letter of credit.

The maximum potential undiscounted amount of future payments of these letters of credit as of December 31, 2013 is $9.2 million and they expire through 2024. Lakeland’s exposure under these letters of credit would be reduced by actual performance, subsequent termination by the beneficiaries and by any proceeds that Lakeland obtained in liquidating the collateral for the loans, which varies depending on the customer.

As of December 31, 2013, Lakeland had $589.6 million in loan and lease commitments, with $486.7 million maturing within one year, $55.5 million maturing after one year but within three years, $766,000 maturing after three years but within five years, and $46.6 million maturing after five years. As of December 31, 2013, Lakeland had $9.2 million in standby letters of credit, with $8.7 million maturing within one year, $459,000 maturing after one year but within three years, and $80,000 maturing after five years.

Lakeland grants loans primarily to customers in its immediately adjacent suburban counties which include Bergen, Morris, Passaic, Sussex, Warren, Somerset, Union and Essex counties in Northern New Jersey and surrounding areas. Certain of Lakeland’s consumer loans and lease customers are more diversified nationally.

 

-95-


Table of Contents

Although Lakeland has a diversified loan portfolio, a large portion of its loans are secured by commercial or residential real property. Although Lakeland has a diversified loan portfolio, a substantial portion of its debtors’ ability to honor their contracts is dependent upon the economy. Commercial and standby letters of credit were granted primarily to commercial borrowers.

NOTE 16—COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

The Company reports comprehensive income in addition to net income (loss) from operations. Comprehensive income is a more inclusive financial reporting methodology that includes disclosure of certain financial information that historically has not been recognized in the calculation of net income.

The following table shows the changes in the balances of each of the components of other comprehensive income for the periods presented:

 

      Year ended December 31, 2013  
     Before tax
amount
    Tax
Benefit
(Expense)
    Net of
tax amount
 
     (dollars in thousands)  

Unrealized losses on available for sale securities

      

Unrealized holding losses arising during period

   $ (13,675   $ 4,985      $ (8,690

Less reclassification adjustment for net gains realized in net income

     839        (330     509   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net unrealized losses on available for sale securities

     (14,514     5,315        (9,199

Change in pension liabilities

     866        (278     588   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive loss, net

   $ (13,648   $ 5,037      $ (8,611
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

     Year ended December 31, 2012  
     Before
tax
amount
     Tax
Benefit
(Expense)
    Net of
tax
amount
 
     (dollars in thousands)  

Unrealized gains on available for sale securities

       

Unrealized holding gains arising during period

   $ 2,697       $ (969   $ 1,728   

Less reclassification adjustment for net gains realized in net income

     1,049         (367     682   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net unrealized gains on available for sale securities

     1,648         (602     1,046   

Change in pension liabilities

     30         (11     19   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income, net

   $ 1,678       $ (613   $ 1,065   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

     Year ended December 31, 2011  
     Before
tax
amount
    Tax
Benefit
(Expense)
    Net of
tax
amount
 
     (dollars in thousands)  

Unrealized gains on available for sale securities

      

Unrealized holding gains arising during period

   $ 8,600      $ (3,155   $ 5,445   

Less reclassification adjustment for net gains realized in net income

     1,229        (430     799   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net unrealized gains on available for sale securities

     7,371        (2,725     4,646   

Change in pension liabilities

     (176     74        (102
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income, net

   $ 7,195      $ (2,651   $ 4,544   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

-96-


Table of Contents
    For the Year  Ended
December 31, 2013
    For the Year  Ended
December 31, 2012
    For the Year  Ended
December 31, 2011
 
    Unrealized
Gains and
Losses on

Available-
for-sale

Securities
    Pension Items     Total     Unrealized
Gains and
Losses on

Available-
for-sale

Securities
    Pension Items     Total     Unrealized
Gains and
Losses on

Available-
for-sale

Securities
    Pension Items     Total  

Beginning Balance

  $ 4,552      ($ 616   $ 3,936      $ 3,506      ($ 635   $ 2,871      ($ 1,140   ($ 533   ($ 1,673
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
    (in thousands)  

Other comprehensive income (loss) before classifications

    (8,690     588        (8,102     1,728        19        1,747        5,445        (102     5,343   

Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income

    (509     —          (509     (682     —          (682     (799     —          (799
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net current period other comprehensive income (loss)

    (9,199     588        (8,611     1,046        19        1,065        4,646        (102     4,544   

Ending balance

  ($ 4,647   ($ 28   ($ 4,675   $ 4,552      ($ 616   $ 3,936      $ 3,506      ($ 635   $ 2,871   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

* All amounts are net of tax.

NOTE 17—FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENT AND FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

Fair Value Measurement

Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in the principal or most advantageous market for an asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. U.S. GAAP establishes a fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair value into three broad levels giving the highest priority to unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (level 1 measurements) and the lowest level priority to unobservable inputs (level 3 measurements). The following describes the three levels of fair value hierarchy:

Level 1 – unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities; includes U.S. Treasury Notes, and other U.S. Government Agency securities that actively trade in over-the-counter markets; equity securities and mutual funds that actively trade in over-the-counter markets.

Level 2 – quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets; or quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active; or inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the asset or liability including yield curves, volatilities, and prepayment speeds.

Level 3 – unobservable inputs for the asset or liability that reflect the Company’s own assumptions about assumptions that market participants would use in the pricing of the asset or liability and that are consequently not based on market activity but upon particular valuation techniques.

The Company’s assets that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis are its available for sale investment securities and its interest rate swaps. The Company obtains fair values on its securities using information from a third party servicer. If quoted prices for securities are available in an active market, those securities are classified as Level 1 securities. The Company has a U.S. Treasury Note and certain equity securities that are classified as Level 1 securities. Level 2 securities were primarily comprised of U.S. Agency bonds, residential mortgage-backed securities, obligations of state and political subdivisions and corporate securities. Fair values were estimated primarily by obtaining quoted prices for similar assets in active markets or through the use of pricing models supported with market data information. Standard inputs include benchmark yields, reported trades, broker-dealer quotes, issuer spreads, bids and offers. On a quarterly basis, the Company reviews the pricing information received from the Company’s third party pricing service. This review includes a comparison to non-binding third-party quotes.

 

-97-


Table of Contents

The fair values of derivatives are based on valuation models using current market terms (including interest rates and fees), the remaining terms of the agreements and the credit worthiness of the counter-party as of the measurement date (Level 2).

The following table sets forth the Company’s financial assets that were accounted for at fair value on a recurring basis as of the periods presented by level within the fair value hierarchy. During the year ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company did not make any transfers between recurring Level 1 fair value measurements and recurring Level 2 fair value measurements. Financial assets and liabilities are classified in their entirety based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement:

 

December 31, 2013

   Quoted Prices in
Active Markets
for Identical
Assets

(Level 1)
     Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
     Significant
Unobservable
Inputs

(Level 3)
     Total
Fair Value
 
     (in thousands)  

Assets:

           

Investment securities, available for sale

           

U.S. treasury and government agencies

   $ 4,330         65,835       $ —         $ 70,165   

Mortgage backed securities

     —           304,502         —           304,502   

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

     —           36,873         —           36,873   

Corporate debt securities

     —           3,420         —           3,420   

Equity securities

     3,239         12,907         —           16,146   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total securities available for sale

     7,569         423,537         —           431,106   

Other Assets(a)

     —           562         —           562   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Assets

   $ 7,569         424,099         —         $ 431,668   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other Liabilities(a)

   $ —         $ 562       $ —         $ 562   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Liabilities

   $ —         $ 562       $ —         $ 562   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(a) Non-hedging interest rate derivatives

 

December 31, 2012

                           

Assets:

           

Investment securities, available for sale

           

U.S. treasury and government agencies

   $ 3,493       $ 83,078       $ —         $ 86,571   

Mortgage backed securities

     —           239,559         —           239,559   

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

     —           38,620         —           38,620   

Corporate debt securities

     —           13,444         —           13,444   

Equity securities

     2,010         13,506         —           15,516   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total securities available for sale

     5,503         388,207         —           393,710   

Other Assets(a)

     —           195         —           195   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Assets

   $ 5,503       $ 388,402       $ —         $ 393,905   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other Liabilities(a)

   $ —         $ 195       $ —         $ 195   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Liabilities

   $ —         $ 195       $ —         $ 195   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(a) Non-hedging interest rate derivatives

 

-98-


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth the Company’s financial assets subject to fair value adjustments (impairment) on a nonrecurring basis. Assets are classified in their entirety based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement:

 

December 31, 2013

   (Level 1)      (Level 2)      (Level 3)      Total
Fair Value
 
     (in thousands)  

Assets:

           

Impaired Loans and Leases

   $ —         $ —         $ 24,619       $ 24,619   

Loans held for sale

     —           1,206         —           1,206   

Other real estate owned and other repossessed assets

     —           —           520         520   

 

December 31, 2012

   (Level 1)      (Level 2)      (Level 3)      Total
Fair  Value
 
     (in thousands)  

Assets:

           

Impaired Loans and Leases

   $ —         $ —         $ 31,531       $ 31,531   

Other real estate owned and other repossessed assets

     —           —           529         529   

Impaired loans and leases are evaluated and valued at the time the loan is identified as impaired at the lower of cost or market value. Because most of Lakeland’s impaired loans are collateral dependant, fair value is generally measured based on the value of the collateral securing these loans and leases and is classified at a level 3 in the fair value hierarchy. Collateral may be real estate, accounts receivable, inventory, equipment and/or other business assets. The value of the real estate is assessed based on appraisals by qualified third party licensed appraisers. The appraisers may use the income approach to value the collateral using discount rates (with ranges of 5-11%) or capitalization rates (with ranges of 5-9%) to evaluate the property. The value of the equipment may be determined by an appraiser, if significant, inquiry through a recognized valuation resource, or by the value on the borrower’s financial statements. Field examiner reviews on business assets may be conducted based on the loan exposure and reliance on this type of collateral. Appraised and reported values may be discounted based on management’s historical knowledge, changes in market conditions from the time of valuation, and/or management’s expertise and knowledge of the client and client’s business. Impaired loans and leases are reviewed and evaluated on at least a quarterly basis for additional impairment and adjusted accordingly, based on the same factors identified above.

The Company has a held for sale loan portfolio that consists of residential mortgages that are being sold in the secondary market. The Company records these mortgages at the lower of cost or market value. Fair value is generally determined by the value of purchase commitments.

Other real estate owned (OREO) and other repossessed assets, representing property acquired through foreclosure, are carried at fair value less estimated disposal costs of the acquired property. Fair value on other real estate owned is based on the appraised value of the collateral using discount rates or capitalization rates similar to those used in impaired loan valuation. The fair value of other repossessed assets is estimated by inquiry through a recognized valuation resource.

Changes in the assumptions or methodologies used to estimate fair values may materially affect the estimated amounts. Changes in economic conditions, locally or nationally, could impact the value of the estimated amounts of impaired loans, OREO and other repossessed assets.

Fair Value of Certain Financial Instruments

Estimated fair values have been determined by the Company using the best available data and an estimation methodology suitable for each category of financial instruments. Management is concerned that there may not be reasonable comparability between institutions due to the wide range of permitted assumptions and methodologies in the absence of active markets. This lack of uniformity gives rise to a high degree of subjectivity in estimating financial instrument fair values.

 

-99-


Table of Contents

The estimation methodologies used, the estimated fair values, and recorded book balances at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012 are outlined below.

This summary, as well as the table below, excludes financial assets and liabilities for which carrying value approximates fair value. For financial assets, these include cash and cash equivalents. For financial liabilities, these include noninterest bearing demand deposits, savings and interest-bearing transaction accounts and federal funds sold and securities sold under agreements to repurchase. The estimated fair value of demand, savings and interest-bearing transaction accounts is the amount payable on demand at the reporting date. Carrying value is used because there is no stated maturity on these accounts, and the customer has the ability to withdraw the funds immediately. Also excluded from this summary and the following table are those financial instruments recorded at fair value on a recurring basis, as previously described.

The fair value of Investment Securities Held to Maturity was measured using information from the same third-party servicer used for Investment Securities Available for Sale using the same methodologies discussed above. Investment Securities Held to Maturity includes $5.2 million in short-term municipal bond anticipation notes that are non-rated and do not have an active secondary market or information readily available on standard financial systems. As a result, the securities are classified as Level 3 securities. These are investments in municipalities in the Company’s market area, and management performs a credit analysis on the municipality before investing in these securities.

Federal Home Loan Bank of New York (FHLB) stock is an equity interest that can be sold to the issuing FHLB, to other FHLBs, or to other member banks at its par value. Because ownership of these securities is restricted, they do not have a readily determinable fair value. As such, the Company’s FHLB Stock is recorded at cost or par value and is evaluated for impairment each reporting period by considering the ultimate recoverability of the investment rather than temporary declines in value. The Company’s evaluation primarily includes an evaluation of liquidity, capitalization, operating performance, commitments, and regulatory or legislative events.

The net loan portfolio at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012 has been valued using a present value discounted cash flow where market prices were not available. The discount rate used in these calculations is the estimated current market rate for new loans with similar credit risk. The valuation of our loan portfolio is consistent with accounting guidance but does not fully incorporate the exit price approach.

For fixed maturity certificates of deposit, fair value was estimated based on the present value of discounted cash flows using the rates currently offered for deposits of similar remaining maturities. The carrying amount of accrued interest payable approximates its fair value.

The fair value of long-term debt is based upon the discounted value of contractual cash flows. The Company estimates the discount rate using the rates currently offered for similar borrowing arrangements. The fair value of subordinated debentures is based on bid/ask prices from brokers for similar types of instruments.

The fair values of commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit are estimated using the fees currently charged to enter into similar agreements, taking into account the remaining terms of the agreements and the present creditworthiness of the counterparties. For fixed-rate loan commitments, fair value also considers the difference between current levels of interest rates and the committed rates. The fair value of guarantees and letters of credit is based on fees currently charged for similar agreements or on the estimated cost to terminate them or otherwise settle the obligations with the counterparties at the reporting date. The fair values of commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit are deemed immaterial.

 

-100-


Table of Contents

The following table presents the carrying values, fair values and placement in the fair value hierarchy of the Company’s financial instruments as of December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012:

 

December 31, 2013

   Carrying
Value
     Fair
Value
     Quoted Prices in
Active Markets
for Identical
Assets

(Level 1)
     Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs

(Level 2)
     Significant
Unobservable
Inputs

(Level 3)
 
      (in thousands)  

Financial Instruments—Assets

  

Investment securities held to maturity

   $ 101,744       $ 100,394       $ —         $ 95,194       $ 5,200   

Federal Home Loan and other membership bank stock

     7,938         7,938         —           7,938         —     

Loans and leases, net

     2,439,195         2,432,447         —           —           2,432,447   

Financial Instruments—Liabilities

              

Certificates of Deposit

     296,086         296,237         —           296,237         —     

Other borrowings

     119,000         121,870         —           121,870         —     

Subordinated debentures

     41,238         27,835         —           —           27,835   

December 31, 2012

                                  

Financial Assets:

              

Investment securities held to maturity

   $ 96,925       $ 99,784       $ —         $ 87,336       $ 12,448   

Federal Home Loan and other membership bank stock

     5,382         5,382         —           5,382         —     

Loans and leases

     2,146,843         2,154,507         —           —           2,154,507   

Financial Liabilities:

              

Certificates of Deposit

     303,792         305,398         —           305,398         —     

Other borrowings

     85,000         91,325         —           91,325         —     

Subordinated debentures

     51,548         33,403         —           —           33,403   

NOTE 18—DERIVATIVES

Lakeland is a party to interest rate derivatives that are not designated as hedging instruments. These derivatives relate to interest rate swaps that Lakeland enters into with customers to allow customers to convert variable rate loans to a fixed rate. Lakeland pays interest to the customer at a floating rate on the notional amount and receives interest from the customer at a fixed rate for the same notional amount. At the same time the interest rate swap is entered into with the customer, an offsetting interest rate swap is entered into with another financial institution. Lakeland pays the other financial institution interest at the same fixed rate on the same notional amount as the swap entered into with the customer, and receives interest from the financial institution for the same floating rate on the same notional amount. The changes in the fair value of the swaps offset each other, except for the credit risk of the counterparties, which is determined by taking into consideration the risk rating, probability of default and loss given default for all counterparties. Lakeland does not typically require its commercial customers to post cash or securities as collateral on its program of back-to-back swaps. However, certain language is written into the International Swaps and Derivatives Association agreement and loan documents where, in default situations, Lakeland is allowed to access collateral supporting the loan relationship to recover any losses suffered on the derivative asset or liability. As of December 31, 2013, Lakeland had $1.5 million in securities pledged for collateral on its interest rate swap with the financial institution.

 

-101-


Table of Contents

The following table presents summary information regarding these derivatives for the periods presented (dollars in thousands):

 

December 31, 2013   Notional Amount     Average
Maturity (Years)
    Weighted Average
Rate Fixed
    Weighted Average
Variable Rate
    Fair Value  

3rd party interest rate swaps

  $ 17,691        6.7        3.830     1Mo Libor + 2.21      ($ 562

Customer interest rate swaps

    (17,691     6.7        3.830     1Mo Libor + 2.21        562   

 

December 31, 2012   Notional Amount     Average
Maturity(Years)
    Weighted Average
Rate Fixed
    Weighted Average
Variable Rate
    Fair Value  

3rd party interest rate swaps

  $ 6,400        10.1        4.625     1Mo Libor + 2.61      $ 195   

Customer interest rate swaps

    (6,400     10.1        4.625     1Mo Libor + 2.61      ($ 195

The following shows Lakeland’s transactions that are subject to an enforceable master netting arrangement or other such similar agreements for the periods presented:

December 31, 2013

Offsetting of Financial Assets and Derivative Assets

                Gross Amounts not Offset in
the Balance Sheet
 
      Gross Amounts
of Recognized
Assets
     Gross Amounts
Offset in the
Balance Sheet
    Net Amounts of
Assets
Presented in the
Balance Sheet
     Financial
Instruments
 
     (in thousands)  

Description

          

Customer interest rate swaps

   $ 17,691       ($ 17,129   $ 562       $ —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 17,691       ($ 17,129   $ 562       $ —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

Offsetting of Financial Liabilities and Derivative Liabilities

                Gross Amounts not Offset in
the Balance Sheet
 
      Gross Amounts
of Recognized
Liabilities
     Gross Amounts
Offset in the
Balance Sheet
    Net Amounts of
Liabilities
Presented in the
Balance Sheet
     Financial
Instruments
 
     (in thousands)  

Description

          

Third party interest rate swaps

   $ 17,691       ($ 17,129   $ 562       $ —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 17,691       ($ 17,129   $ 562       $ —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

December 31, 2012

Offsetting of Financial Assets and Derivative Assets

                Gross Amounts not Offset in
the Balance Sheet
 
      Gross Amounts
of Recognized
Assets
     Gross Amounts
Offset in the
Balance Sheet
    Net Amounts of
Assets
Presented in the
Balance Sheet
     Financial
Instruments
 
     (in thousands)  

Description

          

Third party interest rate swaps

   $ 6,400       ($ 6,205   $ 195       $ —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 6,400       ($ 6,205   $ 195       $ —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

Offsetting of Financial Liabilities and Derivative Liabilities

                Gross Amounts not Offset in
the Balance Sheet
 
      Gross Amounts
of Recognized
Liabilities
     Gross Amounts
Offset in the
Balance Sheet
    Net Amounts of
Liabilities
Presented in the
Balance Sheet
     Financial
Instruments
 
     (in thousands)  

Description

          

Customer interest rate swaps

   $ 6,400       ($ 6,205   $ 195       $ —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 6,400       ($ 6,205   $ 195       $ —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

-102-


Table of Contents

NOTE 19—REGULATORY MATTERS

The Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 restricts the amount of dividends the Company can pay. Accordingly, dividends should generally only be paid out of current earnings, as defined.

The New Jersey Banking Act of 1948 restricts the amount of dividends paid on the capital stock of New Jersey chartered banks. Accordingly, no dividends shall be paid by such banks on their capital stock unless, following the payment of such dividends, the capital stock of Lakeland will be unimpaired, and: (1) Lakeland will have a surplus, as defined, of not less than 50% of its capital stock, or, if not, (2) the payment of such dividend will not reduce the surplus, as defined, of Lakeland. Under these limitations, approximately $248.5 million was available for payment of dividends from Lakeland to the Company as of December 31, 2013.

The Company and Lakeland are subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the federal banking agencies. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory—and possible additional discretionary – actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Company’s and Lakeland’s consolidated financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Company must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of the Company’s and Lakeland’s assets, liabilities and certain off-balance-sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The Company’s and Lakeland’s capital amounts and classifications are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings and other factors.

Quantitative measures established by regulations to ensure capital adequacy require the Company and Lakeland to maintain minimum amounts and ratios (set forth in the table below) of total and Tier 1 capital (as defined in the regulations) to risk-weighted assets, and of Tier 1 capital to average assets. Management believes, as of December 31, 2013, that the Company and Lakeland met all capital adequacy requirements to which they are subject.

As of December 31, 2013, the most recent notification from the FDIC categorized Lakeland as well capitalized under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. To be categorized as well capitalized, Lakeland must maintain minimum total risk-based, Tier 1 risk-based and Tier 1 leverage ratios as set forth in the table. There are no conditions or events since that notification that management believes have changed the institution’s category.

As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company and Lakeland have the following capital ratios:

 

     Actual     For capital
adequacy purposes
    To be well capitalized
under prompt corrective
action provisions
 
     Amount      Ratio     Amount      Ratio     Amount      Ratio  
    (dollars in thousands)  

As of December 31, 2013

              

Total capital (to risk-weighted assets)

              

Company

  $ 313,499         12.98   >$ 193,166         > 8.00     N/A         N/A   

Lakeland

    296,334         12.29        192,819         8.00      > $ 241,023         > 10.00

Tier 1 capital (to risk-weighted assets)

              

Company

  $ 283,307         11.73   >$ 96,583         > 4.00     N/A         N/A   

Lakeland

    266,195         11.04        96,409         4.00        > 144,614         > 6.00

Tier 1 capital (to average assets)

              

Company

  $ 283,307         8.90   >$ 127,281         > 4.00     N/A         N/A   

Lakeland

    266,195         8.38        127,104         4.00        > 158,879         > 5.00

 

-103-


Table of Contents
      Actual     For capital
adequacy purposes
    To be well capitalized
under prompt corrective
action provisions
 
      Amount      Ratio     Amount      Ratio     Amount      Ratio  
     (dollars in thousands)  

As of December 31, 2012

               

Total capital (to risk-weighted assets)

               

Company

   $ 265,894         12.77   >$ 166,561         > 8.00     N/A         N/A   

Lakeland

     247,680         11.92        166,273         8.00        > 207,842         > 10.00

Tier 1 capital (to risk-weighted assets)

               

Company

   $ 239,819         11.52     > 83,281         > 4.00     N/A         N/A   

Lakeland

     221,650         10.66        83,137         4.00        > 124,705         > 6.00

Tier 1 capital (to average assets)

               

Company

   $ 239,819         8.62     > 111,256         > 4.00     N/A         N/A   

Lakeland

     221,650         7.98        111,082         4.00        > 138,852         > 5.00

NOTE 20—CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION – PARENT COMPANY ONLY:

CONDENSED BALANCE SHEETS

 

     December 31,  
      2013      2012  
     (in thousands)  

ASSETS

  

Cash and due from banks

   $ 7,478       $ 10,349   

Investment securities available for sale

     3,248         2,375   

Investment in subsidiaries

     374,738         313,575   

Other assets

     7,530         6,461   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL ASSETS

   $ 392,994       $ 332,760   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

     

Other liabilities

   $ 332       $ 345   

Subordinated debentures

     41,238         51,548   

Common stockholders’ equity

     351,424         280,867   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

   $ 392,994       $ 332,760   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

-104-


Table of Contents

CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2013     2012     2011  
     (in thousands)  

INCOME

  

Dividends from subsidiaries

   $ 20,916      $ 31,300      $ 31,845   

Other income

     1,640        403        227   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

TOTAL INCOME

     22,556        31,703        32,072   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

EXPENSE

      

Interest on subordinated debentures

     1,286        3,664        4,443   

Noninterest expenses

     2,551        1,718        1,634   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

TOTAL EXPENSE

     3,837        5,382        6,077   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before benefit for income taxes

     18,719        26,321        25,995   

Income taxes benefit

     (722     (1,654     (1,960
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before equity in undistributed income of subsidiaries

     19,441        27,975        27,955   

Equity in undistributed income (loss) of subsidiaries

     5,528        (6,233     (8,104
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

NET INCOME

   $ 24,969      $ 21,742      $ 19,851   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest on preferred stock and discount accretion

     —          620        2,167   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Income Available to Common Shareholders

   $ 24,969      $ 21,122      $ 17,684   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

-105-


Table of Contents

CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2013     2012     2011  
     (in thousands)  

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES

  

Net income

   $ 24,969      $ 21,742      $ 19,851   

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:

      

Share based compensation

     895        746        627   

Gain on securities

     (359     —          —     

Gain on land held for sale

     —          (235     —     

Gain on early extinguishment

     (1,197     —          —     

Increase in other assets

     (954     (1,553     (1,660

Increase (decrease) in other liabilities

     25        (610     3   

Equity in undistributed (income) loss of subsidiaries

     (5,528     6,233        8,104   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

NET CASH PROVIDED BY OPERATING ACTIVITIES

     17,851        26,323        26,925   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES

      

Net cash used in acquisition

     (6,233     —          —     

Purchases of securities

     (415     (53     (38

Sale of land held for sale

     —          1,042        —     

Proceeds from sale of securities available for sale

     654        —          —     

Contribution to subsidiary

     —          —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

NET CASH (USED) PROVIDED BY IN INVESTING ACTIVITIES

     (5,994     989        (38
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES

      

Cash dividends paid on common and preferred stock

     (8,152     (5,992     (6,327

Issuance of stock to the dividend reinvestment and stock purchase plan

     186        160        185   

Proceeds on issuance of stock, net

     —          25,040        —     

Redemption of subordinated debentures, net

     (9,113     (25,000     —     

Redemption of preferred stock

     —          (19,000     (20,000

Warrant repurchase

     —          (2,800     —     

Excess tax benefits

     142        4        (3

Exercise of stock options

     2,209        —          72   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

NET CASH USED IN FINANCING ACTIVITIES

     (14,728     (27,588     (26,073
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     (2,871     (276     814   

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year

     10,349        10,625        9,811   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, END OF YEAR

   $ 7,478      $ 10,349      $ 10,625   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

-106-


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Stockholders

Lakeland Bancorp, Inc.:

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of Lakeland Bancorp, Inc. and Subsidiaries (the Company) as of December 31, 2013, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income, changes in stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for the year then-ended. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Lakeland Bancorp, Inc. and Subsidiaries as of December 31, 2013, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2013, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework (1992) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) and our report dated April 28, 2014 expressed an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

/s/ KPMG LLP

Short Hills, New Jersey

April 28, 2014

 

-107-


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

Board of Directors and Stockholders

Lakeland Bancorp, Inc.

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Lakeland Bancorp, Inc. (a New Jersey corporation) and its subsidiaries (collectively, the Company) as of December 31, 2012, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income, changes in stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2012. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Lakeland Bancorp, Inc. and its subsidiaries as of December 31, 2012, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2012 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

/s/ Grant Thornton LLP

March 15, 2013

 

-108-


Table of Contents

ITEM 9—Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure.

Not Applicable

ITEM 9AControls and Procedures.

Disclosure Controls

As of the end of the period covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K, the Company’s management, including the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, carried out an evaluation of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) pursuant to Securities Exchange Act Rule 15d-15(b).

Based on their evaluation as of December 31, 2013, the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have concluded that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) are effective in ensuring that the information required to be disclosed by the Company in the reports that the Company files or submits under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in SEC rules and forms and are operating in an effective manner and that such information is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

The management of Lakeland Bancorp, Inc. and its subsidiaries (the “Company”) is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

The Company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and includes those policies and procedures that:

 

   

Pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the Company;

 

   

Provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the Company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and the board of directors of the Company; and

 

   

Provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the Company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions or because of declines in the degree of compliance with policies or procedures.

The Company’s management assessed the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013. In making this assessment, the Company’s management used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”) in Internal Control-Integrated Framework (1992).

As of December 31, 2013, based on management’s assessment, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting was effective.

 

-109-


Table of Contents

Our independent registered public accounting firm, KPMG LLP, audited our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013. Their report, dated April 28, 2014, expressed an unqualified opinion on our internal control over financial reporting.

Changes in Internal Controls Over Financial Reporting

There have been no changes in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the quarter ended December 31, 2013 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

-110-


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Stockholders

Lakeland Bancorp, Inc.:

We have audited Lakeland Bancorp, Inc. and Subsidiaries’ (the Company) internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (1992) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Controls over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (1992) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheet of the Company as of December 31, 2013, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income, changes in stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2013, and our report dated April 28, 2014 expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements.

/s/ KPMG LLP

Short Hills, New Jersey

April 28, 2014

 

-111-


Table of Contents
ITEM 9B Other Information.

None.

 

-112-


Table of Contents

PART III

ITEM 10—Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance.

Information concerning the Company’s directors is set forth below. Table I sets forth the names and ages of those directors whose terms expire at the Company’s 2014 Annual Meeting of Shareholders and the nominees of the Board of Directors (the “Board”) for election to the Board at the 2014 Annual Meeting, the positions and offices presently held by each such person within Lakeland, the period during which each such person has served on Lakeland’s Board, the expiration of their respective terms and the principal occupations and employment of each such person during the past five years. Except as otherwise indicated, Table II sets forth comparable information with respect to those directors whose terms of office will continue beyond the date of the Annual Meeting. Unless otherwise indicated, positions have been held for more than five years.

All of the persons named in both tables have been directors of Lakeland and Lakeland Bank for at least five years, except that Mr. Flynn was appointed to the Boards of Lakeland and Lakeland Bank on June 9, 2010, and Messrs. Deutsch and Marino were appointed to the Boards of Lakeland and Lakeland Bank on May 31, 2013, upon the closing of the mergers of Somerset Hills Bancorp into Lakeland and of Somerset Hills Bank into Lakeland Bank.

 

-113-


Table of Contents

TABLE I

DIRECTORS WHOSE TERMS EXPIRE AT THE 2014 ANNUAL MEETING AND WHO ARE THE BOARD’S NOMINEES FOR ELECTION TO THE BOARD

 

NAME AND AGE

   DIRECTOR
SINCE
   EXPIRATION
OF TERM IF
ELECTED
AT 2014
ANNUAL
MEETING
 

BUSINESS EXPERIENCE

Roger Bosma

 

Age 71

   1999    2015

 

(upon
retirement)

  President and CEO, Lakeland Bancorp, Inc. (6/1/99 to 4/2/08); President and CEO, Lakeland Bank (1/1/02 to 4/2/08)

Mark J. Fredericks

 

Age 53

   1994    2017   President of Fredericks Fuel & Heating Service, Oak Ridge, NJ (1/1/02 to present); President of Keil Oil Company, Riverdale, NJ (1986 to present)

Janeth C. Hendershot

 

Age 59

   2004    2017   Global Project Team Lead, Munich Re Group (prior to 2/1/10); Insurance Company Operations General Manager, Senior Vice President, Munich-American Risk Partners at Munich Reinsurance America, Inc. (prior to 12/1/06); President, Exchange Insurance Company and Regional Vice President at Selective Insurance Group (prior to 10/1/97)

Robert B. Nicholson, III

 

Age 49

   2003    2017   President and Chief Executive Officer, Eastern Propane Corporation (1988 to present); President and Chief Executive Officer, Eastern Propane Energy Corporation (1993 to present); General Partner, Eastern Properties, L.P. (1999 to present); Managing Member, East Coast Development Associates, LLC (2004 to present); President and CEO, Landmark America Corporation (1988 to present)

Edward B. Deutsch

 

Age 67

   2013    2017   Managing Partner, McElroy, Deutsch, Mulvaney & Carpenter, LLP (law firm); Director of Somerset Hills Bancorp and Somerset Hills Bank (2003 to May 31, 2013)

Thomas J. Marino

 

Age 66

   2013    2016   Co-CEO, CohnReznickLLP (accounting and consulting firm); Director of Somerset Hills Bancorp and Somerset Hills Bank (2003 to May 31, 2013)

 

-114-


Table of Contents

TABLE II

CONTINUING DIRECTORS

 

NAME AND AGE

   DIRECTOR
SINCE
   EXPIRATION
OF TERM
  

BUSINESS

EXPERIENCE

Bruce D. Bohuny

Age 45

   2007    2015    President, Brooks Ltd. Builders, Franklin Lakes, NJ (10/1993 to present) (construction company)

Mary Ann Deacon

Age 62

   1995    2015    Chairman, Lakeland Bancorp, Inc. and Lakeland Bank (5/24/11 to present); Vice Chairman, Lakeland Bancorp, Inc. and Lakeland Bank (1/14/10 to 5/23/2011); Secretary/Treasurer of Deacon Homes, Inc. (1980 to present) (real estate development), Sparta, NJ

Joseph P. O’Dowd

Age 67

   1998    2015    President and Owner of O’Dowd Advertising of Montville, NJ (4/14/82 to present); partner of O’Dowd Associates (real estate holding company) (7/1/86 to present) and O’Dowd Realty (7/1/86 to present)

Brian Flynn

Age 54

   2010    2015    Partner, O’Connor Davies, LLP in Paramus, NJ (1981 to present); Director, TD Bank, N.A. (formerly TD Banknorth, N.A.) and TD Banknorth, Inc. and Member of Audit Committee (February 2006 to February 2007); Director and Member of Audit Committee, Hudson United Bancorp and Hudson United Bank (January 2004 to January 2006)

Robert E. McCracken

Age 56

   2004    2016    Sole managing member and owner (11/98 to present), REM, LLC (a real estate and investment company), Newton, NJ; owner/manager (1/00 to present), Wood Funeral Home, Branchville, NJ; owner/ manager (10/90 to present), Smith-McCracken Funeral Home, Newton, NJ

Thomas J. Shara

Age 56

   2008    2016    President and CEO, Lakeland Bancorp, Inc. and Lakeland Bank (4/2/08 to present); President and Chief Credit Officer (5/07 to 4/1/08) and Executive Vice President and Senior Commercial Banking Officer (2/06 to 5/07), TD Banknorth, N.A.’s Mid-Atlantic Division; Executive Vice President and Senior Loan Officer, Hudson United Bancorp and Hudson United Bank (prior years to 2/06)

Stephen R. Tilton, Sr.

Age 67

   2001    2016    Chairman, Tilton Automotive LLC (5/08 to present); Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, Tilton Securities LLC, Upper Montclair, NJ (investment trader) (10/98 to present); Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, Chaumont Holdings, Inc. (real estate holding company) (9/92 to present); Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, Fletcher Holdings, LLC (commercial real estate company) (10/98 to present); Chairman, Lottery Hill Holdings, LLC (commercial real estate company) (3/04 to present)

 

-115-


Table of Contents

There have been no material changes to the procedures by which security holders may recommend nominees to the Company’s Board after the Company last provided disclosure of these procedures in its definitive proxy statement and prospectus pertaining to its 2013 annual meeting of shareholders.

Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance

Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder require Lakeland’s directors, executive officers and 10% shareholders to file with the SEC certain reports regarding such persons’ ownership of Lakeland’s securities. Lakeland is required to disclose any failures to file such reports on a timely basis. Based solely upon a review of the copies of the forms or information furnished to Lakeland, Lakeland believes that during 2013, all filing requirements applicable to its directors and officers were satisfied on a timely basis except that Mr. Deutsch failed to report on a timely basis a sale by his wife on December 3, 2013. The failure to file on a timely basis was inadvertent, and the filing was made promptly after the failure to file was noted.

Code of Ethics

Lakeland is required to disclose whether it has adopted a code of ethics that applies to its principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller or persons performing similar functions. Lakeland has adopted such a code of ethics and has posted a copy of the code on its internet website at the internet address: http://www.lakelandbank.com. Copies of the code may be obtained free of charge from the Company’s website at the above internet address.

Audit Committee; Audit Committee Financial Expert

The Audit Committee of the Company’s Board, consisting of Joseph P. O’Dowd (Chairman), Robert E. McCracken, Brian Flynn and Thomas J. Marino, is responsible for reviewing the reports submitted by Lakeland’s independent registered public accounting firm and internal auditor and for reporting to the Board on significant audit and accounting principles, policies, and practices related to Lakeland. The Board has determined that all members of the Audit Committee satisfy SEC and NASDAQ definitions of independence.

The Company is required to disclose whether the Board of Directors has determined that a member of the Audit Committee is an “audit committee financial expert”, as that term is defined in rules adopted by the SEC, and, if not, why not. Lakeland’s Board has determined that Brian Flynn and Thomas J. Marino, directors and members of the Audit Committee, are audit committee financial experts.

See Item 3A— Executive Officers of the Registrant for certain information concerning the Company’s executive officers.

 

-116-


Table of Contents
ITEM 11—Executive Compensation.

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Compensation Discussion and Analysis

Overview

The following discussion provides an overview and analysis of the Compensation Committee’s philosophy and objectives in designing the Company’s compensation programs as well as the compensation determinations relating to our named executive officers, or NEOs. For 2013, our NEOs were:

 

Name

  

Title

Thomas J. Shara    President and Chief Executive Officer of Lakeland Bancorp and Lakeland Bank
Joseph F. Hurley    Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Lakeland Bancorp and Lakeland Bank
Robert A. Vandenbergh    Senior Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer of Lakeland Bancorp and Regional President of Lakeland Bank
Ronald E. Schwarz    Executive Vice President and Chief Retail Officer of Lakeland Bancorp and Lakeland Bank
Louis E. Luddecke    Executive Vice President and Chief Operations Officer of Lakeland Bancorp and Lakeland Bank

This discussion should be read together with the compensation tables for our NEOs, which can be found following this discussion.

Executive Summary

Financial and Strategic Highlights

Lakeland completed another successful year in 2013 from both a financial performance and growth perspective. We expanded through the completed acquisition of Somerset Hills Bancorp in May 2013, which increased our total assets to $3.3 billion. Our earnings and capital ended the year at record levels, asset quality continued to improve, and net interest margin was stable. As a result of one-time merger-related expenses, 2013 reported results were down slightly from 2012. However, excluding the acquisition and integration costs, our financial performance was at or above 2012 levels.

Financial highlights include:

 

   

Net income available to common shareholders increased $3.8 million or 18% to $25.0 million in 2013. Included in 2013 earnings was $2.8 million in expenses related to the merger with Somerset Hills Bancorp. Exclusive of these expenses, net income was $27.1 million and fully diluted earnings per share for 2013 was $0.81 per common share, a 7% increase over the $0.76 reported in 2012.

 

   

The Somerset Hills acquisition, which was consummated on May 31, 2013, added six full service branches, $356.1 million in total assets, $10.4 million in investment securities, $246.5 million in loans (including $2.5 million in residential mortgages held for sale), and $311.8 million in deposits ($80.8 million in non-interest bearing demand deposits and $231.0 million in interest-bearing deposits) at fair value.

 

   

Excluding the loans acquired in the Somerset Hills acquisition, total loans increased $79.2 million, or 4%, from 2012 to 2013. Commercial Real Estate Loans increased $120.1 million, or 11%, from December 31, 2012 to December 31, 2013 excluding the impact of the Somerset Hills loans.

 

-117-


Table of Contents
   

Non-performing assets declined $11.1 million, or 39%, to $17.5 million at December 31, 2013 compared to December 31, 2012. The Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses at December 31, 2013 was 176% of non-accruing loans compared to 103% at December 31, 2012.

 

   

As a result of improving loan quality, the provision for loan and lease losses was reduced from $14.9 million in 2012 to $9.3 million in 2013.

 

   

The Company’s net interest margin at 3.69% for 2013 remained stable throughout the year and compared to 3.70% in 2012.

 

   

During 2013, the Company acquired and extinguished $9.0 million of Lakeland Bancorp Capital Trust I debentures and recorded a $1.2 million pre-tax gain on extinguishment of debt.

Key NEO Compensation Decisions

Our compensation decisions for 2013 reflected our strong performance during the year as well as the successful completion of the Somerset Hills acquisition and integration. In addition, the Compensation Committee significantly redesigned our existing annual and long-term incentive plans to bring award opportunities more in line with market practice while enhancing the link between compensation and corporate, as well as individual, performance.

 

   

Salaries: For each of our NEOs other than Mr. Shara, base salaries increased three to four percent in recognition of our solid performance in 2012 and general market movement in executive compensation. Mr. Shara’s base salary increased nine percent as a reflection of his leadership and Lakeland’s continuing growth and success.

 

   

Cash Incentives: The Company generally performed above targeted performance levels in 2013 and achieved its performance triggers relating to asset quality and capital levels. In addition, our NEOs achieved a majority of their individual goals at or above target performance level. As a result, cash incentive payouts under our 2013 Annual Incentive Plan were above target for each of our NEOs, ranging from 103% to 107% of target.

 

   

Long-Term Incentives for 2012 performance: We granted restricted stock to our NEOs in early 2013 based on Company and individual performance in 2012. Award values were determined based on formalized corporate performance goals and the Compensation Committee’s assessment of individual performance. Based on these factors, executives received equity ranging from 112% to 114% of targeted payout levels.

 

   

Long-Term Incentives for 2013 performance: We granted restricted stock units to our NEOs in early 2014 based on Company and individual performance in 2013. Fifty percent of the total award opportunity was determined based on a formulaic assessment of corporate performance, while the remaining 50% of the award opportunity was determined based on the Committee’s subjective assessment of corporate and individual performance. As a result of these considerations, restricted stock unit awards ranged from 99% to 104% of target.

Say on Pay Vote

The Compensation Committee evaluates the Company’s executive compensation programs in light of market conditions, shareholder views, and governance considerations, and makes changes as appropriate. As required by the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, the Company is required to permit a separate non-binding shareholder vote to approve the compensation of its executives. The Company held this advisory “say-on-pay” vote at the 2013 annual shareholders meeting. Shareholders overwhelmingly approved the compensation of the executives, with 96% of shareholder votes cast in favor of the say-on-pay proposal.

 

-118-


Table of Contents

The Company considered the number of votes cast in favor of the 2013 say-on-pay proposal to be a positive endorsement of its current pay practices and believes the vote result is evidence that its compensation policies and decisions have been in the best interests of shareholders. The Company will continue to monitor the level of support for each say-on-pay proposal in the future and will consider this alongside other factors as it makes future executive compensation decisions.

Executive Compensation Philosophy

Our compensation program is designed to attract highly qualified individuals, retain those individuals in a competitive marketplace for executive talent and reward performance in a manner that maximizes our corporate performance while ensuring that these programs do not encourage unnecessary or excessive risks that threaten the value of our Company. We seek to align individual executives’ performance and their long-term interests with our long-term strategic business objectives and shareholder value. We believe that the executive compensation program that we provide fulfills these objectives and motivates key executives to remain with Lakeland for productive careers.

Our compensation philosophy is determined by our Board of Directors based upon the recommendations of the Compensation Committee, which is comprised solely of independent directors. The Compensation Committee annually reviews our mix of short-term versus long-term incentives and seeks a reasonable balance of those incentives. The guiding principle of our compensation philosophy is that the compensation of our executive officers should be based primarily on the financial and strategic performance of Lakeland, and partially on individual performance. While this “pay-for-performance” philosophy requires the Compensation Committee to first consider Lakeland’s profitability, the Committee does not intend to reward unnecessary or excessive risk taking. These principles are reflected in the specific elements of our compensation program, particularly our annual and long-term incentive programs, as described below.

Role of the Compensation Committee

The Compensation Committee is responsible for the design, implementation and administration of the compensation programs for our executive officers and directors. The Compensation Committee completed the following actions relative to 2013 executive compensation:

 

   

Reviewed and approved base salary increases

 

   

Reviewed and approved the 2013 Executive Incentive Plan

 

   

Reviewed and approved cash incentive payments for NEOs for 2013 performance

 

   

Reviewed and approved equity awards granted in 2013 to NEOs for 2012 performance

 

   

Reviewed the compensation peer group

 

   

Reviewed contractual arrangements for NEOs

 

   

Reviewed stock ownership requirements of NEOs

 

   

Reviewed the Company’s compensation philosophy

Role and Relationship of the Compensation Consultant

As permitted by the Compensation Committee charter, the Committee periodically engages an independent outside compensation consultant to advise the Committee on executive compensation matters. In 2012 and 2013, the Committee retained McLagan, an Aon Hewitt company, to provide independent executive compensation advice and market compensation information. Pursuant to the terms of its retention, McLagan reported directly to the Compensation Committee, which retains sole authority to select, retain, terminate, and approve the fees and other retention terms of its relationship with McLagan.

 

-119-


Table of Contents

During 2012 and 2013, McLagan assisted the Compensation Committee with the following initiatives, used to support compensation decisions for 2013:

 

   

Advised the Committee on changes in industry compensation practices and provided insight on emerging regulations

 

   

Provided recommendations to the Committee regarding salaries and the appropriate level of cash incentives and equity awards

 

   

Assisted in the re-design and implementation of the Company’s executive incentive program

 

   

Advised the Committee regarding executive employment and change-in-control agreements

The Committee evaluated McLagan’s analysis and recommendations alongside other factors when making compensation decisions affecting our 2013 executive compensation program and when submitting its own recommendations to the Board on these matters.

Role of Management

The CEO and COO assist the Compensation Committee in recommending agenda items for its meetings and by gathering and producing information for these meetings. As requested by the Compensation Committee, the CEO and COO participate in Committee meetings to discuss executive compensation, evaluate the performance of both the Company and individual executives, and provide pertinent financial, legal, or operational information. The CEO and COO provide their insights and suggestions regarding compensation, but only Compensation Committee members vote on executive compensation decisions and other Company compensation matters under their purview for recommendation to the Board of Directors.

In 2013, the CEO and COO made recommendations to the Committee regarding base salaries, incentive goals, and equity awards for executives other than themselves. The Committee retained discretion to approve or modify recommendations prior to approval or, in the case of equity awards, prior to presentation before the Board of Directors for ratification. The Committee discussed the CEO’s recommendations with him but made final deliberations in executive session, without any members of management present.

Competitive Benchmarking and Peer Groups

The Compensation Committee believes that it is important to review compensation in the context of Lakeland’s corporate performance and the compensation offered by its peers in the market, which it considers to include companies of similar size, markets, and products. While the Committee did not undertake a formal benchmarking analysis in 2013, it did so in 2012 based on a peer group selected through the following criteria:

 

   

Total assets between $1.5 billion and $7.5 billion

 

   

Located in Maryland, New Jersey, New York, or Pennsylvania

 

   

Positive net income over the prior twelve month period

 

   

No TARP participants

 

-120-


Table of Contents

The companies included in the 2012 peer group (including their state abbreviation and stock ticker symbol) are:

 

Canandaigua National Corp. (NY, CNND)    Metro Bancorp Inc. (PA, METR)    S&T Bancorp Inc. (PA, STBA)
Financial Institutions Inc. (NY, FISI)    Northfield Bancorp Inc. (MHC) (NJ, NFBK)    Sandy Spring Bancorp Inc.
(MD, SASR)
First of Long Island Corp. (NY, FLIC)    OceanFirst Financial Corp. (NJ, OCFC)    Sterling Bancorp (NY, STL)
Flushing Financial Corp. (NY, FFIC)    Oritani Financial Corp. (NJ, ORIT)    Sun Bancorp Inc. (NJ, SNBC)
Hudson Valley Holding Corp. (NY, HVB)    Provident Financial Services (NJ, PFS)    Tompkins Financial Corporation
(NY, TMP)
Kearny Financial Corp. (MHC) (NJ, KRNY)    Provident New York Bancorp (NY, PBNY)    Univest Corp. of Pennsylvania
(PA, UVSP)

The companies listed above also comprised the 2013 peer group.

Performance Comparison to Market

Lakeland performed well in 2013 compared to our peer group. The table below illustrates that our performance was generally better than the median of the peer group in 2013 on key banking industry performance measures. In addition, it is important to note that our performance metrics shown below have not been adjusted for the one-time expenses we incurred in connection with the Somerset Hills acquisition. Absent those expenses, our performance would have been positioned higher relative to peer performance.

 

Performance Measure

   LBAI      Peer Group
Median
     LBAI to Peers
(Percentile  Rank)
 

Total Assets ($000)

     3,317,791         3,043,275         60

Net Income ($000)

     24,969         21,245         59

ROAA (%)

     0.80         0.87         45

Net Interest Margin (%)

     3.69         3.42         90

Non-Performing Assets / Total Assets (%)

     0.53         1.37         92

 

-121-


Table of Contents

On a long-term basis, Lakeland has also outperformed organizations similar to ourselves. As shown below, our five-year total shareholder return (TSR) exceeds that of our 2013 peer group (named above).1

 

LOGO

Compensation Comparison to Market

The Compensation Committee engaged McLagan in 2012 to conduct an analysis of the Company’s executive compensation plans compared to the market. McLagan compiled market compensation information for the study based on the compensation of executives in the peer group with similar roles or who were positioned similarly to the Company’s executives in their respective organizations. The study evaluated base salary, cash incentives, long-term incentives, and other compensation (e.g., perquisites, executive benefits, 401(k) matches).

Key findings of the study included the following:

 

   

The Company was positioned above the peer group median across most financial measures.

 

   

In line with the desired positioning of salaries relative to the market, 2012 salaries were within 15% of the market median for each NEO. Mr. Shara was 7% above the peer group median.

 

   

Total cash compensation (salary + cash incentives) ranged from 15% below to 23% below the peer group median for the NEOs, due primarily to below-market cash incentive payments relative to our peer group. Total cash compensation for Mr. Shara was 16% below the peer group median.

 

   

The targeted value of direct compensation (cash compensation + long-term incentives) provided to the executives ranged from 9% below to 20% below the peer group median. When combined with other compensation and retirement benefits, total compensation fell further below market to 31% below market on average. Total compensation for Mr. Shara was 36% below the peer group median.

 

   

While common in the peer group, the Company’s total compensation package makes limited use of executive retirement benefits, such as defined benefit pension plans and SERPs. Mr. Shara and Mr. Vandenbergh are the only NEOs that have SERPs.

 

1  Provident New York Bancorp acquired Sterling Bancorp in November 2013, and is therefore excluded from the calculation of our performance relative to our peers. See “Competitive Benchmarking and Peer Groups” for a complete listing of our peer group.

 

-122-


Table of Contents

Based on the results of the study, the Committee engaged McLagan to recommend changes in our compensation practices, in particular our incentive programs, that were consistent with its compensation philosophy and objectives as described in the section titled Executive Compensation Philosophy. When making compensation decisions, the Committee considered McLagan’s recommendations alongside other factors such as each executive’s unique value and contribution to the Company, individual and Company performance, experience, and internal pay equity relationships.

 

-123-


Table of Contents

Discussion of Executive Compensation Components

The following table outlines the major elements of 2013 total compensation for our executives:

 

Compensation Element

 

Description

and Purpose

 

Link to Performance

  Fixed/
Performance
Based
  Short/Long-
Term
Base Salary   Helps attract and retain executives through periodic payments of market-competitive base pay   Based on individual performance, experience, and scope of responsibility. Used to establish cash and equity incentive award opportunities.   Fixed   Short-Term
Cash Incentives   Encourages achievement of financial performance metrics that create near-term shareholder value  

Quantitatively ties the executive’s compensation directly to factors that are judged important to the success of the Company and within each executive’s own sphere of influence.

 

The majority of incentives are based on a Company profitability goal and three profitability goals relative to peers, while a portion of the incentives is tied to individual goals.

 

Incentives for all executives are conditioned on additional performance triggers that help ensure Company remains positioned to perform over the long-term.

  Performance
Based
  Short-Term
Long-Term Incentive Awards   Aligns long-term interests of executives and shareholders while creating a retention incentive through multi-year vesting  

Grant values are based partially on the achievement of predefined Company performance objectives and partially on the Board’s subjective evaluation of performance.

 

Resulting awards are designed to maintain a link to the long-term interests of shareholders and emphasize long-term demonstrated financial performance through a tie to the Company’s stock price and dividend payments.

  Performance
Based
  Long-Term
Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan   Provides market-competitive income security into retirement while creating a retention incentive through multi-year vesting     Fixed   Long-Term
Other Compensation  

Dividends on restricted stock and dividend equivalents on restricted stock units, limited perquisites and health and welfare benefits on the same basis

as other employees

  Dividends on restricted stock and dividend equivalents on restricted stock units further enhance the executive’s link to shareholders by ensuring they share in the distribution of income generated from ongoing financial performance.   Fixed &
Performance
Based
  Short-Term
& Long-
Term

 

-124-


Table of Contents

Base Salary

We believe that a key objective of our salary process is to maintain reasonable “fixed” compensation costs, while taking into account the performance of our executive officers. In determining salary levels for our NEOs, the Compensation Committee reviews salary levels at our peer organization, but always bases final determinations on the qualifications, experience and performance of the individual executives and value of the position to the organization.

In 2012, the Committee reviewed the performance of individual executives within the scope of their own responsibilities in the Company. The Committee also reviewed the results of the market compensation study performed in 2012 by McLagan and noted that the salaries for the executives were generally in line with the median of the peers.

After reviewing the market salary information provided by McLagan and noting the performance of the Company and individual executives, the Committee determined to increase salaries by three to four percent for 2013 for all executives except Mr. Shara. In the case of Mr. Shara, the Committee determined that a more significant salary increase was appropriate because of his leadership and Lakeland’s continuing growth and success. 2013 annual salary rates for our NEOs are shown in the table below.

 

Name

  

Title

   2012
Salary
   2013
Salary
   %
Change

Thomas Shara

   President & CEO    550,000    600,000    9%

Joseph Hurley

   EVP, Chief Financial Officer    278,000    286,250    3%

Robert Vandenbergh

   Sr. EVP, Chief Operating Officer    332,000    341,500    3%

Ronald Schwarz

   EVP, Chief Retail Officer    242,000    251,750    4%

Louis Luddecke

   EVP, Chief Operations Officer    234,500    240,750    3%

2013 Incentive Compensation Program

Based in part on McLagan’s 2012 review of the competitive positioning of our executive programs, the Compensation Committee determined to re-evaluate our executives’ incentive compensation program for 2013. The Committee undertook this action in an effort to provide incentive award opportunities that were more in line with the opportunities afforded to similarly-positioned executives at our peer institutions. In addition, the Committee desired to continue to motivate our executives to achieve our annual and long-term performance objectives by tying a portion of their compensation directly to factors that will create both short-term and long-term value to the Company and its shareholders.

During 2012, the Committee engaged McLagan to assist in designing incentive plans for 2013 that were market-competitive and shareholder-friendly, while not encouraging excessive risk-taking that could harm our business. McLagan proposed incentive plans that would have resulted in increased incentive award targets for our executives, as well as target total compensation packages for each of our NEOs near the median total compensation of similarly-positioned executives within the peer group. However, after reviewing the plan design and associated costs, our management team recommended that the total incentive award opportunity for each executive be reduced from the median-level amounts in the initial years of the plan. In addition, management recommended that a greater portion of the total potential awards be paid in equity than the initial McLagan recommendation, which McLagan indicated was reflective of common market practice and called for an even split between cash and equity awards. Management made these recommendations in part as an acknowledgement of the significant potential costs associated with implementing market-competitive incentive award opportunities for the executive team, and the Compensation Committee approved the incentive plans in accordance with management’s recommendation for the 2013 performance year. While it is the Committee’s intent to phase-in over time incentive award opportunities for our executives that are in line with general market practice, it has made no formal commitment to increase opportunities in future years. The Committee will continue to assess the Company’s growth and success on an on-going basis, and intends to grant incentive awards in the future that are commensurate with Company and individual performance.

 

-125-


Table of Contents

The redesigned 2013 incentive compensation program for our NEOs consisted of two distinct plans: the 2013 Annual Incentive Plan and the 2013 Long-Term Incentive Plan.

2013 Annual Incentive Plan

Our 2013 Annual Incentive Plan, or AIP, is designed to motivate executives to attain superior annual performance in key areas that we believe create long-term value to Lakeland and its shareholders. Awards under the plan were payable in cash, and were contingent on performance in the following areas:

 

   

Corporate financial performance relative to budgeted amounts;

 

   

Corporate financial performance relative to peers; and

 

   

Individual performance relative to pre-established goals

AIP Award Opportunities

The table below shows the cash incentive award opportunities for each NEO as a percentage of his base salary, as well as the weightings on the various performance objectives used to calculate awards.

 

     Cash Incentive Award
Opportunity as % of Salary
    Goal Weighting  

Name

   Threshold     Target     Maximum     Corporate
(Absolute)
    Corporate
(Peer)
   
Individual
 

Thomas Shara

     6.5     15     22.5     60     30     10

Joseph Hurley

     8.4     19.25     28     60     30     10

Robert Vandenbergh

     8.4     19.25     28     60     30     10

Ronald Schwarz

     8     18     28     55     10     35

Louis Luddecke

     8     18     28     55     10     35

AIP Corporate Performance Objectives

The following table depicts our 2013 corporate performance objectives and performance results for each of the measures selected by the Committee.

 

Annual Performance Goals

  

Threshold

  

Target

  

Max

  

Actual

Corporate Goal

           

Pre-Tax Net Income ($M)

   33.97    39.97    45.97    40.73

Peer Group Comparisons2

           

Net Interest Margin (1/3 of Peer Group Goals)

   35th Percentile    50th Percentile    75th Percentile    90th Percentile

Efficiency Ratio (1/3 of Peer Group Goals)

   35th Percentile    50th Percentile    75th Percentile    67th Percentile

Core ROAA3 (1/3 of Peer Group Goals)

   35th Percentile    50th Percentile    75th Percentile    36th Percentile

For any of the performance measures shown above, performance below threshold will result in no award payout for that measure, while payouts for any one measure and the plan as a whole are capped at maximum performance level.

 

2  Provident New York Bancorp acquired Sterling Bancorp in November 2013, and is therefore excluded from the calculation of our performance relative to our peers. See “Competitive Benchmarking and Peer Groups” for a complete listing of our peer group.
3  Core Return on Average Assets is calculated for Lakeland and peers using a standard definition from SNL, which excludes from the calculation the after-tax impact of extraordinary one-time items, income attributable to controlling interests, securities gain and losses, nonrecurring revenues and expenses, and intangibles and goodwill.

 

-126-


Table of Contents

As a result of our acquisition of Somerset Hills Bancorp, which closed on May 31, 2013, the Committee established bifurcated net income goals in order to effectively assess performance in the pre and post-merger periods. In addition, the Committee determined that it was appropriate to exclude one-time revenues and expenses from the calculation of net income, in order to portray a clear picture of our corporate performance relative to our ordinary business in core banking functions. The table below details the calculation of our net income with regard to both one-time exclusions and the bifurcated plan structure.

 

     Target Calculation ($000s)      Actual Calculation ($000s)  

Pre-Tax Net Income

   Target      Adjustment
for Non-
Recurring
Items
     Adjusted
Target
     Reported      Adjustment
for Non-
Recurring
Items
     Adjusted
Result
     Percentage
Achievement
 

Pre-Merger (5 Months)

     14,012         0         14,012         12,603         1,021         13,624         97.23

Post-Merger (7 Months)

     23,312         2,647         25,959         24,932         2,183         27,115         104.45

Total 2014

     37,324         2,647         39,971         37,535         3,204         40,739         101.92

In addition to the performance goals listed in the previous tables, the following performance triggers needed to be met as of December 31, 2013 in order for any incentive payments to be made under the plan:

 

Capital Trigger

   Must
Exceed
    Actual  

Leverage Ratio

     5     8.9

Tier 1 Capital Ratio

     6     11.73

Total Risk-Based Capital Ratio

     10     12.98

 

Asset Quality Trigger

   Must Not
Exceed
    Actual  

Non-Performing Assets/Total Assets4

     2     0.53

Each of the performance triggers listed above was satisfied as of December 31, 2013.

AIP Individual Performance Objectives

Each of our NEOs had two to three individual performance objectives that impacted the calculation of their annual incentive awards for 2013. The Compensation Committee considered strategic leadership roles, each executive’s scope of responsibility and significant upcoming corporate or line of business initiatives in establishing specific performance criteria for each of the NEOs. Examples of these performance criteria include integration of Somerset Hills, loan and deposit growth, investor relations activities, and cost savings targets. In early 2014, the Committee subjectively evaluated each NEO’s achievements regarding their unique performance criteria and assigned each performance measure a score on a range from threshold of 85 to maximum of 115. Target achievement received a score of 100. The individual performance score was one of the components considered in calculating the amount of each NEO’s award. Goals were weighted as previously described.

The average individual performance scores for each of our NEOs were as follows:

 

Name

   Avg. Performance Score  

Thomas Shara

     100   

Joseph Hurley

     92.5   

Robert Vandenbergh

     100   

Ronald Schwarz

     106.7   

Louis Luddecke

     100   

  

 

4  NPA calculation excludes restructured loans

 

-127-


Table of Contents

AIP Awards for 2013

In February 2014, the Compensation Committee determined the degree to which our financial performance goals were achieved during 2013. The CEO (or the Compensation Committee in the case of the CEO) then determined the degree to which the individual performance goals were achieved during 2013 for each executive.

The following cash payments under the 2013 AIP were made upon approval by the Compensation Committee:

 

Name

   2013 AIP Award      AIP Award as % of Target  

Thomas Shara

   $ 96,220         107

Joseph Hurley

   $ 56,763         103

Robert Vandenbergh

   $ 69,213         105

Ronald Schwarz

   $ 48,115         106

Louis Luddecke

   $ 45,611         105

Equity Awards for 2012 Performance Made in 2013

Equity Award Opportunities

Each of our NEOs had the opportunity to earn incentive compensation based on 2012 performance under the 2012 Executive Compensation Plan. For each of the NEOs, all or a portion of any award earned was payable in restricted stock, with any remaining amount payable in cash. Note that, due to SEC reporting rules, the amount of any restricted stock granted in 2013 based on 2012 performance is reported in the Summary Compensation Table as 2013 compensation, while the cash awards granted for the same period are reported as 2012 compensation.

The following table shows the total incentive opportunity for each of our NEOs, as well as the portion of any potential award that was payable in restricted stock and the weighting of corporate and individual goals in determining the amount of equity awards.

 

          Total Incentive Award
Opportunity as % of Salary
    Portion Payable in
Restricted Stock
    Goal Weighting  

Name

  2012
Salary
    Threshold     Target     Maximum     % of Total
Opportunity
    Target %
of Salary
    Target
Value
    Corporate     Individual  

Thomas Shara

    550,000        24     45     56     100     45     247,500        75     25

Joseph Hurley

    278,000        20     35     43     60     21     58,380        70     30

Robert Vandenbergh

    332,000        21     40     50     100     40     132,800        75     25

Ronald Schwarz

    242,000        17     30     37     60     18     43,560        65     35

Louis Luddecke

    234,500        17     30     37     60     18     42,210        65     35

 

-128-


Table of Contents

Corporate Performance Objectives

The table below depicts our 2012 corporate performance objectives and performance results for each of the measures selected by the Committee:

 

Annual Performance Goals

 

Threshold

 

Target

 

Max

  

Actual

Corporate Goal

        

Pre-TARP Net Income ($M)

  15.6   19.5   22.2    21.7

Peer Group Comparisons

        

Net Interest Margin (1/3 of Peer Group Goals), Efficiency Ratio (1/3 of Peer Group Goals), and Pre-Tax Income Growth (1/3 of Peer Group Goals)

  85% Peer Avg   Peer Average   120% Peer Avg    105%

Individual

        

3-4 Goals

  85% of Target   100% of Target   120% of Target   

Varies by

Individual

For any of the performance measures shown above, performance below threshold will result in no award payout for that measure, while payouts for any one measure and the plan as a whole are capped at maximum performance level.

Individual Performance Objectives

Each of our NEOs had three to four individual performance objectives under the 2012 Executive Compensation Plan that impacted the calculation of their incentive awards for 2012. These individual performance criteria included an assessment of the executive’s leadership and contributions to revenue enhancement, cost containment efforts, loan and deposit growth and maintenance of credit quality. We established a minimum performance threshold of 85% attainment of individual goals for payment eligibility under this portion of the 2012 plan. Each of the NEOs met or exceeded the threshold for eligibility under the individual goal portion of the 2012 plan, which resulted in Lakeland paying 99.5% of the incentive payments budgeted for the individual goals portion of the 2012 plan.

Equity Awards for 2012

In February 2013, the Compensation Committee determined the degree to which our financial performance goals were achieved during 2012. The CEO (or the Compensation Committee in the case of the CEO) then determined the degree to which the individual performance goals were achieved during 2012 for each executive.

The following restricted stock awards under the 2012 Executive Compensation Plan were made upon approval by the Compensation Committee:

 

Name

   # of Restricted Shares      Grant Date Fair Value
of Award
     Grant Date Value as % of
Target Award
 

Thomas Shara

     28,710       $ 281,359         114

Joe Hurley

     6,708       $ 65,738         113

Robert Vandenbergh

     15,235       $ 149,308         112

Ronald Schwarz

     5,072       $ 49,703         114

Louis Luddecke

     4,839       $ 47,424         112

Forty-five percent of the awards granted to each NEO vest on each of the second and third anniversaries of the grant date, with the remaining 10% vesting on the fifth anniversary of the grant date.

 

-129-


Table of Contents

2013 Long-Term Incentive Plan

As mentioned above, we also redesigned our 2013 Long-Term Incentive Plan (LTIP) for awards granted in early 2014 based on 2013 performance. The two primary motivations for undertaking this change were: 1) to provide award opportunities to our executives closer to market-competitive levels; and 2) to provide more formal structure to the performance conditions associated with the awards. The Compensation Committee believes that formalizing the connection between corporate performance and award payouts for a portion of our long-term incentive awards provides concrete, measurable objectives for our executives to strive for, and ultimately will help motivate long-term value creation for our shareholders.

Awards under the redesigned plan were conditioned on three elements:

 

   

Lakeland’s ROAA (reported Return on Average Assets) in 2013 relative to our budgeted expectations

 

   

Lakeland’s total shareholder return (TSR) in 2013 relative to the peer group

 

   

The Committee’s discretionary assessment of corporate and individual performance in 2013

LTIP Award Opportunities

Similar to the 2013 AIP, the Committee reduced the incentive opportunities under the 2013 LTIP for our executives from the fully market-competitive levels proposed by McLagan as part of the redesign of our incentive plans. The table below shows the LTIP award opportunities for each NEO as a percentage of his base salary, as well as the weightings on the formulaic and discretionary evaluations used to calculate awards.

 

     Long-Term Incentive Award
Opportunity as % of Salary
    Goal Weighting  

Name

   Threshold     Target     Maximum     Corporate     Discretion  

Thomas Shara

     19.5     45     67.5     50     50

Joseph Hurley

     15.6     35.75     52     50     50

Robert Vandenbergh

     15.6     35.75     52     50     50

Ronald Schwarz

     12     27     42     50     50

Louis Luddecke

     12     27     42     50     50

LTIP Performance Objectives

The table below depicts our 2013 performance objectives and performance results for the two measures utilized in the 2013 LTIP.

 

Long-Term Performance Goals

  

Threshold

  

Target

  

Max

  

Actual

Corporate Goals

           

Reported ROAA (%)

   0.67    0.79    0.91    0.80

1-Year Relative TSR (Peer Comparison)

   35th Percentile    50th Percentile    75th Percentile    24th  Percentile

Based on the results shown above, our ROAA performance resulted in an award slightly above target for that portion of the plan, while our one-year TSR compared to our peers was below the threshold performance level of the 35th percentile and resulted in no award.

 

-130-


Table of Contents

Discretionary Performance Evaluation

As described above, 50% of the total award opportunity for each of our NEOs is determined through the Compensation Committee’s discretionary assessment of corporate and individual performance in the preceding year. In determining the discretionary awards for 2013, the Committee took into consideration:

 

   

Our NEOs’ roles in the negotiation of the Somerset Hills acquisition, receipt of the required regulatory approval, and successful early steps of the integration.

 

   

Lakeland’s solid overall financial performance in 2013, as previously described.

 

   

The fact that our one-year TSR for 2013 was 24.9%, which we consider to be a very favorable result, although it was below the payout threshold for the LTIP (as compared to our peers).

After considering all relevant factors, the Committee determined to award each of our NEOs the maximum number of shares available to him under the discretionary portion of the LTIP as a reflection of Lakeland’s and our NEOs strong performance in 2013.

Equity Awards for 2013

The following restricted stock unit awards (RSUs), which will be reported in our 2015 proxy statement as 2014 compensation, were granted in February 2014 upon approval by the Compensation Committee:

 

     Corporate Performance Award      Discretionary Award      Cumulative Award  

Name

   # of RSUs      Grant Date
Fair Value
     # of RSUs      Grant Date
Fair Value
     Total Grant
Date Fair
Value
     Total Grant Date
Value as % of
Target Award
 

Thomas Shara

     6,284       $ 70,313         18,096       $ 202,500       $ 272,813         101

Joseph Hurley

     2,373       $ 26,553         6,651       $ 74,425       $ 100,978         99

Robert Vandenbergh

     2,831       $ 31,678         7,935       $ 88,790       $ 120,468         99

Ronald Schwarz

     1,589       $ 17,780         4,724       $ 52,868       $ 67,561         104

Louis Luddecke

     1,520       $ 17,003         4,518       $ 50,558       $ 67,350         104

The restricted stock units granted to each NEO will vest 100% on the third anniversary of the grant date, provided that Lakeland has achieved pre-established performance metrics over a three year period and the executive remains employed by the Company. For each year that Lakeland does not achieve the performance metrics, one-third of the unvested shares covered by the restricted stock unit will be forfeited.

Other Elements of Compensation for Executive Officers.

In order to attract and retain qualified executives, we provide executives with a variety of benefits and perquisites, consisting primarily of retirement benefits through our 401(k) and various retirement plans, executive life insurance, and the use of automobiles. Details of the values of these benefits and perquisites may be found in the footnotes and narratives to the Summary Compensation Table. Lakeland has also entered into Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan Agreements with Mr. Shara and Mr. Vandenbergh. See “Employment Agreements and Other Arrangements with Executive Officers.”

Employment and Other Agreements.

Our agreements with the Named Executive Officers are described later in this proxy statement. See “Employment Agreements and Other Arrangements with Executive Officers.”

 

-131-


Table of Contents

Compliance with Sections 162(m) and 409A of the Internal Revenue Code

Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code denies a deduction to any publicly held corporation for compensation paid to certain “covered employees” in a taxable year to the extent that compensation exceeds $1,000,000 for a covered employee. Certain performance-based compensation that has been approved by our shareholders is not subject to this limitation. As a result, stock options and certain restricted stock and restricted stock units granted under our Equity Compensation Program are not subject to the limitations of Section 162(m). See “Proposal 3, Approval of Material Terms of Performance Goals Pursuant to Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code.”

It is our intention to maintain our executive compensation arrangements in conformity with the requirements of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code, which imposes certain restrictions on deferred compensation arrangements.

Clawback Policies

Compensation recovery policies, or “clawbacks,” began to be used with the enactment of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act in 2002, which required that in the event of any restatement based on executive misconduct, public companies must recoup incentives paid to the company’s CEO and CFO within 12 months preceding the restatement. The Company’s CEO and CFO are currently subject to the Sarbanes-Oxley clawback provision which is set forth in Section 304 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, and provides that if an issuer “is required to prepare an accounting restatement due to material noncompliance of the issuer, as a result of misconduct, with any financial reporting requirement under the securities laws,” the CEO and CFO shall reimburse the issuer for any bonus or other incentive-based or equity-based compensation received, and any profits realized from the sale of the securities of the issuer, during the year following issuance of the original financial report.

In addition, the Compensation Committee intends to fully comply with the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act regarding this issue once rulemaking has been completed with respect to these provisions. Until formal guidance is available, the Compensation Committee will address any situation that may arise and determine the proper and appropriate course of action in fairness to shareholders and award recipients.

 

-132-


Table of Contents

Summary of Cash and Certain Other Compensation

The following table sets forth, for the three years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, a summary of the compensation earned by Thomas J. Shara, our President and Chief Executive Officer, Joseph F. Hurley, our Chief Financial Officer, and our three other most highly compensated executive officers for 2013. We refer to the executive officers named in this table as the “Named Executive Officers.” None of the Named Executive Officers received option awards during the years presented in the table.

SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE

 

Name and Principal Position

  Year     Salary
($)
    Bonus
($)
    Stock
Awards

($)
    Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation

($)
    Change in
Pension Value
and
Nonqualified
Deferred
Compensation
Earnings
($)
    All Other
Compensation

($)
    Total
($)
 

Thomas J. Shara,

President and Chief Executive Officer of Lakeland Bancorp and CEO of Lakeland Bank

   

 

 

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

  

 

  

 

  

   

 

 

 

 

600,000

 

550,000

 

500,000

  

 

  

 

  

   

 

 

 

 

—  

 

—  

 

—  

  

 

  

 

  

   

 

 

 

 

281,359

 

187,538

 

210,094

  

 

  

 

  

   

 

 

 

 

96,220

 

—  

 

—  

  

 

  

 

  

   

 

 

 

 

102,047

 

105,609

 

75,711

  

 

  

 

  

   

 

 

 

 

37,505

 

34,674

 

37,334

  

 

  

 

  

   

 

 

 

 

1,117,131

 

877,821

 

823,039

  

 

  

 

  

Joseph F. Hurley,

Executive Vice

President and Chief

Financial Officer of

Lakeland Bancorp and Lakeland Bank

   

 

 

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

  

 

  

 

  

   

 

 

 

 

284,981

 

276,462

 

266,769

  

 

  

 

  

   

 

 

 

 

—  

 

43,825

 

—  

  

 

  

 

  

   

 

 

 

 

65,738

 

79,484

 

93,958

  

 

  

 

  

   

 

 

 

 

56,763

 

—  

 

—  

  

 

  

 

  

   

 

 

 

 

—  

 

—  

 

—  

  

 

  

 

  

   

 

 

 

 

28,454

 

28,522

 

28,581

  

 

  

 

  

   

 

 

 

 

435,935

 

428,293

 

389,308

  

 

  

 

  

Robert A. Vandenbergh,

Senior Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer of Lakeland Bancorp and Regional President of Lakeland Bank

   

 

 

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

  

 

  

 

  

   

 

 

 

 

340,039

 

330,154

 

318,461

  

 

  

 

  

   

 

 

 

 

—  

 

—  

 

—  

  

 

  

 

  

   

 

 

 

 

149,308

 

105,088

 

128,650

  

 

  

 

  

   

 

 

 

 

69,213

 

—  

 

—  

  

 

  

 

  

   

 

 

 

 

91,941

 

92,669

 

73,354

  

 

  

 

  

   

 

 

 

 

36,031

 

35,061

 

32,047

  

 

  

 

  

   

 

 

 

 

686,532

 

562,972

 

552,512

  

 

  

 

  

Ronald E. Schwarz

Executive Vice President and Chief Retail Officer of Lakeland Bancorp and Lakeland Bank

   

 

 

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

  

 

  

 

  

   

 

 

 

 

250,250

 

240,462

 

230,461

  

 

  

 

  

   

 

 

 

 

—  

 

33,135

 

—  

  

 

  

 

  

   

 

 

 

 

49,703

 

58,977

 

69,930

  

 

  

 

  

   

 

 

 

 

48,115

 

—  

 

—  

  

 

  

 

  

   

 

 

 

 

—  

 

—  

 

—  

  

 

  

 

  

   

 

 

 

 

27,878

 

26,479

 

26,129

  

 

  

 

  

   

 

 

 

 

375,947

 

359,053

 

326,520

  

 

  

 

  

Louis E. Luddecke

Executive Vice

President and Chief

Operations Officer of

Lakeland Bancorp and

Lakeland Bank

   

 

 

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

  

 

  

 

  

   

 

 

 

 

233,307

 

233,423

 

226,423

  

 

  

 

  

   

 

 

 

 

—  

 

31,616

 

—  

  

 

  

 

  

   

 

 

 

 

48,459

 

57,833

 

69,458

  

 

  

 

  

   

 

 

 

 

45,611

 

—  

 

—  

  

 

  

 

  

   

 

 

 

 

—  

 

—  

 

—  

  

 

  

 

  

   

 

 

 

 

35,743

 

27,032

 

31,138

  

 

  

 

  

   

 

 

 

 

363,120

 

349,904

 

327,019

  

 

  

 

  

In the table above:

 

   

When we refer to amounts under “Stock Awards,” we are referring to the aggregate grant date fair value in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718. The stock awards in the table for each year were based on the prior year’s performance. See the “Compensation Discussion and Analysis” for a

 

-133-


Table of Contents
 

description of restricted stock units granted in February 2014 based on 2013 performance. These restricted stock units vest over a three year period based on continued service and the satisfaction of specified performance goals. The amount under Stock Awards for Mr. Luddecke also includes $1,035 representing the value of 92 shares of common stock granted to Mr. Luddecke as a service award.

 

   

When we refer to “Change in Pension Value and Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Earnings”, we are referring to the aggregate change in the present value of Mr. Shara’s and Mr. Vandenbergh’s accumulated benefits for 2013 under their respective Supplemental Executive Retirement Plans.

“All Other Compensation” for 2013 includes the following:

 

   

For Mr. Shara, $5,300 for the use of an automobile, $2,660 for premiums for group term life insurance for Mr. Shara’s benefit, $15,243 for cash dividends paid on restricted stock, $6,652 for the annual contribution to the Company’s profit sharing plan on behalf of Mr. Shara, and a contribution of $7,650 to the Company’s 401(k) Plan on behalf of Mr. Shara to match a pre-tax deferral contribution (included under “Salary”) made by Mr. Shara to that Plan;

 

   

For Mr. Hurley, $4,938 for the use of an automobile, $4,448 for premiums for group term life insurance for Mr. Hurley’s benefit, $5,559 for cash dividends paid on restricted stock, $6,763 for the annual contribution to the Company’s profit sharing plan on behalf of Mr. Hurley, and a contribution of $6,746 to the Company’s 401(k) Plan on behalf of Mr. Hurley to match a pre-tax deferral contribution (included under “Salary”) made by Mr. Hurley to that Plan;

 

   

For Mr. Vandenbergh, $7,624 for the use of an automobile, $5,181 for premiums for group term life insurance for Mr. Vandenbergh’s benefit, $8,666 for cash dividends paid on restricted stock, $6,911 for the annual contribution to the Company’s profit sharing plan on behalf of Mr. Vandenbergh, and a contribution of $7,650 to the Company’s 401(k) Plan on behalf of Mr. Vandenbergh to match a pre-tax deferral contribution (included under “Salary”) made by Mr. Vandenbergh to that Plan;

 

   

For Mr. Schwarz, $6,532 for the use of an automobile, $2,938 for premiums for group term life insurance for Mr. Schwarz’s benefit, $4,115 for cash dividends paid on restricted stock, $6,643 for the annual contribution to the Company’s profit sharing plan on behalf of Mr. Schwarz, and a contribution of $7,650 to the Company’s 401(k) Plan on behalf of Mr. Schwarz to match a pre-tax deferral contribution (included under “Salary”) made by Mr. Schwarz to that Plan; and

 

   

For Mr. Luddecke, $6,570 for the use of an automobile, $5,260 for premiums for group term life insurance for Mr. Luddecke’s benefit, $4,077 for cash dividends paid on restricted stock, $6,984 for the annual contribution to the Company’s profit sharing plan on behalf of Mr. Luddecke, a contribution of $7,650 to the Company’s 401(k) Plan on behalf of Mr. Luddecke to match a pre-tax deferral contribution (included under “Salary”) made by Mr. Luddecke to that Plan and $5,201 paid to Mr. Luddecke as disability benefits.

The Company has a Profit Sharing Plan for all eligible employees. The Company’s annual contribution to the plan is determined by its Board of Directors. Annual contributions are allocated to participants on a point basis for years of service and salary, with accumulated benefits payable at retirement, or, at the discretion of the plan committee, upon termination of employment. Contributions made by the Company on behalf of the Named Executive Officers are included in the table above under “All Other Compensation.”

 

-134-


Table of Contents

Grant of Plan Based Awards

During 2013, the only equity incentive plan awards to our Named Executive Officers were restricted stock awards granted in February 2013 based on 2012 performance. The information in the table below under columns (b), (i) and (l) pertain to these grants. The Named Executive Officers did not receive option awards in 2013. Our Named Executive Officers earned non-equity incentive plan awards for 2013 in the form of cash. These cash payments were made in March 2014 and, in accordance with SEC rules, are included in the Summary Compensation Table under “Non-equity Incentive Plan Compensation” for 2013. The information in the table below under columns (c), (d) and (e) pertain to these cash incentive awards. The amounts in the columns under Estimated Possible Payouts Under Equity Incentive Plan Awards are denominated in dollars, although the applicable payouts were made in grants of restricted stock awards under the Company’s 2009 Equity Compensation Program. For a description of the Company’s 2013 incentive compensation plan, including the various performance targets, and the payouts that were made, see the “Compensation Discussion and Analysis.”

 

     Grant
Date(b)
                All other
Stock
Awards:
Number
of
Shares
of Stock
or Units

(#)(i)
    Grant
Date Fair
Value of
Stock
and
Option
Awards

($)(l)
 
                    

Name (a)

    Estimated Possible Payouts
Under Non-Equity Incentive
Plan Awards
    Estimated Possible Payouts
Under Equity Incentive
Plan Awards
     
    Threshold
($)(c)
    Target
($)(d)
    Maximum
($)(e)
    Threshold
($)(f)
    Target
($)(g)
    Maximum
($)(h)
     

Thomas J. Shara

    2/1/2013        39,000        90,000        135,000        131,756        247,500        275,000        28,710        281,359   

Joseph F. Hurley

    2/1/2013        23,938        54,859        79,795        54,373        97,300        120,842        6,708        65,738   

Robert A. Vandenbergh

    2/1/2013        28,563        65,458        95,211        70,696        132,800        165,438        15,235        149,308   

Ronald E. Schwarz

    2/1/2013        20,020        45,045        70,070        40,576        72,600        90,166        5,072        49,703   

Louis E. Luddecke

    2/1/2013        18,665        41,995        65,326        39,313        70,350        87,372        4,839        47,424   

Louis E. Luddecke

    10/1/2013                    92        1,035   

As the Company was not prohibited from paying Named Executive Officers cash bonuses for the majority of 2012 (having redeemed the remaining outstanding shares of Lakeland’s Fixed Rate Perpetual Preferred Stock and the Warrant that had been issued to the U.S. Treasury under the Capital Purchase Program in February 2012), the Company paid Messrs. Hurley, Schwarz and Luddecke cash bonus awards for their 2012 service. (See the 2012 Bonus column in the Summary Compensation Table). Therefore, the Grant Date Fair Value of Stock Awards (column (l) in the table above) for these individuals is less than the Estimated Possible Payouts Under Equity Incentive Plan Awards Target (in column (g)).

 

-135-


Table of Contents

Outstanding Equity Awards at December 31, 2013

The following table sets forth, for each of the Named Executive Officers, information regarding option awards and stock awards outstanding at December 31, 2013. As of that date, all stock options held by the Named Executive Officers were exercisable. The vesting dates applicable to each stock award that was not vested on December 31, 2013 are described following the table. At December 31, 2013, the Named Executive Officers did not hold any other equity awards.

 

     Option Awards      Stock Awards  

Name (a)

   Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Exercisable
(b)
     Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Non-Exercisable
(c)
     Option
Exercise
Price($)
(e)
     Option
Expiration
Date
(f)
     Number of
Shares or
Units of Stock
That Have
Not Vested (#)
(g)
     Market Value
of Shares or
Units of
Stock That
Have Not
Vested ($)
(h)
 

Thomas J. Shara

     —           —           —           —           60,536         748,830   

Joseph F. Hurley

    

 

12,763

12,155

  

  

     —          

 

13.48

12.91

  

  

    

 

12/07/2014

12/13/2015

  

  

     21,153         261,663   

Robert A. Vandenbergh

    

 

12,763

12,155

  

  

     —          

 

13.48

12.91

  

  

    

 

12/07/2014

12/13/2015

  

  

     34,150         422,436   

Ronald E. Schwarz

     —           —           —           —           15,686         194,036   

Louis E. Luddecke

    

 

12,763

12,155

  

  

     —          

 

13.48

12.91

  

  

    

 

12/07/2014

12/13/2015

  

  

     15,495         191,673   

In the table above, we are disclosing:

 

   

in column (b), the number of shares of our Common Stock underlying unexercised stock options that were exercisable as of December 31, 2013;

 

   

in column (c), the number of shares of our Common Stock underlying unexercised stock options that were non-exercisable as of December 31, 2013;

 

   

in columns (e) and (f), respectively, the exercise price and expiration date for each stock option that was outstanding as of December 31, 2013;

 

   

in column (g), the number of shares of our Common Stock covered by stock awards that were not vested as of December 31, 2013; and

 

   

in column (h), the aggregate market value as of December 31, 2013 of the stock awards referenced in column (g).

In calculating the market values of restricted stock in the table above, we have multiplied the closing market price of our Common Stock on the last trading day in 2013, which was $12.37, by the applicable number of shares of Common Stock underlying the Named Executive Officers’ stock awards. The following summarizes by individual grants the total number of restricted shares for each Named Executive Officer in column (g):

 

   

The 60,536 shares underlying Mr. Shara’s restricted stock awards vest as follows: 9,992 shares vested on January 25, 2014, 8,826 shares vested on January 30, 2014, 8,825 shares vest on January 30, 2015, 12,920 shares vest on February 1, 2015, 2,222 shares vest on January 25, 2016, 12,920 shares vest on February 1, 2016, 1,960 shares vest on January 30, 2017 and 2,871 shares vest on February 1, 2018.

 

   

The 21,153 shares underlying Mr. Hurley’s restricted stock awards vest as follows: 4,469 shares vested on January 25, 2014, 3,741 shares vested on January 30, 2014, 672 shares vest on January 26, 2015, 3,741 shares vest on January 30, 2015, 3,019 shares vest on February 1, 2015, 991 shares vested on January 25, 2016, 3,019 shares vest on February 1, 2016, 831 shares vest on January 30, 2017 and 670 shares vest on February 1, 2018.

 

-136-


Table of Contents
   

The 34,150 shares underlying Mr. Vandenbergh’s restricted stock awards vest as follows: 6,120 shares vested on January 25, 2014, 4,946 shares vested on January 30, 2014, 446 shares vest on January 26, 2015, 4,946 shares vest on January 30, 2015, 6,856 shares vest on February 1, 2015, 1,359 shares vest on January 25, 2016, 6,856 shares vest on February 1, 2016, 1,098 shares vest on January 30, 2017 and 1,523 shares vest on February 1, 2018.

 

   

The 15,686 shares underlying Mr. Schwarz’s restricted stock awards vest as follows: 3,325 shares vested on January 25, 2014, 2,775 shares vested on January 30, 2014, 382 shares vest on January 26, 2015, 2,775 shares vest on January 30, 2015, 2,282 shares vest on February 1, 2015, 740 shares vest on January 25, 2016, 2,282 shares vest on February 1, 2016, 617 shares vest on January 30, 2017 and 508 shares vest on February 1, 2018.

 

   

The 15,495 shares underlying Mr. Luddecke’s restricted stock awards vest as follows: 3,303 shares vested on January 25, 2014, 2,721 shares vested on January 30, 2014, 572 shares vest on January 26, 2015, 2,721 shares vest on January 30, 2015, 2,178 shares vest on February 1, 2015, 734 shares vest on January 25, 2016, 2,178 shares vest on February 1, 2016, 605 shares vest on January 30, 2017 and 483 shares vest on February 1, 2018.

Options Exercised and Stock Awards Vested

The following table sets forth, for each of the Named Executive Officers, information regarding stock options exercised during 2013 and stock awards vested during 2013. The phrase “value realized on exercise” represents the difference between the market price on the date of exercise minus the exercise price, multiplied by the number of shares of Common Stock set forth in column (b). The phrase “value realized on vesting” represents the number of shares of Common Stock set forth in column (d) multiplied by the market price of our Common Stock on the date on which the Named Executive Officer’s stock award vested.

 

      Option Awards        Stock Awards  

Name (a)

   Number of
Shares

Acquired
on Exercise (#)

(b)
       Value
Realized

on
Exercise ($)

(c)
       Number of
Shares
Acquired on
Vesting (#)
(d)
       Value
Realized

on
Vesting ($)

(e)
 

Thomas J. Shara

     —             —             9,993           98,731   

Joseph F. Hurley

     —             —             7,493           74,031   

Robert A. Vandenbergh

     12,763           4,084           8,123           80,255   

Ronald E. Schwarz

     —             —             5,048           49,874   

Louis E. Luddecke

     —             —             5,874           58,035   

 

-137-


Table of Contents

Pension Plans

The following table sets forth, for each of the Named Executive Officers, information regarding the benefits payable under each of our plans that provides for payments or other benefits at, following, or in connection with such Named Executive Officer’s retirement. In accordance with the SEC’s rules, the following table does not provide information regarding tax-qualified defined contribution plans or nonqualified defined contribution plans.

 

Name (a)

   Plan
Name
(b)
   Number of
Years of
Credited
Service
(#) (c)
   Present Value  of
Accumulated
Benefit

($) (d)
   Payments During
Last Fiscal

Year
($) (e)
Thomas J. Shara    Supplemental
Executive
Retirement Plan
   Not Applicable    469,653    —  
Joseph F. Hurley    —      —      —      —  
Robert A. Vandenbergh    Supplemental
Executive
Retirement Plan
   Not Applicable    397,384    —  
Ronald E. Schwarz    —      —      —      —  
Louis E. Luddecke    —      —      —      —  

In the table above:

 

   

when we use the phrase “present value of accumulated benefit”, we are referring to the actuarial present value of the Named Executive Officer’s accumulated benefits under the Supplemental Executive Retirement Plans, calculated as of December 31, 2013; and

 

   

column (e) refers to the dollar amount of payments and benefits, if any, actually paid or otherwise provided to the Named Executive Officer during 2013 under our pension plans.

See “Employment Agreements and other Arrangements with Executive Officers” for a description of various agreements with the Named Executive Officers.

Deferred Compensation

The following table sets forth, for each of the Named Executive Officers, information regarding each defined contribution plan that we maintain and each other plan that we maintain that provides for the deferral of compensation on a basis that is not tax-qualified.

 

Name (a)

   Executive
Contributions
in 2013 ($)
(b)
   Registrant
Contributions
in 2013 ($)
(c)
   Aggregate
Earnings
in 2013 ($)
(d)
   Aggregate
Withdrawals/
Distributions ($)
(e)
   Aggregate
Balance at
December 31,

2013 ($)
(f)
Thomas J. Shara    —      —      —      —      —  
Joseph F. Hurley    —      —      —      —      —  
Robert A. Vandenbergh    —      —      31,737    21,069    339,108
Ronald E. Schwarz    —      —      —      —      —  
Louis E. Luddecke    —      —      —      —      —  

In the table above:

 

   

when we refer to the term “earnings”, we are referring to the aggregate interest or other earnings accrued to the Named Executive Officer’s account during 2013;

 

 

-138-


Table of Contents
   

the amount included in column (d) of this table is also included under the column “All Other Compensation” in the Summary Compensation Table set forth above (the amount in column (e) was paid out of the amount set forth in column (d)); and

 

   

the amount included in column (f) of this table was not included in our Summary Compensation Table in any prior year’s proxy statement or in the Summary Compensation Table set forth above.

The National Bank of Sussex County (“NBSC”) entered into a salary continuation agreement during 1996 with Mr. Vandenbergh, its president, which entitled him to certain payments upon his retirement. As part of the merger of the Company and NBSC’s parent (High Point Financial Corp.) in July 1999, the Company placed in trust amounts equal to the present value of the amounts that would be owed to Mr. Vandenbergh in his retirement. This amount was $381,000. The earnings for 2013 were $31,737 and the aggregate balance of the trust at December 31, 2013 was $339,108. We have no further obligation to pay additional amounts pursuant to this agreement. The $21,069 withdrawn in 2013 was used to pay the premium for additional life insurance and trustee fees for Mr. Vandenbergh. In December 2008, the salary continuation agreement with Mr. Vandenbergh was amended to comply with Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

NBSC also provided Mr. Vandenbergh with a split dollar life insurance death benefit, pursuant to which his beneficiary will receive an amount equal to three times his last salary. The one time premium for such insurance was paid prior to 2013.

Equity Compensation Plan Information

The following table gives information about the Company’s common stock that may be issued upon the exercise of options under the Company’s Amended and Restated 2000 Equity Compensation Program and the Company’s Amended and Restated 2009 Equity Compensation Program as of December 31, 2013. These plans were the Company’s only equity compensation plans in existence as of December 31, 2013. The 2009 Equity Compensation Program is the successor to the 2000 Equity Compensation Program, and no additional awards will be granted under the 2000 Equity Compensation Program. No warrants or rights may be granted, or are outstanding, under the 2000 or the 2009 Equity Compensation Programs.

 

Plan Category

   (a)
Number Of Securities
To Be Issued Upon
Exercise Of
Outstanding Options,
Warrants and Rights
     (b)
Weighted-Average
Exercise Price Of
Outstanding Options,
Warrants and Rights
     (c)
Number Of  Securities
Remaining Available For
Future Issuance Under
Equity Compensation
Plans (Excluding
Securities
Reflected In Column (a))
 

Equity Compensation Plans Approved by Shareholders

     647,561         12.05         1,793,701   

Equity Compensation Plans Not Approved by Shareholders

     —           —           —     

TOTAL

     647,561         12.05         1,793,701   

 

The number in column (a) does not include a total of 92,339 shares of Lakeland common stock that are issuable upon the exercise of options assumed in the Somerset Hills merger with a weighted average exercise price of $7.52.

Employment Agreements and Other Arrangements with Named Executive Officers

Thomas J. Shara joined the Company as President and Chief Executive Officer of Lakeland and Lakeland Bank on April 2, 2008. On May 22, 2008, Lakeland, Lakeland Bank and Mr. Shara executed an Employment Agreement (the “Employment Agreement”) and a Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan Agreement (the “SERP”). Both the Employment Agreement and the SERP are effective as of April 2, 2008. (As previously

 

-139-


Table of Contents

disclosed, Mr. Vandenbergh was named Regional President of Lakeland Bank in January 2013 and Mr. McClure was named Co-Regional President of Lakeland Bank with Mr. Vandenbergh upon the closing of the mergers with Somerset Hills Bancorp and Somerset Hills Bank on May 31, 2013. Mr. Shara currently serves as President and Chief Executive Officer of Lakeland Bank and Lakeland Bancorp.)

The Employment Agreement provides that Mr. Shara will be employed as President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company and Lakeland Bank for a term commencing on April 2, 2008 (the “Effective Date”) and expiring on April 1, 2011 (the “Initial Term”). The Initial Term will automatically be extended for an additional one year period on each anniversary date of the Effective Date, unless on or before each such anniversary date either party provides written notice to the other of its (or his) intent not to extend the then current term, provided, however, that on and after the 15th anniversary of the Effective Date, if Mr. Shara remains employed, his employment will be on an at-will basis. The Initial Term and any renewal period through the 15th anniversary of the Effective Date collectively are referred to as the “Term”.

The Employment Agreement further provides that Mr. Shara will be nominated for election (i) as a member of Lakeland Bank’s Board of Directors at each annual meeting of the sole shareholder of Lakeland Bank occurring during the Term and (ii) as a member of the Company’s Board of Directors at each annual meeting of shareholders of the Company at which Mr. Shara’s term as a director of the Company expires occurring during the Term. Mr. Shara initially was appointed to the Lakeland Bank Board and the Company Board on April 2, 2008, and was nominated to stand for election at the Company’s 2008 annual meeting of shareholders for a term of two years, at which he was so elected. He was nominated and elected for a three year term at the 2010 Annual Meeting and at the 2013 Annual Meeting.

The Employment Agreement provides that Mr. Shara will receive a base salary of not less than $400,000 per year. He will participate in the executive bonus program as approved annually by the Company’s Board. Upon joining the Company on April 2, 2008, Mr. Shara received a restricted stock award of 60,000 shares, which vested in 25% increments on December 1, 2009, December 1, 2010, December 1, 2011 and December 1, 2012. The Employment Agreement also provides that Mr. Shara will be entitled to participate in all employee benefit plans or programs, including without limitation the 401(k) Plan and Profit Sharing Plan, and to receive all benefits and perquisites, including without limitation an automobile, which are approved by the Boards of the Company and Lakeland Bank and are generally made available to executive officers of the Company, to the extent permissible under the general terms and provisions of such plans or programs.

The Employment Agreement provides that if Mr. Shara’s employment is terminated during the Term by the Company without Cause (as contractually defined) or Mr. Shara resigns for Good Reason (as contractually defined), Mr. Shara will receive a severance payment equal to 36 months of his annual base salary at the rate in effect as of the termination date. In addition, all of Mr. Shara’s restricted shares and stock options (to the extent not already vested) will become fully vested, and he will be permitted to exercise any such option for the period specified in the Company’s equity compensation plan as in effect at such time. He will also be entitled to the continuation of certain medical benefits. However, if within 90 days following a Change in Control (as contractually defined), Mr. Shara’s employment is terminated without Cause or he resigns for Good Reason, then he will receive a severance payment equal to three times the sum of (a) an amount equal to his annual base salary at the rate in effect as of the termination date, plus (b) an amount equal to the highest annual bonus paid to Mr. Shara during the last three years prior to the his termination date.

The Employment Agreement provides that in the event it is determined that any payment or benefit made or provided by the Company or Lakeland Bank pursuant to the terms of the Employment Agreement or otherwise would be subject to the excise tax (the “Excise Tax”) imposed by Section 4999 of the Internal Revenue Code, then Mr. Shara will be entitled to receive an additional payment from the Company (a “Gross-Up Payment”) such that the net amount received by Mr. Shara after deduction of such Excise Tax and any federal, state and local income tax, penalties, interest and Excise Tax upon the Gross-Up Payment will be equal to the payments otherwise payable to him under the terms of the Employment Agreement. Mr. Shara also agrees in the

 

-140-


Table of Contents

Employment Agreement not to compete with Lakeland Bank’s business for a 12 month period following termination of employment in a geographic area equal to 20 miles from any of Lakeland Bank’s branches at the time of Mr. Shara’s termination of employment.

The SERP provides that Mr. Shara will receive a normal retirement benefit of $150,000 per year for 15 years upon termination of his employment after the normal retirement age of 65. The benefit will be paid in monthly payments of $12,500 each. The SERP further provides that if, prior to a Change in Control, Mr. Shara resigns his employment with the Company or Lakeland Bank for Good Reason, his employment with the Company or Lakeland Bank terminates due to disability, or his employment with the Company or Lakeland Bank is terminated by the Company or Lakeland Bank other than for Cause, he will receive the same benefit of $150,000 per year for 15 years, payable in monthly payments of $12,500 each, commencing with the month following Mr. Shara’s 65th birthday. If Mr. Shara is employed by the Company or Lakeland Bank at the time of a Change in Control, he will receive the same benefit, beginning with the month following his 65th birthday. If Mr. Shara should die while employed, his beneficiary will receive the same monthly payment described above for the period specified, except that such payments will commence within 60 days of receipt of a death certificate. If Mr. Shara should die after the benefit payments have commenced but before receiving all such payments, the Company will pay the remaining benefits to his beneficiary at the same time and in the same amounts they would have been paid to Mr. Shara had he survived. The SERP provides that Mr. Shara is not entitled to any benefit under the SERP if (i) the Company terminates his employment for Cause, or (ii) he resigns his employment with the Company other than for Good Reason prior to the earlier of attaining age 65 or a Change in Control. Amounts payable under the SERP are subject to the same gross up provisions as are applicable under the Employment Agreement. Amounts payable under both the Employment Agreement and the SERP may be delayed in order to comply with Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code.

Lakeland and Lakeland Bank also entered into agreements, dated March, 2001 and as amended by agreements dated March 10, 2003, with each of Messrs. Hurley, Vandenbergh and Luddecke (each, an “Executive”) providing for certain terms and conditions of their employment in the event of a change in control (each a “Change in Control Agreement”). Under such Change in Control Agreements, the term of each Executive’s employment becomes fixed for a period (the “contract period”) ending on the earlier of the Executive’s death, attainment of age 65, or the second anniversary of the date of such change in control. During the contract period, each Executive is to be employed in the same position as held by him immediately prior to such event, and is entitled to base salary equal to the annual salary in effect immediately prior to the change in control and bonus equal to the highest annual bonus paid during the three most recent fiscal years prior to the change in control. In addition, during the contract period, each Executive is entitled to certain other benefits and perquisites as in effect as of the change in control. If during the contract period, an Executive’s employment is terminated without “cause”, or he resigns for “good reason” (each as defined in the Change in Control Agreement), he will be entitled to continued life and health insurance benefits for the balance of the contract period and a lump sum cash payment equal to two times the sum of his highest salary and bonus paid to him during any of the three most recent calendar years prior to the change in control. For purposes of each Change in Control Agreement, the term “change in control” has the same meaning as under the Equity Compensation Program. Each Change in Control Agreement contains confidentiality and non-compete covenants in favor of Lakeland. Mr. Luddecke attained age 65 in November 2011, at which time his Change in Control Agreement expired pursuant to its terms.

In December 2008, the Change in Control Agreements with each of Messrs. Hurley, Vandenbergh and Luddecke were amended to comply with Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code. The amendments provide for a six month payment delay and interest paid during that six month payment delay period, in accordance with Section 409A.

Lakeland and Lakeland Bank entered into a Change in Control Agreement with Mr. Schwarz, dated as of June 12, 2009, which contains provisions comparable to those contained in the Change in Control Agreements for Messrs. Hurley, Vandenbergh and Luddecke.

 

-141-


Table of Contents

The Company entered into a Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (“SERP”) agreement, dated December 23, 2008, with Mr. Vandenbergh. The SERP provides that Mr. Vandenbergh will receive a normal retirement benefit of $90,000 per year for 10 years upon termination of his employment after the normal retirement age of 65. The benefit will be paid in monthly payments of $7,500 each. The SERP further provides that if, prior to a change in control Mr. Vandenbergh resigns his employment with the Company or Lakeland Bank for Good Reason (as defined), his employment with the Company or Lakeland Bank terminates due to disability or his employment with the Company or Lakeland Bank is terminated by the Company or Lakeland Bank other than for Cause (as defined), he will receive the same benefit of $90,000 per year for 10 years, payable in monthly payments of $7,500 each, commencing with the month following Mr. Vandenbergh’s 65th birthday. If Mr. Vandenbergh is employed by the Company or Lakeland Bank at the time of a change in control, he will receive the same benefit, beginning with the month following his 65th birthday. If Mr. Vandenbergh should die while employed, his beneficiary will receive the same monthly payment described above for the period specified, except that such payments will commence within 60 days of receipt of a death certificate. If Mr. Vandenbergh should die after the benefit payments have commenced but before receiving all such payments, the Company will pay the remaining benefits to his beneficiary at the same time and in the same amounts they would have been paid to Mr. Vandenbergh had he survived. The SERP provides that Mr. Vandenbergh is not entitled to any benefit under the SERP if (i) the Company terminates his employment for Cause, or (ii) he resigns his employment with the Company other than for Good Reason prior to the earlier of attaining age 65 or a change in control. Amounts payable under the SERP may be delayed in order to comply with Section 409A.

 

-142-


Table of Contents

The following table provides information as to the amounts that would have been payable to the Named Executive Officers if they had terminated employment in the circumstances described in the table:

 

Named Executive Officer

   Termination by Company
Without Cause or Resignation
by Executive  for Good Reason
(before a Change In Control)
    Termination by Company
Without Cause or
Resignation by Executive for
Good Reason (after a
Change In Control)
 

Thomas J. Shara

    

Cash severance

   $ 1,800,000  (1)    $ 1,800,000  (2) 

SERP (3)

     2,250,000        2,250,000    

Acceleration of Stock Options

     —          —     

Acceleration of Restricted Stock (4)

     748,830        748,830    

Welfare Benefits (5)

     —          —     

Tax Gross-up

     —          2,226,073  (6) 

Automobile

     —          —     

Total

   $ 4,798,830      $ 7,024,903    

Joseph F. Hurley

    

Cash severance

     —        $ 657,612  (7) 

SERP

     —          —     

Acceleration of Stock Options

     —          —     

Acceleration of Restricted Stock (4)

     —          261,663    

Welfare Benefits

     —          22,060  (8) 

Tax Gross-up

     —          —     

Automobile (9)

     —          —     

Total

     —        $ 941,335  (10) 

Robert A. Vandenbergh

    

Cash severance

     —        $ 680,078  (7) 

SERP (3)

     900,000        900,000    

Acceleration of Stock Options

     —          —     

Acceleration of Restricted Stock (4)

     —          422,436    

Welfare Benefits

     —          22,060  (8) 

Tax Gross-up

     —          —     

Automobile (9)

     —          —     

Total

   $ 900,000      $ 2,024,574  (10) 

Ronald E. Schwarz

    

Cash severance

     —        $ 566,770  (7) 

SERP

     —          —     

Acceleration of Stock Options

     —          —     

Acceleration of Restricted Stock(4)

     —          194,036    

Welfare Benefits

     —          30,082  (8) 

Tax Gross-up

     —          —     

Automobile (9)

     —          —     

Total

     —        $ 790,888  (10) 

Louis E. Luddecke

    

Cash severance

     —          —     

SERP

     —          —     

Acceleration of Stock Options

     —          —     

Acceleration of Restricted Stock(4)

     —          191,673    

Welfare Benefits

     —          —     

Tax Gross-up

     —          —     

Automobile

     —          —     

Total

     —        $ 191,673   

 

-143-


Table of Contents

 

(1) The figure shows the cumulative amount of cash severance that Mr. Shara would be entitled to under the circumstances presented. The cash severance amount, which is equal to 36 months of base salary in effect as of the date of termination, is payable over a period of 12 months.
(2) In the event that termination of employment occurs following a “Change in Control” as defined in Mr. Shara’s employment agreement, the cash severance amount is payable in a single lump sum.
(3) The SERP benefits, which are described further under Pension Plans above, are payable to Messrs. Shara and Vandenbergh in, respectively, 180 and 120 equal monthly installments of, respectively, $12,500 and $7,500 each, commencing at age 65. The same benefit is payable if Mr. Shara or Mr. Vandenbergh, respectively, terminates employment due to disability. In the event that Mr. Shara or Mr. Vandenbergh terminates employment due to death, his beneficiary is entitled to payment of the same SERP benefit, but commencing immediately following death.
(4) These figures represent, based on the closing price of the Company’s common stock on December 31, 2013 ($12.37 per share), the aggregate value of outstanding shares of restricted stock awarded to each officer, the vesting of which would accelerate in the event of an involuntary termination of such officer’s employment under the circumstances presented.
(5) Mr. Shara has the right to purchase continued coverage under the Company’s group health plan, if permitted by the health plan insurer, for up to three years following termination of employment under the circumstances presented, inclusive of any “COBRA” coverage period.
(6) This figure represents an estimate of the “tax gross-up” amount Mr. Shara would be entitled to under his employment agreement to the extent that the payments or benefits to which he becomes entitled would be subject to a 20% excise tax under Section 4999 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. Such estimate is based on a number of assumptions, including that the full value of the restricted stock that vests would be considered a change in control payment for purposes of the excise tax. Facts and circumstances at the time of any change in control transaction and termination thereafter as well as changes in Mr. Shara’s compensation history preceding such a transaction could materially impact whether and to what extent an excise tax would be imposed and therefore the amount of any potential tax gross-up. For purposes of performing these calculations, we have made the following additional assumptions: an individual effective tax rate of 48.22% (composed of a federal tax rate of 39.60%, a New Jersey state tax rate of 8.97% and FICA/FUTA of 2.35%), and 120% Applicable Federal Semi-annual long-term Rate (AFR) as of December 2013 of 3.95%). AFR is applicable in determining the value of accelerating the vesting of the SERP benefit for purposes of computing the excise tax.
(7) For each of Messrs. Hurley, Vandenbergh and Schwarz, the cash severance payable under the circumstances presented is equal to two times the individual’s highest aggregate annual salary and bonus compensation for any of the three calendar years preceding a “Change in Control” (as defined in their respective Change in Control Agreements), and is payable in a single lump sum. The figures presented above are based on salary and bonus compensation for the year ended December 31, 2013.
(8) Each of Messrs. Hurley, Vandenbergh and Schwarz is entitled to continued medical and hospital insurance, disability insurance and life insurance for the remainder of the applicable “Contract Period” under their respective Change in Control Agreements, which begins on the day immediately preceding a Change in Control and ends on the earlier of (i) the second anniversary of the Change in Control, (ii) the individual’s attainment of age 65, or (iii) the individual’s death. The figures presented above assume that such coverages will continue for two years.
(9) Each of Messrs. Hurley, Vandenbergh and Schwarz has the right, in the event of an involuntary termination without cause or a resignation for good reason following a Change in Control, to purchase from the Company, at book value price, the automobile, if any, that was provided to him while employed by the Company.
(10) Payments due each of Messrs. Hurley, Vandenbergh and Schwarz under their respective Change in Control Agreements are subject to reduction to the extent necessary to ensure that no portion of the payments they are to receive under their Change in Control Agreements or otherwise will be non-deductible by the Company under Code Section 280G or will be subject to an excise tax under Code Section 4999.

 

-144-


Table of Contents

See “Deferred Compensation” for a description of a salary continuation agreement with Mr. Vandenbergh.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

Lakeland’s Compensation Committee, which is currently comprised of Janeth C. Hendershot (Chairperson), Edward B. Deutsch, Mark J. Fredericks and Robert E. McCracken, makes recommendations to the Board concerning compensation for Lakeland’s executive officers and directors.

Mark J. Fredericks, a director, is the President of Fredericks Fuel & Heating Service in Oak Ridge, New Jersey. During 2013, Lakeland paid Fredericks Fuel & Heating Service $143,213 for oil and related heating and air conditioning services for bank locations.

Stephen R. Tilton, Sr., a director of Lakeland, is the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Fletcher Holdings, LLC, which owns a building in Little Falls, New Jersey in which Lakeland rents a branch office. During 2013, the Company paid $161,112 to Fletcher Holdings, LLC as rent and related expenses.

Lakeland Bank has made, and expects to make in the future, in the ordinary course of business, loans to directors, officers, principal shareholders and their associates. All loans to such persons were made, and will be made, on substantially the same terms, including interest rates and collateral, as those prevailing at the time for comparable loans with persons not related to the Company or Lakeland Bank.

Compensation Committee Report

The Compensation Committee has reviewed and discussed with management the information provided under the caption “Compensation Discussion and Analysis” set forth above. Based on that review and those discussions, the Compensation Committee recommended to our Board that such “Compensation Discussion and Analysis” be included in this proxy statement.

Janeth C. Hendershot (Chairman)

Edward B. Deutsch

Mark J. Fredericks

Robert E. McCracken

 

-145-


Table of Contents
ITEM 12—Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters.

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

The following table sets forth information regarding the number of shares of Lakeland common stock beneficially owned as of February 1, 2014 by:

 

   

each of Lakeland’s four Named Executive Officers (as defined above in “Item 11—Executive Compensation”) who are not directors of Lakeland;

 

   

each of Lakeland’s current directors;

 

   

all of Lakeland’s current executive officers and directors as a group; and

 

   

each person who is known by Lakeland to beneficially own 5% or more of the Lakeland common stock, based on filings made with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Unless otherwise indicated, each of the named shareholders possesses sole voting and investment power with respect to the shares beneficially owned. Shares covered by stock options are included in the table below only to the extent that such options may be exercised by April 2, 2014. The address for each officer and director in the table is c/o Lakeland Bancorp, Inc., 250 Oak Ridge Road, Oak Ridge, New Jersey 07438.

 

     Shares
Beneficially Ownedas of
February 1, 2014
 

Shareholder

   Number     Percent  

Named Executive Officers Who Are Not Directors:

    

Joseph F. Hurley

     58,147  (1)      0.2

Robert A. Vandenbergh

     136,952  (2)     0.4

Ronald E. Schwarz

     37,806  (3)      0.1

Louis E. Luddecke

     87,890  (4)      0.2

Current Directors:

    

Bruce D. Bohuny

     65,952  (5)      0.2

Roger Bosma

     136,597  (6)     0.4

Mary Ann Deacon

     370,068  (7)     1.0

Edward B. Deutsch

     162,423  (8)     0.4

Brian Flynn

     41,911  (9)     0.1

Mark J. Fredericks

     464,463  (10)     1.3

Janeth C. Hendershot

     89,253  (11)     0.2

Thomas J. Marino

     24,511  (12)     0.1

Robert E. McCracken

     162,070  (13)     0.4

Robert B. Nicholson, III

     103,791        0.3

Joseph P. O’Dowd

     60,615  (14)     0.2

Thomas J. Shara

     188,287  (15)     0.5

Stephen R. Tilton, Sr.

     749,108  (16)     2.1

All current executive officers and
directors as a group (22 persons)

     3,256,813  (17)     8.9

5%-or-more Beneficial Owners:

    

Wellington Management Company, LLP

     3,417,939  (18)     9.54

280 Congress Street

    

Boston, MA 02210

    

BlackRock, Inc.

     2,168,802  (19)      6.10

40 East 52nd Street

New York, NY 10022

    

 

-146-


Table of Contents

 

(1) Includes 24,918 shares issuable upon the exercise of stock options. Also includes 12,943 shares subject to restricted stock awards that have not yet vested. The 12,943 shares underlying Mr. Hurley’s restricted stock awards vest as follows: 672 shares vest on January 26, 2015, 3,741 shares vest on January 30, 2015, 3,019 shares vest on February 1, 2015, 991 shares vest on January 25, 2016, 3,019 shares vest on February 1, 2016, 831 shares vest on January 30, 2017 and 670 shares vest on February 1, 2018.
(2) Includes 3,595 shares held jointly with his wife; 19,122 shares which have been allocated to Mr. Vandenbergh in the ESOP; and 24,918 shares issuable upon the exercise of stock options. Also includes 23,084 shares subject to restricted stock awards that have not yet vested. The 23,084 shares underlying Mr. Vandenbergh’s restricted stock awards vest as follows: 446 shares vest on January 26, 2015, 4,946 shares vest on January 30, 2015, 6,856 shares vest on February 1, 2015, 1,359 shares vest on January 25, 2016, 6,856 shares vest on February 1, 2016, 1,098 shares vest on January 30, 2017 and 1,523 shares vest on February 1, 2018. Includes 36,947 shares pledged as security for loan obligations.
(3) Includes 9,586 shares subject to restricted stock awards that have not yet vested. The 9,586 shares underlying Mr. Schwarz’s restricted stock awards vest as follows: 382 shares vest on January 26, 2015, 2,775 shares vest on January 30, 2015, 2,282 shares vest on February 1, 2015, 740 shares vest on January 25, 2016, 2,282 shares vest on February 1, 2016, 617 shares vest on January 30, 2017 and 508 shares vest on February 1, 2018.
(4) Includes eight shares held by Mr. Luddecke’s wife and 24,918 shares issuable upon the exercise of stock options. Also includes 9,471 shares subject to restricted stock awards that have not yet vested. The 9,471 shares underlying Mr. Luddecke’s restricted stock awards vest as follows: 572 shares vest on January 26, 2015, 2,721 shares vest on January 30, 2015, 2,178 shares vest on February 1, 2015, 734 shares vest on January 25, 2016, 2,178 shares vest on February 1, 2016, 605 shares vest on January 30, 2017 and 483 shares vest on February 1, 2018.
(5) Includes 5,745 shares held by the Bohuny Family LLC of which Mr. Bohuny is a passive member; 469 shares held by Mr. Bohuny’s wife; 1,522 shares held by Mr. Bohuny as custodian for his children; and 28,940 shares issuable upon the exercise of stock options. Includes 7,499 shares pledged as security for loan obligations.
(6) Includes 85,437 shares held by Holly Bosma Living Trust of which Mr. and Mrs. Bosma are trustees; and 27,563 shares issuable upon the exercise of stock options.
(7) Includes 18,035 shares held in the name of Mary Ann Deacon’s husband; 241,061 shares held in the name of the Philip Deacon Limited Partnership; and 91,598 shares held by the Deacon Home Inc. Profit Sharing Plan of which Ms. Deacon is a trustee.
(8) Includes 29,157 shares held by the Edward B. Deutsch Holding Trust; 45,290 shares held in the name of Mr. Deutsch’s wife; 26,860 shares held by the Edward B. Deutsch Short Term Trust UAD 3/30/2012; and 28,724 shares issuable upon the exercise of stock options.
(9) Includes 22,050 shares issuable upon the exercise of stock options.
(10) Includes 50,504 shares owned jointly by Mr. Fredericks’ wife; 132,831 shares held by Mark J. Fredericks as custodian for his children; 39,286 shares held by Mark J. Fredericks as Trustee of the Keil Oil Employee Profit Sharing Plan; 32,396 shares held by Mark J. Fredericks as Trustee for the Fredericks Fuel & Heating Service Profit Sharing Plan; and 22,396 shares held by Fredericks Fuel & Heating Service of which Mark Fredericks is President. Includes 206,777 shares pledged as security for loan obligations.
(11) Includes 31,907 shares issuable upon the exercise of stock options.
(12) Includes 8,926 shares owned jointly by Mr. Marino and his wife; 2,392 shares held in the name of Mr. Marino’s wife; and 13,074 shares issuable upon the exercise of stock options.
(13) Includes 33 shares owned jointly by Mr. McCracken and his wife; 3,846 shares held as custodian for his children; 71,358 shares held by REM, LLC of which Mr. McCracken is sole managing member; 13,833 shares held by the McCracken Family Trust, of which Mr. McCracken is a co-trustee; 20,575 shares held in the Shirley McCracken Irrevocable Trust, of which Mr. McCracken is a Trustee; and 31,907shares issuable upon the exercise of stock options.
(14) Includes 58,346 shares owned jointly by Mr. O’Dowd and his wife.

 

-147-


Table of Contents
(15) Includes 118,702 shares owned jointly by Mr. Shara and his wife; 1,801 shares held as custodian for his son; 711 shares held by a family partnership of which Mr. Shara and his wife are general partners or trustees; and 41,718 shares subject to restricted stock awards that have not yet vested. These 41,718 shares vest as follows: 8,825 shares on January 30, 2015, 12,920 shares on February 1, 2015, 2,222 shares on January 25, 2016, 12,920 shares on February 1, 2016, 1,960 shares on January 30, 2017, and 2,871 shares on February 1, 2018. All of these restricted shares may be voted, unless forfeited.
(16) Includes 30,165 shares held by Mr. Tilton’s wife; 3,347 shares held by Chaumont Holdings, Inc. of which Mr. Tilton is Chairman and Chief Executive Officer; and 47,571 shares held by the Tilton Securities LLC Profit Sharing Plan of which Mr. Tilton is the beneficiary.
(17) Includes an aggregate of 347,463 shares issuable upon the exercise of stock options, 126,671 shares subject to restricted stock awards that have not yet vested; and 19,122 shares which have been allocated under the ESOP.
(18) Pursuant to a filing made by Wellington Management Company, LLP (“Wellington Management”) with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 14, 2014, Wellington Management, in its capacity as investment adviser, may be deemed to beneficially own 3,417,939 shares of Lakeland common stock which are held of record by clients of Wellington Management. The filing indicates that Wellington Management has shared power to vote or direct the vote with respect to 2,915,606 shares and shared dispositive power with respect to 3,417,939 shares. The filing further indicates that the clients who own the shares of record have the right to receive, or the power to direct the receipt of, dividends from, or the proceeds from the sale of, such shares, and that no client is known to Wellington Management to have such right or power with respect to more than 5% of Lakeland common stock.
(19) Pursuant to a filing made by BlackRock, Inc. with the Securities and Exchange Commission on January 29, 2014, BlackRock, Inc., a parent holding company or control person, beneficially owned 2,168,802 shares, or 6.10%, of Lakeland common stock. The filing indicates that BlackRock has sole power to vote or to direct the vote with respect to 2,086,016 shares and sole power to dispose or to direct the disposition of 2,168,802 shares. The filing identifies the following subsidiaries of BlackRock, Inc. as having acquired the shares being reported: BlackRock Institutional Trust Company, N.A., BlackRock Fund Advisors, BlackRock Investment Management, LLC, BlackRock Advisors, LLC and BlackRock Asset Management Canada Limited. The filing states that various persons have the right to receive or the power to direct the receipt of dividends from, or the proceeds from the sale of Lakeland common stock, and that no one person’s interest is more than 5% of the total outstanding shares of Lakeland common stock.

Stock Ownership Guidelines for Executive Officers

During 2010, the Board, through the Compensation Committee, adopted executive officer stock ownership guidelines which established certain goals that current executive officers own or otherwise control, at a minimum, the following number of shares or share equivalents of Company stock within the next three years: for the President and Chief Executive Officer, 100,000 shares; for Senior Executive Vice Presidents, 50,000 shares; and for Executive Vice Presidents, 25,000 shares. New executive officers would be expected to attain the prescribed goals within three years from the date of promotion or joining Lakeland. The Compensation Committee periodically reviews these stock ownership goals, and has determined that all executive officers are in compliance with the prescribed guidelines.

Stock Ownership Guidelines for Directors; Adoption of Prospective Anti-Pledging Policy

Although Lakeland’s by-laws provide that the minimum value of Lakeland common stock to be held by directors is $1,000, during 2010, the Board adopted Corporate Guidelines which established a goal that directors own or otherwise control, at a minimum, the number of shares or share equivalents of Lakeland common stock equal to approximately five times (5x) the director annual retainer fee, with new directors attaining that goal within five years. The Compensation Committee periodically reviews this stock ownership goal, and has determined that all directors have attained the prescribed goal.

 

-148-


Table of Contents

In March 2013, Lakeland’s Board adopted an anti-pledging policy that prohibits future pledging of Lakeland common stock by Lakeland’s executive officers and directors. The policy does not require existing pledges to be unwound.

Equity Compensation Plan Information

The following table gives information about the Company’s common stock that may be issued upon the exercise of options under the Company’s Amended and Restated 2000 Equity Compensation Program and the Company’s 2009 Equity Compensation Program as of December 31, 2013. These plans were the Company’s only equity compensation plans in existence as of December 31, 2013. The 2009 Equity Compensation Program is the successor to the 2000 Equity Compensation Program, and no additional awards will be granted under the 2000 Equity Compensation Program. No warrants or rights may be granted, or are outstanding, under the 2000 or the 2009 Equity Compensation Programs.

 

Plan Category

  (a)
Number Of Securities  To Be
Issued Upon Exercise Of
Outstanding Options,
Warrants and Rights
    (b)
Weighted-Average Exercise
Price Of Outstanding Options,
Warrants and Rights
    (c)
Number Of  Securities
Remaining Available For
Future Issuance Under Equity
Compensation Plans
(Excluding Securities
Reflected In Column(a))
 

Equity Compensation Plans Approved by Shareholders

    647,561      $ 12.05        1,793,701   

Equity Compensation Plans Not Approved by Shareholders

    —          —          —     

TOTAL

    647,561      $ 12.05        1,793,701   

 

The number in column (a) does not include a total of 92,339 shares of Lakeland common stock that are issuable upon the exercise of options assumed in the Somerset Hills merger with a weighted average exercise price of $7.52.

 

ITEM 13—Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence.

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions

Mark J. Fredericks, a director, is the President of Fredericks Fuel & Heating Service in Oak Ridge, New Jersey. During 2013, Lakeland paid $143,213 for oil and related heating and air conditioning services for bank locations.

Stephen R. Tilton, Sr., a director of Lakeland, is the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Fletcher Holdings, LLC, which owns a building in Little Falls, New Jersey in which Lakeland rents a branch office. During 2013, the Company paid $161,112 to Fletcher Holdings, LLC as rent and related expenses.

Lakeland Bank has made, and expects to make in the future, in the ordinary course of business, loans to directors, officers, principal shareholders and their associates. All loans to such persons were made, and will be made, on substantially the same terms, including interest rates and collateral, as those prevailing at the time for comparable loans with persons not related to the Company or Lakeland Bank.

Policies and Procedures Concerning Related Party Transactions

The Audit Committee of the Board of Directors has adopted written procedures governing related party transactions. The procedures provide that:

 

   

related party transactions that have been previously approved by the full Board of Directors will not be included in the transactions that are approved by the Audit Committee;

 

-149-


Table of Contents
   

any single related party transaction up to $5,000 is automatically deemed to be pre-approved by the Audit Committee, which transactions are reviewed and approved at the next Audit Committee meeting;

 

   

either the Chairman or Vice Chairman of the Audit Committee is authorized to approve, prior to payment, related party transactions over $5,000 but not exceeding $10,000, and may override any previously approved transaction; and

 

   

related party transactions over $10,000 must be approved, prior to payment, by a majority of the members of the Audit Committee.

In general, the Audit Committee reviews related party transactions on a quarterly basis. By “related party transaction,” we mean a transaction between the Company or any of its subsidiaries, on the one hand, and an executive officer, director or immediate family member of an executive officer or a director, on the other hand.

Board Independence

Since the adoption of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act in July 2002, there has been a growing public and regulatory focus on the independence of directors. NASDAQ adopted amendments to its definition of independence. Additional requirements relating to independence are imposed by the Sarbanes-Oxley Act with respect to members of the Audit Committee, and by the NASDAQ Marketplace Rules with respect to the Compensation Committee. The Board has determined that the members of the Audit Committee, Compensation Committee and Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee satisfy all applicable definitions of independence. The Board has also determined that the following members of the Board satisfy the NASDAQ definition of independence: Bruce D. Bohuny, Roger Bosma, Mary Ann Deacon, Edward B. Deutsch, Brian Flynn, Mark J. Fredericks, Janeth C. Hendershot, Thomas J. Marino, Robert E. McCracken, Robert B. Nicholson, III, Joseph P. O’Dowd and Stephen R. Tilton, Sr.

 

ITEM 14—Principal Accounting Fees and Services.

In accordance with the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the Audit Committee’s charter, all audit and audit-related work and all non-audit work performed by the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm, KPMG LLP (“KPMG”), is approved in advance by the Audit Committee, including the proposed fees for such work. The Audit Committee is informed of each service actually rendered.

As previously reported and as described in the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated December 23, 2013 and filed with the SEC on December 30, 2013, on December 24, 2013, the Company appointed KPMG as the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm for its fiscal year ended December 31, 2013. The effect of this action was to accelerate the previously reported appointment of KPMG so as to apply to the 2013 audit. KPMG had previously been appointed to serve as the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm for its first quarter ending March 31, 2014 and its fiscal year ending December 31, 2014. Grant Thornton LLP (“Grant Thornton”) audited the Company’s financial statements for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2012. The following table sets forth a summary of the fees billed or expected to be billed to the Company by (i) Grant Thornton for professional services rendered for the year ended December 31, 2012 and (ii) KPMG for professional services rendered for the year ended December 31, 2013.

 

Fee Category

   Fees for 2012      Fees for 2013  

Audit Fees

   $ 573,688       $ 1,155,000   

Audit-Related Fees

   $ 0       $ 0   

Tax Fees

   $ 95,080       $ 75,000   

All Other Fees

   $ 0       $ 0   

Audit Fees. Audit fees consist of the aggregate fees billed or expected to be billed to the Company for the audit of the financial statements included in the Company’s Annual Reports on Form 10-K for the years ended December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2013, and review of the financial statements included in the Company’s Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q during 2012 and 2013.

 

-150-


Table of Contents

Audit-Related Fees. Audit-related fees consist of the aggregate fees billed for assurance and related services which are reasonably related to the performance of the audit or review of the Company’s financial statements but are not reported under the immediately preceding paragraph.

Tax Fees. Tax fees consist of the aggregate fees billed or expected to be billed for tax services, principally representing advice regarding the preparation of income tax returns.

All Other Fees. All other fees consist of the aggregate fees billed for all services not covered in the immediately three preceding paragraphs.

Other Matters. The Company’s Audit Committee has determined that the provision of all services provided by the Company’s principal independent accountants during the years ended December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2013 is compatible with maintaining the independence of the Company’s principal independent accountants.

Applicable law and regulations provide an exemption that permits certain services to be provided by the Company’s outside auditors even if they are not pre-approved. The Company has not relied on this exemption at any time since the Sarbanes-Oxley Act was enacted.

 

-151-


Table of Contents

PART IV

 

ITEM 15—Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

(a) 1. The following portions of the Company’s consolidated financial statements are set forth in Item 8 of this Annual Report:

 

  (i) Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2013 and 2012.

 

  (ii) Consolidated Statements of Operations for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2013.

 

  (iii) Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2013.

 

  (iv) Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2013.

 

  (v) Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

  (vi) Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.

 

  (vii) Report of Former Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.

(a) 2. Financial Statement Schedules

All financial statement schedules are omitted as the information, if applicable, is presented in the consolidated financial statements or notes thereto.

(a) 3. Exhibits

 

  2.1 Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of January 28, 2013, by and between the Registrant and Somerset Hills Bancorp, is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on January 29, 2013.

 

  3.1 Registrant’s Restated Certificate of Incorporation, dated May 19, 2005, including Certificate of Amendment dated February 4, 2009 to Registrant’s Restated Certificate of Incorporation, is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on February 9, 2009.

 

  3.2 Certificate of Amendment, dated January 29, 2009, to Registrant’s Restated Certificate of Incorporation is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on February 3, 2009.

 

  3.3 Registrant’s Amended and Restated Bylaws are incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.3 to Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2012.

 

  10.1 Lakeland Bancorp, Inc. Amended and Restated 2000 Equity Compensation Program is incorporated by reference to Appendix A to the Registrant’s definitive proxy materials for its 2005 Annual Meeting of Shareholders.

 

  10.2 Lakeland Bancorp, Inc. 2009 Equity Compensation Program, as Amended and Restated Effective February 27, 2014, is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on February 28, 2014.

 

  10.3 Employment Agreement—Change in Control, Severance and Employment Agreement for Roger Bosma, dated as of January 1, 2000, among Lakeland Bancorp, Inc., Lakeland Bank and Roger Bosma, is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1999.

 

-152-


Table of Contents
  10.4 Employment Agreement, dated as of April 2, 2008, among Lakeland Bancorp, Inc., Lakeland Bank and Thomas J. Shara, is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on May 28, 2008.

 

  10.5 Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan Agreement for Thomas J. Shara, effective as of April 2, 2008, among Lakeland Bancorp, Inc., Lakeland Bank and Thomas J. Shara is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on May 28, 2008.

 

  10.6 Change of Control Agreement dated March 1, 2001, among Lakeland Bancorp, Inc., Lakeland Bank and Joseph F. Hurley is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2000.

 

  10.7 Change of Control Agreement dated March 1, 2001, among Lakeland Bancorp, Inc., Lakeland Bank and Robert A. Vandenbergh is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2000.

 

  10.8 Change of Control Agreement dated March 6, 2001, among Lakeland Bancorp, Inc., Lakeland Bank and Louis E. Luddecke is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2000.

 

  10.9 Change of Control Agreement dated March 7, 2001, among Lakeland Bancorp, Inc. Lakeland Bank and Jeffrey J. Buonforte is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2000.

 

  10.10 Amendments to Change of Control Agreements, dated March 10, 2003, among Lakeland Bancorp, Inc., Lakeland Bank and each of Joseph F. Hurley, Robert A. Vandenbergh, Louis E. Luddecke and Jeffrey J. Buonforte are incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2002.

 

  10.11 Change of Control Agreement dated April 7, 2004, among Lakeland Bancorp, Inc. Lakeland Bank and James R. Noonan is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2004.

 

  10.12 Lakeland Bancorp, Inc. Directors’ Deferred Compensation Plan, as amended and restated, is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on December 30, 2008.

 

  10.13 Change in Control, Severance and Employment Agreement, dated as of November 24, 2008, among Lakeland Bancorp, Inc., Lakeland Bank and David S. Yanagisawa, is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 of the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on December 30, 2008.

 

  10.14 Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan Agreement for Roger Bosma, dated August 21, 2003, and First Amendment to the Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan Agreement, adopted December 13, 2006, are incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2006.

 

  10.15 Second Amendatory Agreement to Change in Control Agreement, dated as of December 31, 2008, among Lakeland Bancorp, Inc., Lakeland Bank and Jeffrey J. Buonforte, is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on December 30, 2008.

 

  10.16 Second Amendatory Agreement to Change in Control Agreement, dated as of December 31, 2008, among Lakeland Bancorp, Inc., Lakeland Bank and Joseph F. Hurley, is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on December 30, 2008.

 

-153-


Table of Contents
  10.17 Second Amendatory Agreement to Change in Control Agreement, dated as of December 31, 2008, among Lakeland Bancorp, Inc., Lakeland Bank and Louis E. Luddecke, is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on December 30, 2008.

 

  10.18 First Amendatory Agreement to Change in Control Agreement, dated as of December 31, 2008, among Lakeland Bancorp, Inc., Lakeland Bank and James R. Noonan, is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on December 30, 2008.

 

  10.19 Second Amendatory Agreement to Change in Control Agreement, dated as of December 31, 2008, among Lakeland Bancorp, Inc., Lakeland Bank and Robert A. Vandenbergh, is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on December 30, 2008.

 

  10.20 Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan Agreement, effective as of December 23, 2008, among Lakeland Bancorp, Inc., Lakeland Bank and Robert A. Vandenbergh, is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on December 30, 2008.

 

  10.21 Amendment No. 3 to Salary Continuation Agreement, dated as of December 31, 2008, among Lakeland Bancorp, Inc., Lakeland Bank and Robert A. Vandenbergh, is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on December 30, 2008.

 

  10.22 Change in Control Agreement, dated as of June 12, 2009, among Lakeland Bancorp, Inc., Lakeland Bank and Ronald E. Schwarz, is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.25 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010.

 

  10.23 Employment Agreement, dated as of January 28, 2013, by and among the Registrant, Lakeland Bank and Stewart E. McClure, Jr., is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on January 29, 2013.

 

  10.24 Amendatory Agreement, dated as of January 28, 2013 to the Amended and Restated Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan, among Somerset Hills Bancorp, Somerset Hills Bank and Stewart E. McClure, Jr., is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on January 29, 2013.

 

  10.25 Somerset Hills Bancorp 1998 Combined Stock Option Plan is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.5 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 filed with the SEC on June 3, 2013.

 

  10.26 Somerset Hills Bancorp 2001 Combined Stock Option Plan is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.6 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 filed with the SEC on June 3, 2013.

 

  10.27 Somerset Hills Bancorp 2007 Equity Incentive Plan is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.7 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 filed with the SEC on June 3, 2013.

 

  10.28 Somerset Hills Bancorp 2012 Equity Incentive Plan is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.8 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 filed with the SEC on June 3, 2013.

 

  10.29 Third Amendatory Agreement to Change of Control Agreement dated October 31, 2013 among Lakeland Bancorp, Inc., Lakeland Bank and Jeffrey J. Buonforte is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2013.

 

  10.30 Change of Control Agreement dated October 31, 2013 among Lakeland Bancorp, Inc., Lakeland Bank and Timothy J. Matteson is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2013.

 

-154-


Table of Contents
  12.1 Statement of Ratios of Earnings to Fixed Charges.

 

  21.1 Subsidiaries of Registrant.

 

  23.1 Consent of KPMG LLP.

 

  23.2 Consent of Grant Thornton LLP.

 

  24.1 Power of Attorney.

 

  31.1 Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

 

  31.2 Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

 

  32.1 Certification of Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

 

101.INS* XBRL Instance Document

 

101.SCH* XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document

 

101.CAL* XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document

 

101.DEF* XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document

 

101.LAB* XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document

 

101.PRE* XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document

 

* Pursuant to Rule 406T of Regulation S-T, this interactive data file is deemed not filed or part of a registration statement or prospectus for purposes of Sections 11 or 12 of the Securities Act of 1933, is deemed not filed for purposes of section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and otherwise is not subject to liability under these sections.

 

-155-


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

    LAKELAND BANCORP, INC.
Dated: April 28, 2014     By:   /S/    THOMAS J. SHARA         
        Thomas J. Shara
        President and Chief Executive Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Capacity

 

Date

/S/    ROGER BOSMA*        

Roger Bosma

   Director   April 28, 2014

/S/    BRUCE D. BOHUNY*        

Bruce D. Bohuny

   Director   April 28, 2014

/S/    MARY ANN DEACON*        

Mary Ann Deacon

   Director   April 28, 2014

/S/    EDWARD B. DEUTSCH*        

Edward B. Deutsch

   Director   April 28, 2014

/S/    BRIAN FLYNN*        

Brian Flynn

   Director   April 28, 2014

/S/    MARK J. FREDERICKS*        

Mark J. Fredericks

   Director   April 28, 2014

/S/    JANETH C. HENDERSHOT*        

Janeth C. Hendershot

   Director   April 28, 2014

/S/    THOMAS J. MARINO*        

Thomas J. Marino

   Director   April 28, 2014

/S/    ROBERT E. MCCRACKEN*        

Robert E. McCracken

   Director   April 28, 2014

/S/    ROBERT B. NICHOLSON, III*        

Robert B. Nicholson, III

   Director   April 28, 2014

/S/    JOSEPH P. O’DOWD*        

Joseph P. O’Dowd

   Director   April 28, 2014

/S/    THOMAS J. SHARA        

Thomas J. Shara

   Director, President and Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer)   April 28, 2014

/S/    STEPHEN R. TILTON, SR.*        

Stephen R. Tilton, Sr.

   Director   April 28, 2014

/S/    JOSEPH F. HURLEY        

Joseph F. Hurley

   Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)   April 28, 2014
*By:
 
  

/S/     THOMAS J. SHARA        

Thomas J. Shara

Attorney-in-Fact

     April 28, 2014

 

-156-